WO2024090330A1 - Led illumination device and led illumination fitting - Google Patents

Led illumination device and led illumination fitting Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024090330A1
WO2024090330A1 PCT/JP2023/037936 JP2023037936W WO2024090330A1 WO 2024090330 A1 WO2024090330 A1 WO 2024090330A1 JP 2023037936 W JP2023037936 W JP 2023037936W WO 2024090330 A1 WO2024090330 A1 WO 2024090330A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frame
led lighting
cover member
lighting device
plate portion
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/037936
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
浩和 三枝
淳 高島
Original Assignee
パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2023156127A external-priority patent/JP2024063747A/en
Application filed by パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 filed Critical パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社
Publication of WO2024090330A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024090330A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S2/00Systems of lighting devices, not provided for in main groups F21S4/00 - F21S10/00 or F21S19/00, e.g. of modular construction
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S8/00Lighting devices intended for fixed installation
    • F21S8/04Lighting devices intended for fixed installation intended only for mounting on a ceiling or the like overhead structures
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V19/00Fastening of light sources or lamp holders
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2103/00Elongate light sources, e.g. fluorescent tubes
    • F21Y2103/10Elongate light sources, e.g. fluorescent tubes comprising a linear array of point-like light-generating elements
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an LED lighting device and an LED lighting fixture equipped with an LED lighting device.
  • LED lighting fixtures that use LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) are known.
  • a LED lighting fixture that is installed on a ceiling is known to have a long LED lighting device called a light bar and a long fixture body that has a recess into which the LED lighting device can be detachably attached (Patent Document 1).
  • the LED lighting device in the LED lighting fixture disclosed in Patent Document 1 includes a long substrate, multiple LEDs mounted on the substrate, a long, translucent cover member that covers the multiple LEDs, and a long frame that supports the substrate and to which the cover member is attached.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the frame is U-shaped.
  • the frame with a U-shaped cross-sectional shape has, for example, a main plate portion to which a board on which LEDs are mounted is attached, and a pair of side plate portions (extension portions) that extend from both ends of the main plate portion in the short direction toward the ceiling.
  • the LED lighting device may deform when being attached to the fixture body, or may bend after installation due to the weight of the LED lighting device or pressure from electric wires, etc. This can result in a gap between the LED lighting device and the opening edge of the recess in the fixture body. This can result in the electric wires protruding from the gap or getting caught in the gap, causing wire jamming. Furthermore, if a gap occurs between the LED lighting device and the fixture body, the design of the LED lighting fixture as a whole is reduced.
  • LED lighting devices up to now have not been very efficient at extracting light in a specified direction.
  • LED lighting devices are attached to a fixture body installed on the ceiling and emit light in a specified direction toward the floor, but some of the light emitted from the LED lighting device travels toward the ceiling, resulting in an unintended luminous flux toward the ceiling (upward luminous flux). As a result, the luminous flux in the specified direction toward the floor (floor side) decreases.
  • the present invention was made in consideration of these problems, and aims to provide an LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture that can increase the light extraction efficiency in a specified direction while ensuring the strength of the frame.
  • one aspect of the LED lighting device is an LED lighting device that is attached to a recess in a fixture body installed in a construction material, and includes a light source unit, an elongated frame having a main board to which the light source unit is attached, and an elongated cover member having a main part that covers the light source unit, the frame having a protrusion that protrudes toward the light emission side of the light source unit, and the main board unit, the opening edge of the recess, and the protrusion are arranged in this order as they move away from the construction material.
  • Another aspect of the LED lighting fixture of the present invention comprises the above-mentioned LED lighting device and a fixture body having a recess in which the LED lighting device can be attached.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment as viewed from the cover member side.
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment as viewed from the back side.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional perspective view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a method for attaching an LED lighting device to a fixture body in an LED lighting fixture according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a state in which the cover member is attached to the frame in the manufacturing method of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a state in which a cover member is attached to a frame in a manufacturing method for an LED illumination device according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the frame is misaligned in the LED lighting device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of a trajectory of light emitted from a light source unit in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the relationship between the shape of the protruding portion of the frame and the strength of the frame in an LED lighting device.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing cross-sectional shapes of frames having different lengths in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the relationship between the length of the LED lighting device in the longitudinal direction and the length of the side plate portion of the frame relative to the depth of the recess in the frame, for an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a first example of the arrangement of construction wires in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a second example of the arrangement of the construction wires in the LED illumination device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a third example of the arrangement of construction wires in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram comparing the LED lighting device according to the embodiment with the LED lighting devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 4.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a first variation of a frame having a different length from that of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the frame due to a difference in length of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment using the frame of FIG.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a first variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment when frames having different lengths are used.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a third variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a fourth variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a first variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the LED illumination device according
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the first modification.
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the second modification.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the third modification.
  • FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fourth modification.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram showing variations of a protrusion provided in the first gap between the frame and the cover member.
  • FIG. 35 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fifth modification.
  • FIG. 36 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the sixth modification.
  • FIG. 37 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the seventh modification.
  • FIG. 38 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to Modification 8.
  • FIG. 39 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to Modification 9.
  • FIG. 40 shows variations of the projection provided in the gap between the instrument body and the cover member.
  • FIG. 41 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the tenth modification.
  • FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the eleventh modification.
  • FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the twelfth modification.
  • FIG. 44 is a diagram showing variations of the protrusions provided on the cover member.
  • FIG. 45 is a diagram showing variations of protrusions (ribs) provided on the frame.
  • FIG. 46 is a diagram showing variations of protrusions (dowels) provided on a frame.
  • FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the thirteenth modification.
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fourteenth modification.
  • FIG. 49 is a diagram showing variations of the contact portion between the mounting portion of the cover member and the side plate portion of the frame.
  • FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fifteenth modification.
  • FIG. 51 is a diagram showing variations of the tip of the extension part of the cover member.
  • FIG. 52 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the sixteenth modification.
  • FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view of two types of cover members.
  • FIG. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing a variation of the cover member of FIG. 53(a).
  • FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing a variation of the cover member of FIG. 53(b).
  • FIG. 56 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the seventeenth modification.
  • FIG. 57 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to Modification 18.
  • FIG. 58 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the nineteenth modification.
  • FIG. 59 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 20. As shown in FIG. FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 60 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the twenty-first modification.
  • FIG. 61 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 22.
  • FIG. 62 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 23.
  • FIG. 63 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 24.
  • FIG. 64 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 25.
  • FIG. 65 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 26.
  • FIG. FIG. 66 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of a frame used in an LED lighting device.
  • FIG. 66 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of a frame used in an LED lighting device.
  • FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the instrument body.
  • FIG. 68 is a cross-sectional view showing another modified example of the instrument main body.
  • FIG. 69 is a cross-sectional view showing a first modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view showing a second modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 71 is a cross-sectional view showing a third modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 72 is a cross-sectional view showing a fourth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 73 is a cross-sectional view showing a fifth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 74 is a cross-sectional view showing a sixth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 75 is a cross-sectional view showing a seventh modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 76 is a cross-sectional view showing an eighth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 77 is a cross-sectional view showing a ninth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 78 is a cross-sectional view showing a tenth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 79 is a cross-sectional view showing an eleventh modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 80 is a cross-sectional view showing a twelfth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 81 is a cross-sectional view showing a thirteenth modified example of the frame.
  • FIG. 82 is a cross-sectional view showing a fourteenth modified example of the frame.
  • Figure 83 is a cross-sectional view showing a fifteenth modified example of the frame.
  • Figure 84 is a diagram illustrating variations in the gap between the frame and the cover member (first gap G1, second gap G2) and the positions of the protrusions (ribs/dowels) on the frame or cover member for frames of various shapes.
  • each figure is a schematic diagram and is not necessarily illustrated precisely.
  • the same reference numerals are used for substantially the same configuration, and duplicated explanations are omitted or simplified.
  • the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis represent the three axes of a three-dimensional orthogonal coordinate system, and in this embodiment, the Z-axis direction is the vertical direction, and the direction perpendicular to the Z-axis (parallel to the XY plane) is the horizontal direction.
  • the X-axis and Y-axis are mutually orthogonal, and are both orthogonal to the Z-axis.
  • the terms “upper” and “lower” do not necessarily refer to the upper direction (vertically upward) and the lower direction (vertically downward) in absolute spatial recognition.
  • “approximately”, “nearly”, and “about” mean to include manufacturing errors or dimensional tolerances. As an example, “approximately”, “almost”, and “about” are within ⁇ 5%.
  • Fig. 1 is a perspective view of an LED lighting device 1 according to an embodiment.
  • Fig. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device 1.
  • Figs. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views of the LED lighting device 1, showing a cross-section when cut along a plane parallel to the short side direction of the LED lighting device 1.
  • Fig. 3 shows a cross-section of a portion where the power supply device 4 is not present, and
  • Fig. 4 shows a cross-section of a portion where the power supply device 4 is present.
  • Fig. 1 is a perspective view of an LED lighting device 1 according to an embodiment.
  • Fig. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device 1.
  • Figs. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views of the LED lighting device 1, showing a cross-section when cut along a plane parallel to the short side direction of the LED lighting device 1.
  • Fig. 3 shows a cross-section of a portion where the power supply device 4 is not present
  • Fig. 4 shows a
  • FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the LED lighting device 1, showing a cross-section when cut along a plane parallel to the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 1. Specifically, Fig. 5 shows a cross-section of the periphery of one end of both longitudinal ends of the LED lighting device 1.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 comprises a fixture body 2 and an LED lighting device 3 attached to the fixture body 2.
  • the LED lighting device 3 is an LED unit that uses an LED as a light source
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 is an LED light that uses the LED lighting device 3 as a light source.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 and the LED lighting device 3 are long.
  • the total length of the LED lighting fixture 1 and the LED lighting device 3 is, for example, 2 feet, 4 feet, or 8 feet.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 which is made up of a fixture body 2 and an LED lighting device 3, has an overall D-shaped cross section when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting fixture 1, resulting in a clean design in which the boundary between the fixture body 2 and the LED lighting device 3 is inconspicuous.
  • the fixture body 2 holds the LED lighting device 3.
  • the fixture body 2 is installed in a predetermined location in a building.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed in a predetermined construction material such as a ceiling or wall in a room of a building such as a facility, building, store, or house.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling light installed on the ceiling of a building.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling-mounted LED light
  • the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling surface of the ceiling.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 installed on the ceiling irradiates illumination light toward the floor side, with the floor direction (floor side) being the predetermined direction.
  • the illumination light is irradiated from the LED lighting device 3 in the LED lighting fixture 1.
  • the fixture body 2 of the LED lighting fixture 1 is attached to the ceiling using a bolt or the like.
  • a bolt 101 protruding from the ceiling is inserted into a bolt insertion hole 2d provided in the fixture body 2, and a washer and nut are attached to the bolt 101 to secure the fixture body 2 to the bolt.
  • the fixture body 2 may be attached using a double nut.
  • the fixture body 2 requires a bolt projection (amount for retracting the bolt into the fixture body 2), and it is desirable that the surrounding area be designed so that the components that make up the LED lighting device 3 do not interfere with it.
  • the components provided on the rear side of the frame 20 should be arranged so as not to overlap the bolt insertion hole, the wiring insertion hole and the terminal block.
  • the components provided on the rear side of the frame 20 should be arranged so as not to overlap the bolt insertion hole, the wiring insertion hole and the terminal block.
  • the components wiring such as the power line
  • the fixture body 2 is made of metal, and is formed into a long, flat box shape in the Y-axis direction by bending a metal plate. Specifically, when the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling, it is formed so that it has an inverted Fuji shape when viewed from the Y-axis direction.
  • the device body 2 is provided with a recess 2a having a rectangular opening surface.
  • the recess 2a is provided in an elongated shape along the longitudinal direction of the device body 2.
  • the shape of the recess 2a when viewed from above is a rectangle with the Y-axis direction as the longitudinal direction.
  • the instrument body 2 has an opening edge 2a1.
  • the opening edge 2a1 (first opening edge) is the instrument body side that is the side portion in the short side direction (X-axis direction) of the instrument body 2.
  • the opening edge 2a1 (instrument body side) forms the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a in the short side direction (X-axis direction) of the instrument body 2.
  • the outer edge of the opening edge 2a1 on the recess 2a side is the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a.
  • the opening edge 2a1 is a planar portion whose surface is flat, and forms the opening edge surface of the recess 2a.
  • the opening edge 2a1 is a part of the metal plate that constitutes the device body 2, and is flat.
  • the shape of the opening edge 2a1 when viewed from above is a long and narrow rectangle whose longitudinal direction is in the Y-axis direction.
  • the long side of the opening edge 2a1 is the long side of the rectangular opening surface of the recess 2a whose longitudinal direction is in the Y-axis direction.
  • the opening edges 2a1 are formed on both ends of the device body 2 in the short side direction (X-axis direction). In other words, the opening edges 2a1 are formed on both sides of the opening surface of the recess 2a in the short side direction (width direction). Therefore, in the X-axis direction, the pair of opening edges 2a1 sandwich the opening surface of the recess 2a.
  • the instrument body 2 has not only the opening edge 2a1 but also the opening edge 2a2 (second opening edge).
  • the opening edge 2a2 is an instrument body end that is the end portion in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the instrument body 2.
  • the opening edge 2a2 constitutes the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the instrument body 2.
  • the edge of the opening edge 2a2 on the recess 2a side is the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a.
  • the opening edge 2a2 is a planar portion whose surface is a flat surface, and constitutes the opening edge surface of the recess 2a.
  • opening edge 2a2 is part of the metal plate that constitutes device body 2 and is flat.
  • the shape of opening edge 2a2 when viewed from above is rectangular with its longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction.
  • the long side of opening edge 2a2 is the short side of the rectangular opening surface of recess 2a with its longitudinal direction in the Y-axis direction.
  • the opening edges 2a2 are formed on both ends of the device body 2 in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction). In other words, the opening edges 2a2 are formed on both longitudinal sides of the opening surface of the recess 2a. Therefore, in the Y-axis direction, the pair of opening edges 2a2 sandwich the opening surface of the recess 2a.
  • the opening edge 2a1 on the side of the device body overlaps with the end of the opening edge 2a2 on the end of the device body in the X-axis direction. Therefore, the surface of the opening edge 2a2 is set back toward the bottom of the recess 2a from the surface of the opening edge 2a1 by the thickness of the opening edge 2a1. In other words, the opening edge 2a2 is recessed from the opening edge 2a1 by the plate thickness of the opening edge 2a1. As a result, a step is formed at the boundary between the opening edges 2a1 and 2a2, the step being equal to the plate thickness.
  • the width of the opening edge 2a1 is narrower than the width of the opening edge 2a2, but this is not limited to this.
  • the pair of opening edges 2a1 and the pair of opening edges 2a2 form a planar portion that is shaped like a rectangular frame when viewed from above.
  • the area surrounded by the pair of opening edges 2a1 and the pair of opening edges 2a2 forms the rectangular opening surface of the recess 2a.
  • the fixture body 2 also has an inclined surface portion 2b on each side of the recess 2a in the X-axis direction (width direction) of the fixture body 2.
  • Each inclined surface portion 2b extends from the opening edge 2a1 (the fixture body side) and has an inclined surface that slopes toward the ceiling as it goes outward. This inclined surface may function as a reflective surface.
  • the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 is a portion where the LED lighting device 3 is attached.
  • the recess 2a is a storage portion where the LED lighting device 3 is stored, and is provided over substantially the entire length of the fixture body 2, excluding the opening edge 2a2 (fixture body end).
  • the recess 2a has a substantially U-shaped cross section and has a pair of opposing side portions and a bottom portion.
  • the pair of side portions are a pair of side walls erected on the bottom portion.
  • two slits 2c are provided on one of the pair of side portions of the recess 2a.
  • the LED lighting device 3 is fitted into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. Specifically, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 so as to cover the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the LED lighting device 3 is detachably attached to the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. Therefore, the LED lighting device 3 can be attached to the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and the LED lighting device 3 attached to the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 can be removed from the recess 2a.
  • the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 can be fixed by hooking and engaging a hook fitting 5 and an elastic retaining member 6 (a kick spring in this embodiment) provided on the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2.
  • the hook fitting 5 is a fitting for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2.
  • the hook fitting 5 is a slide fitting.
  • the means for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 is not limited to the use of the hook fitting 5 and the elastic retaining member 6 made of a kick spring.
  • the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 may be attached using other spring members such as a single torsion spring, double torsion spring, or leaf spring, or may be attached using attachment members other than spring members such as screws or latches.
  • the spring member such as the kick spring and the spring receiving fitting that receives the spring member may be provided on either the fixture body 2 or the LED lighting device 3.
  • the spring member may be provided on the fixture body 2 and the spring receiving fitting on the LED lighting device 3, or the spring member may be provided on the LED lighting device 3 and the spring receiving fitting on the fixture body 2.
  • the LED lighting device 3 emits light using power supplied from a power supply device 4 housed in the fixture body 2.
  • the power supply device 4 is a device for supplying power to the light source unit 10 of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the power supply device 4 is disposed on the rear side of the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the power supply device 4 is disposed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. That is, the power supply device 4 is housed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the power supply device 4 is attached to the LED lighting device 3 as a part of the LED lighting device 3 and is integrated with the LED lighting device 3. Note that the power supply device 4 may not be integrated with the LED lighting device 3, but may be disposed in the fixture body 2 separately from the LED lighting device 3. For example, the power supply device 4 may be fixed to the fixture body 2.
  • the power supply device 4 is configured with a power supply circuit that generates power for emitting light from the LED lighting device 3.
  • the power supply device 4 has a circuit board 4a such as a printed wiring board, and a plurality of electronic components 4b mounted on the circuit board 4a.
  • the power supply device 4 further has a circuit case 4c that houses the circuit board 4a on which the plurality of electronic components 4b are mounted.
  • the circuit case 4c is a cover that covers the circuit board 4a on which the electronic components 4b are mounted.
  • the circuit case 4c is a metal housing made of a metal plate.
  • the circuit case 4c may also be a resin housing.
  • the power supply circuit that constitutes the power supply device 4 converts AC power from an external power source such as a commercial power source into DC power of a predetermined level by rectifying, smoothing, and reducing the voltage, and supplies the DC power to the LEDs of the LED lighting device 3.
  • AC power is supplied to the power supply unit 4 via a power terminal block 8 (see FIG. 2) to which a power line (such as a VVF cable) is connected, which is inserted from the ceiling into a through hole (wiring insertion hole) in the fixture body 2 and drawn into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • a power line such as a VVF cable
  • a power line such as a VVF cable is an example of an electric wire, which is a construction electric wire.
  • the power terminal block 8 is installed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • a connector provided at one end of the power line connected to the power terminal block 8 may be inserted into the socket of the power supply 4, or a connector provided at the other end of the power line connected to the power terminal block 8 and a connector provided at the other end of the power line connected to the power supply 4 may be connected to each other, or a connector provided at the other end of the power line connected to the power supply 4 may be inserted into the socket of the power terminal block 8, or the power terminal block 8 provided on the LED lighting device 3 and the power supply 4 may be connected with a power line and the VVF cable from the ceiling may be connected to the power terminal block 8, or the lead wire drawn from the power supply 4 may be directly connected to the VVF cable from the ceiling.
  • Fig. 6 is a perspective view of the LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment as seen from the cover member 30 side
  • Fig. 7 is a perspective view of the LED lighting device 3 as seen from the back side
  • Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the LED lighting device 3.
  • Fig. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the LED lighting device 3 is a long, linear light source called a light bar.
  • the LED lighting device 3 emits light of a predetermined color, such as white light, as illumination light.
  • the LED lighting device 3 includes a light source unit 10, a frame 20 in which the light source unit 10 is disposed, a cover member 30 that covers the light source unit 10, and an end cap 40.
  • the LED lighting device 3 also includes a power supply device 4. That is, the power supply device 4 is provided in the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the power supply device 4 is attached to the ceiling side surface of the frame 20.
  • the power supply device 4 is fixed to the frame 20 by screwing a part of the circuit case 4c to the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 with screws 50.
  • the circuit case 4c is a housing having an opening, and is composed of a bottom plate and a side plate erected on the bottom plate. The circuit case 4c is arranged so that the opening of the circuit case 4c is located on the frame 20 side. That is, the part of the circuit case 4c on the frame 20 side is open.
  • the light source unit 10 is a light-emitting unit that emits illumination light.
  • the light source unit 10 is elongated.
  • the elongated light source unit 10 may be a single light source unit with a length approximately equal to the overall length of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction), or multiple light source units 10 may be arranged along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20. As shown in FIG. 9, in this embodiment, two light source units 10 are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20.
  • the light source unit 10 is an LED module that uses LEDs, and includes a substrate 11 and an LED 12 arranged on the substrate 11, as shown in Figures 8 and 9.
  • the substrate 11 is a mounting substrate for mounting the LEDs 12.
  • the substrate 11 is formed in a generally rectangular shape that is elongated in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the frame 20.
  • the thickness of the substrate 11 is, for example, 1.0 mm.
  • two substrates 11 are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20.
  • the substrate 11 is, for example, a printed wiring board (printed circuit board) on which metal wiring is formed in a predetermined pattern.
  • a resist made of an insulating resin material may be formed on the surface of the substrate 11 so as to cover the wiring in order to protect the wiring and ensure a dielectric strength voltage.
  • the substrate 11 may be a single-sided wiring board in which wiring is formed only on the main surface on which the LEDs 12 are mounted, or a double-sided wiring board in which wiring is formed on both sides.
  • the base material constituting the substrate 11 may be a resin substrate made of an insulating resin material, a ceramic substrate made of a sintered body of a ceramic material such as alumina, or a metal-based substrate obtained by applying an insulating coating to the surface of a metal substrate made of a metal material such as aluminum or copper.
  • the substrate 11 is made of a resin substrate
  • examples of the resin substrate that can be used include a glass epoxy substrate (CEM-3, FR-4, etc.) made of glass fiber and epoxy resin, a paper phenol substrate (FR-1, FR-2) made of craft paper or the like and phenol resin, a paper epoxy substrate (FR-3) made of paper and epoxy resin, or a polyimide substrate made of polyimide or the like.
  • the substrate 11 may be a rigid substrate or a film-like flexible substrate.
  • the metal wiring formed on the substrate 11 is electrically connected to the power supply 4.
  • the electrodes or connector terminals formed on the substrate 11 and the power supply 4 are connected by electric wires such as lead wires.
  • the electric wires connecting the substrate 11 and the power supply 4 are, for example, inserted into through holes provided in the frame 20.
  • the substrate 11 is disposed on the frame 20.
  • the substrate 11 has a first surface on which the LEDs 12 are mounted, and a second surface facing away from the first surface.
  • the first surface of the substrate 11 is the surface facing the cover member 30, and the second surface of the substrate 11 is the surface facing the frame 20. In this embodiment, the second surface of the substrate 11 is in contact with the frame 20.
  • LEDs 12 are arranged on the board 11. Specifically, a plurality of LEDs 12 are arranged on the first surface of the board 11. In this embodiment, the plurality of LEDs 12 are mounted in a linear row along the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the board 11 at predetermined intervals. Specifically, the plurality of LEDs 12 are mounted over substantially the entire longitudinal length of the board 11. Thus, the plurality of LEDs 12 are mounted along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20 and the cover member 30. Note that the plurality of LEDs 12 may be mounted in multiple rows, rather than in a single row, along the longitudinal direction of the board 11. The plurality of LEDs 12 emit light when a direct current is supplied from the power supply 4 via an electric wire connecting the power supply 4 and the board 11.
  • the LED 12 is an example of a light-emitting element.
  • each of the multiple LEDs 12 is an individually packaged LED element (LED light source) with an SMD structure. Therefore, the light source unit 10 is an SMD type LED module.
  • the SMD type LED 12 comprises a white resin or ceramic container (package), an LED chip (bare chip) placed inside the container, and a sealing material that seals the LED chip.
  • the LED 12 is a white LED element that emits white light.
  • a blue LED chip that emits blue light when powered is used as the LED chip, and a silicone resin (phosphor-containing resin) that contains a yellow phosphor such as YAG is used as the sealing material filled into the container.
  • the light source unit 10 configured in this manner is placed in a frame 20. Specifically, the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 is placed in the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 is a long mounting member (base member) to which the light source unit 10 is attached. Specifically, the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 like the light source unit 10 and the fixture body 2, is formed in an elongated shape in the Y-axis direction.
  • the light source unit 10 is supported by the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 is a support member that supports the light source unit 10.
  • the frame 20 not only supports the light source unit 10, but also supports the cover member 30.
  • the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are arranged is placed on the frame 20 and the board 11 is fixed to the frame 20, so that the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are arranged is supported by the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 is plate-shaped.
  • the frame 20 is made of metal and is composed of a metal plate.
  • the frame 20 is formed into a predetermined shape by performing roll forming and/or press working on a single sheet of metal (metal plate) made of, for example, SPCC (Steel Plate Cold Commercial).
  • the thickness of the metal plate constituting the frame 20 is, for example, 0.2 mm to 2 mm.
  • the thickness of the metal plate constituting the frame 20 is preferably 1 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the metal plate constituting the frame 20 is set to 0.5 mm.
  • the method of manufacturing the frame 20 is not limited to roll forming and press working, and may be aluminum extrusion molding, etc.
  • the plate-shaped frame 20 has a main plate portion 21, a pair of vertical plate portions 22, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23, and a pair of side plate portions 24.
  • the main plate portion 21, the pair of vertical plate portions 22, the pair of horizontal plate portions 23, and the pair of side plate portions 24 all extend along the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 is formed symmetrically in the XZ cross section with respect to the center of the frame 20 in the short side direction, but this is not limited to this.
  • the main board 21 is the main body of the frame 20.
  • the main board 21 is a plate-like body with a constant thickness that is generally flat.
  • the light source 10 is disposed on the main board 21.
  • the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are disposed is placed on the main board 21.
  • the main board 21 supports the board 11.
  • the board 11 and the main board 21 are in contact.
  • the LEDs 12 of the light source 10 are disposed in the center of the width of the main board 21, but this is not limited to this.
  • the main board portion 21 has a first surface which faces the substrate 11, and a second surface which faces away from the first surface.
  • the first surface of the main board portion 21 is a substrate mounting surface to which the substrate 11 is attached.
  • the frame 20 is positioned so that the first and second surfaces of the main board portion 21 are approximately parallel to the ceiling surface.
  • the first surface of the main board portion 21 is the surface facing the floor, and the second surface of the main board portion 21 is the surface facing the ceiling.
  • the main board 21 is located closer to the ceiling than the opening surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 (i.e., closer to the bottom surface of the recess 2a).
  • the LED 12 is also located closer to the bottom surface of the recess 2a than the opening surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • the main board 21 and the LED 12 are located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a. This allows the distance between the cover member 30 and the LED 12 to be increased, thereby reducing uneven brightness (graininess) of the multiple LEDs 12 arranged in a straight line.
  • the main plate portion 21 has a claw piece 21a formed by cutting out a part of the frame 20 made of a metal plate.
  • the substrate 11 placed on the main plate 21 is fixed to the main plate 21 by engaging with the claw 21a.
  • the substrate 11 may be slid to engage the substrate 11 with the claw 21a and the longitudinal end of the substrate 11 may be engaged with another claw to fix the substrate 11 to the main plate 21, or the substrate 11 may be engaged with the claw 21a by crimping the claw 21a to fix the substrate 11 to the main plate 21.
  • the method of fixing the main plate 21 and the substrate 11 is not limited to the engagement structure using the claw 21a, and the main plate 21 and the substrate 11 may be bonded and fixed by adhesive or adhesive tape, etc.
  • the main plate 21 and the substrate 11 are in contact with each other, this is not limited to this.
  • a separate member such as a thermally conductive sheet may be inserted between the main plate 21 and the substrate 11.
  • the main plate portion 21 has a through hole through which an electric wire is inserted to electrically connect the wiring of the substrate 11 to the power supply device 4.
  • the pair of upright plate portions 22 are upright plate portions erected on the main plate portion 21. Specifically, the pair of upright plate portions 22 erect from one end of the main plate portion 21, and the other of the pair of upright plate portions 22 erects from the other end of the main plate portion 21.
  • the upright plate portions 22 and the horizontal plate portion 23 are provided between the main plate portion 21 and the side plate portion 24. Each of the pair of upright plate portions 22 is flat.
  • each of the pair of standing plate portions 22 is perpendicular to the main surface of the main plate portion 21, and extends in a direction perpendicular to the short side direction of the frame 20.
  • the standing plate portion 22 is provided perpendicular to the main plate portion 21.
  • each of the pair of standing plate portions 22 extends along the Z-axis direction.
  • the standing plate portion 22 may be formed so as to be inclined relative to the main plate portion 21.
  • the recess 20a is formed by a main plate portion 21 and a pair of upright plate portions 22.
  • the bottom of the recess 20a is the main plate portion 21. Therefore, the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are mounted is placed on the bottom (main plate portion 21) of the recess 20a.
  • the frame 20 has the recess 20a on which the board 11 is placed.
  • the side of the recess 20a is the upright plate portion 22.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the recess 20a is U-shaped. In other words, the cross-sectional shape of the spatial region of the recess 20a (the region surrounded by the main plate portion 21 and the pair of upright plate portions 22) is rectangular.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the recess 20a does not have to be U-shaped.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the spatial area of the recess 20a does not have to be rectangular.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the spatial area of the recess 20a may be trapezoidal.
  • the main plate portion 21 corresponds to the lower or upper base of the trapezoidal recess 20a
  • the standing plate portion 22 corresponds to the side of the trapezoidal recess 20a that is inclined relative to the main plate portion 21.
  • the light source unit 10 arranged at the bottom of the recess 20a is stored in the recess 20a.
  • the depth of the recess 20a is greater than the height (thickness) of the light source unit 10, and the light source unit 10 is stored so as not to protrude from the recess 20a.
  • the LED 12 is stored in the recess 20a. Therefore, the floor side end (light emitting surface) of the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 is located closer to the ceiling than the opening surface of the recess 20a. In this case, the floor side end of the LED 12 may be located at a position set back from the opening surface of the recess 20a, or may be flush with the opening surface of the recess 20a.
  • the distance between the LED 12 and the main part 31 of the cover member 30 can be increased, so that the uneven brightness (graininess) caused by the multiple LEDs 12 arranged at a distance in the longitudinal direction of the frame 20 can be suppressed.
  • the LEDs 12 of the light source unit 10 are housed in the recess 20a so as not to protrude from the recess 20a in the Z-axis direction, but this is not limited to the above.
  • part or all of the LEDs 12 may protrude from the recess 20a.
  • the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 should be arranged so as not to protrude from the recess 20a, and the depth of the recess 20a should be greater than the thickness of the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10.
  • the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm] and the width of the recess 20a is w1 [mm], it is preferable that the relationship formula w1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ a is satisfied.
  • the ratio of the depth a of the recess 20a to the width w1 of the recess 20a is 1:10 or more. This makes it possible to prevent the light emitted from the LED 12 from being blocked by hitting the corner of the opening surface of the recess 20a (the connection part between the vertical plate part 22 and the horizontal plate part 23) even if the light source part 10 is stored in the recess 20a.
  • the frame 20 has a protrusion 20b that protrudes from the main board 21 toward the light emission side of the light source unit 10.
  • the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 protrudes toward the floor side.
  • the protrusions 20b are provided in pairs on both sides of the main plate portion 21 in the short direction of the frame 20.
  • the pair of protrusions 20b is formed on the frame 20 by forming the recess 20a on the frame 20.
  • the recess 20a is formed to be recessed toward the ceiling side, so that each of the pair of protrusions 20b is formed to protrude toward the floor side.
  • Each of the pair of protrusions 20b is composed of a horizontal plate portion 23 and a vertical plate portion 22. In this way, by forming the protrusions 20b on the main plate portion 21, the strength of the frame 20 can be improved.
  • the recess 20a and the pair of protrusions 20b can be formed by deforming the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20 by press processing or the like. Specifically, the recess 20a and the protrusions 20b are formed by bending the metal plate. Therefore, the plate thicknesses of the main plate portion 21, the vertical plate portion 22, the horizontal plate portion 23, and the side plate portion 24 are the same.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 is located to the side of the recessed portion 20a.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 is located on both sides of the recessed portion 20a in the short direction of the frame 20. That is, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23 are formed to sandwich the recessed portion 20a.
  • one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on one side of the recessed portion 20a in the short direction of the frame 20, and the other of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on the other side of the recessed portion 20a in the short direction of the frame 20.
  • one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on one side of the main plate portion 21 in the short direction of the frame 20, and the other of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on the other side of the main plate portion 21 in the short direction of the frame 20.
  • Each of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is connected to the end portion on the floor side of the standing plate portion 22 and extends outward from the end portion on the floor side of the standing plate portion 22.
  • the first direction which is the direction of the light emission side of the light source unit 10 (LED 12) with respect to the main board portion 21
  • the second direction which is the direction opposite to the floor side direction (first direction) with respect to the main board portion 21
  • the ceiling side i.e., the construction material side
  • at least a part of each of the pair of side board portions 23 is located on the floor side (first direction side) of the main board portion 21.
  • the entire side board portion 23 is located on the floor side of the main board portion 21. Therefore, the pair of protruding portions 20b, each of which is composed of a vertical board portion 22 and a horizontal board portion 23, is located on the floor side of the main board portion 21.
  • a spatial area is formed on the ceiling side of each protruding portion 20b.
  • the spatial area is an area surrounded by the protruding portion 20b on the ceiling side of the frame 20.
  • this spatial area is an area surrounded by the vertical board portion 22 and the horizontal board portion 23 on the ceiling side of the frame 20.
  • the side plate portion 24 is provided on the side of the horizontal plate portion 23 opposite the standing plate portion 22, so that this spatial area is an area surrounded by the standing plate portion 22, the horizontal plate portion 23, and the side plate portion 24, and is a concave recessed portion recessed toward the floor side.
  • this spatial area may store internal electric wires, construction electric wires (external electric wires), structural members such as springs and screws, or functional parts.
  • construction electric wires external electric wires
  • structural members such as springs and screws
  • functional parts since the side plate portion 24 exists as the outer wall of this spatial area, the internal electric wires stored in the spatial area are less likely to protrude from the spatial area. This makes it possible to prevent the internal electric wires from protruding and becoming caught in the wires.
  • this spatial area may house not only one internal wire, but multiple internal wires.
  • the one or multiple internal wires housed in this spatial area are fixed to the frame 20 with a fixing member such as tape or metal fittings.
  • this spatial area may be used to attach tape or attach metal fittings.
  • the metal fittings are fixed to the spatial area so as to cover the spatial area in which the internal wires are housed.
  • the metal fittings may be positioned so as to be braced between the vertical plate portion 22 and the side plate portion 24.
  • the internal wires do not have to be stored in this spatial area.
  • the internal wires may be placed on the ceiling side of the main board 21 of the frame 20, and adhesively fixed with tape.
  • the tape may be placed on the ceiling side of the main board 21, and the tape may be attached so that it straddles the main board 21 and the standing board 22. In this way, the tape is attached to two surfaces with different orientations, which makes it possible to prevent the tape from peeling off.
  • each of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is composed of a plurality of plate portions.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 is composed of two plate portions, and has the plurality of plate portions, which are a parallel plate portion 23a (first plate portion) parallel to the main plate portion 21, and an inclined plate portion 23b (second plate portion) inclined relative to the main plate portion 21.
  • the protruding portion 20b has a parallel plate portion 23a and an inclined plate portion 23b.
  • the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b are both flat.
  • the parallel plate portion 23a extends in the short side direction (width direction) of the frame 20, and the inclined plate portion 23b extends in a direction inclined with respect to the short side direction of the frame 20.
  • the inclined plate portion 23b is inclined so as to widen toward the ceiling. Therefore, the protruding portion 20b composed of the standing plate portion 22 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is configured to be inclined outward as a whole.
  • the inclined plate portion 23b is located outside the parallel plate portion 23a and is connected to the end of the side plate portion 24. In this embodiment, the length of the parallel plate portion 23a is longer than the length of the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • the pair of protrusions 20b formed on the frame 20 is located on the floor side of the opening surface of the recess 2a of the instrument body 2.
  • at least a portion of the pair of protrusions 20b is located on the floor side of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the instrument body 2.
  • the pair of side plate portions 23 are located on the floor side of the opening surface of the recess 2a of the instrument body 2.
  • both the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the side plate portion 23 are located on the floor side of the opening surface of the recess 2a.
  • the protruding portion 20b which is composed of the horizontal plate portion 23 and the vertical plate portion 22, may be configured to be inclined inward.
  • the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 is located inside the parallel plate portion 23a and is connected to the end of the main plate portion 21, and the vertical plate portion 22 is located outside the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23 and is connected to the end of the side plate portion 24.
  • the pair of side plate portions 24 are plate-shaped side portions and are formed as a pair of legs (feet) on the frame 20. Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends toward the side opposite the light emission side of the light source unit 10.
  • the pair of side plate portions 24 are extension portions that extend toward the construction material on which the fixture body 2 is installed. In this embodiment, the construction material on which the fixture body 2 is installed is the ceiling, and the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling. Therefore, the pair of side plate portions 24 extend toward the ceiling side (second direction side). Specifically, each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends linearly along the Z-axis direction.
  • the pair of side plate portions 24 are housed in the recesses 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • Each side plate portion 24 faces a side portion of the recess 2a.
  • Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends along each of the side portions (side walls) of the pair of recesses 2a. As shown in FIG. 3, the side plate portions 24 and the side portions of the recesses 2a are parallel to each other.
  • Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from each of the pair of protruding portions 20b toward the ceiling side.
  • each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the end of the horizontal plate portion 23 toward the ceiling side.
  • One of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the outer end of one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling side, and the other of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the outer end of the other of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling side.
  • the pair of side plate portions 24 extend from the outer end of the protruding portion 20b in the short direction of the frame 20 toward the ceiling side.
  • each of the pair of side plate portions 24 is connected to the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, and extends from the end of the inclined plate portion 23b toward the ceiling side.
  • Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the outer end of each horizontal plate portion 23 beyond the position of the main plate portion 21 toward the ceiling side. Therefore, the tip of each side plate portion 24 (extension portion) is located closer to the ceiling (second direction side) than the main plate portion 21. In other words, the tip of the side plate portion 24 (extension portion) is located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a.
  • the side plate portion 24 is connected to the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23. Note that the side plate portion 24 is not formed on both ends of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction, and the ends of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction are open.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is preferably located closer to the floor (first direction side) than the main plate portion 21, which is the bottom of the recess 20a in the frame 20. This makes it easier for the light emitted from the LED 12 to wrap around to the spatial area formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30. Note that if the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a, the light emitted from the LED 12 will wrap around to the ceiling side, causing light leakage and light loss.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 (in this embodiment, the connection portion between the side plate portion 24 and the inclined plate portion 23b) is at approximately the same height as the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2, but the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2. This makes it possible to prevent shadows from appearing on the exterior of the cover member 30.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is located closer to the ceiling (second direction side) than the connection portion between the mounting portion 33 and the extension portion 32 in the cover member 30. This makes it possible to prevent shadows from appearing on the appearance of the cover member 30.
  • the position of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2 is the same as the position of the connection portion between the mounting portion 33 and the extension portion 32 in the cover member 30.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 should be located in the area (area R in the enlarged view of Figure 3) between the position of the main plate portion 21, which is the bottom of the recess 20a, and the position of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2 or the position of the connection portion between the mounting portion 33 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30.
  • the length (extension) of the side plate portion 24 is longer than the depth of the recess 20a. That is, as shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, if the depth of the recess 20a is a [mm] and the length of the side plate portion 24 is b [mm], it is preferable that the relationship b ⁇ a is satisfied.
  • the upper limit of the length b of the side plate portion 24 is not particularly limited, but the depth a of the recess 20a and the length b of the side plate portion 24 are preferable to satisfy the relationship b ⁇ 2 ⁇ a.
  • the ratio of the depth of the recess 20a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is preferable to be 1:2 or less.
  • the strength of the frame 20 is increased and the strength of the entire LED lighting device 3 is improved. This makes it easier to handle the LED lighting device 3 during construction, etc.
  • the length of the side plate portion 24 is increased. This allows the cover member 30 to be easily attached to the frame 20 by snap-in.
  • the thickness of the entire frame 20 in the Z-axis direction can be shortened, and the frame 20 can be made thinner. Note that the relationship b ⁇ a does not have to be satisfied.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21.
  • the length b of the side plate portion 24 should be longer than the depth a of the recess 20a (i.e., b>a), but the length b of the side plate portion 24 may be shorter than the depth a of the recess 20a.
  • the lower limit of the length b of the side plate portion 24 is not particularly limited. It is preferable that the depth a of the recess 20a is 3 mm or more.
  • the tip of each of the pair of side plate portions 24 is provided with a bent portion 24a formed to be bent.
  • the bent portion 24a constitutes the tip of the side plate portion 24.
  • the bent portion 24a is a folded portion formed by folding the tip of the side plate portion 24 in the thickness direction. Therefore, the bent portion 24a is composed of a folded portion and a portion (a portion that is not folded) that faces the folded portion.
  • the bent portion 24a is a hemming bend structure formed by, for example, hemming.
  • the bent portion 24a is not limited to being formed by hemming, and may be a curl bend structure formed by curling and rolling up the tip of the side plate portion 24.
  • the bent portion 24a is formed by folding inward in the width direction, but is not limited to this, and may be formed by folding outward in the width direction.
  • the bent portion 24a may not be formed on the side plate portion 24.
  • the mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 are attached to each of the pair of side plate portions 24.
  • the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 by snapping in.
  • the cover member 30 can be fixed to the frame 20 by engaging the abutment portions 33a provided on the mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 with the bent portions 24a of the side plate portions 24 from the width direction of the cover member 30. Therefore, the bent portions 24a are abutment portions that abut against the mounting portions 33.
  • the light source unit 10 supported by the frame 20 is covered with a cover member 30.
  • the cover member 30 covers the LEDs 12 of the light source unit 10. In this embodiment, the cover member 30 covers all of the LEDs 12 in the light source unit 10.
  • the cover member 30 also covers not only the LEDs 12 but also the board 11 of the light source unit 10, and is disposed opposite the board 11 so as to cover the multiple LEDs 12. In other words, the cover member 30 covers the entire light source unit 10. In this way, the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 so as to cover the light source unit 10.
  • the cover member 30 is an example of a translucent cover that has translucency, and transmits light emitted from the light source unit 10 (LEDs 12).
  • the cover member 30 is a diffusion cover that not only has translucency but also has diffusivity. Therefore, the light of the LEDs 12 that enters the cover member 30 passes through the cover member 30 while being diffused (scattered) by the cover member 30.
  • the cover member 30 further covers the frame 20 in which the light source unit 10 is arranged.
  • the cover member 30 covers the entire frame 20 in which the light source unit 10 is arranged.
  • the cover member 30 is formed in an elongated shape in the Y-axis direction, similar to the light source unit 10 and the frame 20.
  • the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the cover member 30 and the frame 20 form a cylindrical body, and the light source unit 10 is stored inside this cylindrical body.
  • the cover member 30 has a main portion 31 that covers the light source unit 10, an extension portion 32 that extends inward from the cover member 30, and an attachment portion 33 to which the frame 20 is attached.
  • a gap GX exists between the cover member 30 and the inner surface of the recess 2a of the device body 2.
  • this gap GX is the gap between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the inner wall surface of the recess 2a.
  • the main part 31 is the main body of the cover member 30, and transmits the light emitted from the LEDs 12 of the light source unit 10 so that the light can be emitted to the outside.
  • the main part 31 covers the light source unit 10. In other words, the main part 31 faces the light source unit 10. Therefore, the main part 31 has a surface that faces the substrate 11 and the LEDs 12.
  • the main part 31 constitutes the exterior of the cover member 30. As shown in FIG. 9, the main part 31 is elongated in the Y-axis direction and formed in a gutter shape.
  • the main part 31 has, for example, a flat, approximately semi-cylindrical shape. Therefore, the main part 31 has an elongated rectangular opening end face extending in the Y-axis direction.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the main part 31 when cut along the X-axis direction has a curved shape that is curved in an approximately arc shape. Note that the shape of the main part 31 is not limited to a barrel-like R shape, and may be an angular shape such as a U-shape, a angular shape with a part of the side narrowed, or a cylindrical shape.
  • the outer shape of the cover member 30 when the cover member 30 is viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3, the outer shape of the cover member 30 is generally D-shaped. Specifically, when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3, the outer shape of the main part 31 is generally D-shaped. As described above, the side shape of the LED lighting device 1 consisting of the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is also generally D-shaped, and the boundary between the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is not noticeable. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 3, when viewed from the Y-axis direction, the outer surface of the main part 31 of the cover member 30 and the outer surface (inclined surface) of the inclined surface portion 2b in the fixture body 2 are flush with each other.
  • the outer surface of the main part 31 and the outer surface of the inclined surface portion 2b are continuous, and there is no step at the boundary between the outer surface of the main part 31 and the outer surface of the inclined surface portion 2b, or even if there is a step, it is only slight.
  • the main portion 31 has an outer end portion 31a that is located outside the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 in the short direction of the frame 20. Specifically, the outer end portion 31a is a portion of the main portion 31 that is located outside the mounting portion 33.
  • the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31 faces the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2.
  • the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a is a flat surface parallel to the XY plane.
  • the extension portion 32 extends toward the light source unit 10.
  • the extension portion 32 is connected to the main portion 31 and extends from the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10. Therefore, the extension portion 32 extends from the main portion 31 toward the inside of the cover member 30. Specifically, the extension portion 32 extends from the inner surface of the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10.
  • the extension portion 32 also extends toward the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the extension portion 32 extends from the main portion 31 toward the main plate portion 21.
  • the extension portion 32 extending toward the light source unit 10 or the main plate portion 21 means that a part of the extension portion 32 extends toward the light source unit 10 or the main plate portion 21.
  • the extension portion 32 is a plate-shaped piece with a constant thickness, and extends in the Y-axis direction as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • a pair of extension parts 32 are provided.
  • the pair of extension parts 32 are provided on either side of the light source unit 10 in the short side direction of the frame 20. Specifically, the pair of extension parts 32 are provided at positions facing each other in the X-axis direction. In this embodiment, the pair of extension parts 32 are formed symmetrically on the XZ cross section with respect to the center of the short side direction of the cover member 30, but this is not limited to this.
  • each extension 32 covers at least a portion of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. In other words, each extension 32 covers at least a portion of the protruding portion 20b and faces the main plate portion 21. In this embodiment, each extension 32 covers the entire protruding portion 20b. Therefore, each extension 32 extends from the main portion 31 beyond the protruding portion 20b.
  • the extension 32 is also formed in an arch shape so as to cover the protrusion 20b. Therefore, the extension 32 is arch-shaped so as to be convex toward the main portion 31. This allows the light emitted from the light source unit 10 to be reflected by the extension 32, improving the light extraction efficiency. Furthermore, when the protrusion 20b is formed on the frame 20, a shadow is likely to occur on the outer end of the cover member 30, but by providing the arch-shaped extension 32 so as to cover the protrusion 20b, it is possible to make it difficult for a shadow to occur on the outer end of the cover member 30.
  • Each extension portion 32 has an outer extension portion 32a located outside the protrusion 20b, and an inner extension portion 32b extending from the outer extension portion 32a toward the light source unit 10, covering at least a portion of the protrusion 20b.
  • the inner extension portion 32b covers the entire protrusion 20b.
  • the outer extension portion 32a is located outside the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in the short direction of the frame 20.
  • the outer extension portion 32a is a portion located outside the mounting portion 33, and the inner extension portion 32b is a portion located inside the mounting portion 33.
  • the outer extension portion 32a is a portion formed in a flat plate shape
  • the inner extension portion 32b is a portion formed so as to bend at the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
  • the inner extension portion 32b is bent so as to cover the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • each extension portion 32 extends from the inner surface of the main portion 31 toward the LED 12 side.
  • Each extension portion 32 extends from a position on the ceiling side (second direction side) of the portion of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 located furthest from the floor side (first direction side) on the inner surface of the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10 side so as to cover the protruding portion 20b.
  • the portion of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 located furthest from the floor side is the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23.
  • each extension portion 32 extends from a position on the ceiling side of the parallel plate portion 23a of each protruding portion 20b toward the light source unit 10 side.
  • each extension portion 32 is connected to the tip of the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31. Therefore, in each extension portion 32, the outer extension portion 32a is connected to the tip of the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31, and the outer extension portion 32a extends from the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10.
  • the extension portion 32 extends toward the light source unit 10 from a position on the ceiling side of the portion of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 that is located closest to the floor, covering the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • This allows a spatial area to be formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30 that extends toward the ceiling outside the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 is provided with a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor side, the light emitted from the LED 12 that does not pass through the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 and is reflected on the inner surface of the main portion 31 can be made to go around to the spatial area formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30.
  • the light emitted from the LED 12 can be sufficiently distributed to the outer end 31a of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30, so that the light can be sufficiently illuminated up to the vicinity of the outer end 31a of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30. Therefore, the cover member 30 can be illuminated over the entire width direction (X-axis direction), and the widthwise ends of the cover member 30 can be prevented from becoming dark. In other words, the darkness of the widthwise ends of the cover member 30 caused by the protrusions 20b of the frame 20 can be reduced.
  • the extension portion 32 on the cover member 30 the luminous flux (upward luminous flux) of the illumination light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 toward the ceiling side can be reduced.
  • the luminous flux of the illumination light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be increased, so the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be improved.
  • the direct illuminance of the LED lighting fixture 1 can be improved. As a result, when multiple LED lighting fixtures 1 are installed, the number of installed LED lighting fixtures 1 can be reduced.
  • the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 has a portion that overlaps with the gap GX between the inner surface of the recess 2a and the mounting portion 33 in the direction toward the floor or ceiling (i.e., in the Z direction).
  • the outer extension portion 32a also faces the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a. In other words, in the Z-axis direction, the outer extension portion 32a overlaps with the opening edge 2a1. Therefore, the outer extension portion 32a is formed to span the gap GX.
  • the portion of the outer extension 32a of each extension 32 facing the opening edge 2a1 and the outer end 31a of the main part 31 form a protrusion that protrudes outward from the mounting part 33. Specifically, this protrusion is formed in a V-shape in the XZ cross section.
  • the outer extension 32a does not protrude outward from the widthwise outer end of the opening surface of the recess 2a of the device body 2. Specifically, the outer extension 32a does not protrude outward in the Y-axis direction from the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a.
  • connection portion (the apex of the V) between the outer extension 32a and the outer end 31a of the main part 31 is approximately on the same plane as the inclined surface 2b of the device body 2.
  • the inclined surface 2b of the device body 2 and the surface of the main part 31 of the cover member 30 become one continuous surface, improving the design of the LED lighting device 3.
  • each extension portion 32 is a portion that connects the inner extension portion 32b and the main portion 31. Therefore, one end of the outer extension portion 32a is connected to the inner extension portion 32b, and the other end of the outer extension portion 32a is connected to the inner surface of the main portion 31.
  • the outer extension portion 32a is a contact portion that can come into contact with the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • the outer extension portion 32a may or may not come into contact with the opening edge 2a1.
  • the outer extension portion 32a comes into contact with the opening edge 2a1.
  • the LED lighting device 3 when the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) and attached to the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 by the outer extension portion 32a abutting against the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2. For this reason, it is desirable that the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 abut. However, a gap may occur between the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 due to warping, twisting, or groaning of various parts such as the frame 20 or the cover member 30, or variations during installation of the LED lighting fixture 1 (distortion due to bolt tightening, variations due to wiring, etc.).
  • the outer extension portion 32a may be part of the main portion 31. In this case, the extension portion 32 is composed only of the inner extension portion 32b.
  • At least a part of the extension portion 32 has a shape that follows a part of the frame 20.
  • at least a part of the extension portion 32 has a shape that follows the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 has a shape that follows the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the inner extension portion 32b has a shape that follows the inclined plate portion 23b of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the inner extension 32b is bent so as to protrude toward the floor.
  • the inner extension 32b is formed to have a protruding portion that protrudes toward the floor, similar to the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 protrudes toward the bent portion (protruding portion) of this inner extension 32b. Therefore, the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 is formed to fit into the protruding portion of the inner extension 32b.
  • the inner extension portion 32b can abut against the frame 20.
  • the tip of the inner extension portion 32b abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the cover member 30 basically contacts the frame 20 only at two points, the tip of the inner extension portion 32b and the tip of the mounting portion 33 (abutment portion 33a), so there is a gap between the inner extension portion 32b and the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the inner extension portion 32b and a portion of the protruding portion 20b come into contact.
  • the inner extension portion 32b and the protruding portion 20b may be intentionally brought into contact with each other.
  • each extension 32 on the light source unit 10 side is located closer to the center of the frame 20 than the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the tip of the inner extension 32b of the extension 32 is located to the side of the protruding portion 20b.
  • the inner extension 32b has a first plate 32b1 that faces the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, a second plate 32b2 that extends beyond the protruding portion 20b toward the light source unit 10, and a third plate 32b3 that stands upright from the second plate 32b2 toward the ceiling.
  • the first plate portion 32b1 faces the horizontal plate portion 23 that constitutes the protrusion 20b, and like the horizontal plate portion 23, is composed of an inclined plate portion and a parallel plate portion.
  • the second plate portion 32b2 is an inclined plate portion that extends from a position beyond the protruding portion 20b (horizontal plate portion 23) so as to be inclined toward the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Note that the second plate portion 32b2 does not have to be inclined. For example, the second plate portion 32b2 may be parallel to the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 is a vertical plate portion that stands from the tip of the second plate portion 32b2 toward the ceiling side. In other words, the third plate portion 32b3 stands on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, the third plate portion 32b3 is a vertical portion formed perpendicular to the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. The third plate portion 32b3 is the tip of the inner extension portion 32b. In other words, the tip of the third plate portion 32b3 is the tip of the extension portion 32 on the light source unit 10 side. The height (length) of the third plate portion 32b3 is lower than the height of the protrusion portion 20b formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 (in this embodiment, the position of the horizontal plate portion 23).
  • the inclination of the inner part of the inner extension portion 32b in the short side direction of the cover member 30 is gentler than the inclination of the short side direction of the cover member 30.
  • the inclination of the part on the light source unit 10 side is gentler than the inclination of the part on the mounting unit 33 side.
  • the inclination of the second plate portion 32b2 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b is gentler than the inclination of the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b.
  • the inclination angle of the second plate portion 32b2 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b is smaller than the inclination angle of the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b.
  • the extension portion 32 has an abutment portion that abuts against the frame 20 when pressed against it.
  • this abutment portion is provided on the inner extension portion 32b.
  • the abutment portion is the third plate portion 32b3 of the inner extension portion 32b.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 which is the abutment portion, abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion) is pressed against the frame 20.
  • the extension portion 32 pressed against the frame 20 is elastically deformed. In other words, as the extension portion 32 elastically deforms, the reaction force presses the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion) against the frame 20.
  • each extension 32 on the light source unit 10 side is located closer to the center of the frame 20 than the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the tip of the third plate portion 32b3 in the inner extension portion 32b of each extension 32 is located closer to the center of the frame 20 than the inner end of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 in the inner extension portion 32b is formed so that its tip extends toward the substrate 11.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 is formed so that it is inclined toward the substrate 11.
  • the extension portion 32 has an abutment portion 32c that abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against it.
  • the abutment portion 32c is the tip of the extension portion 32. Therefore, the tip of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against it.
  • the abutment portion 32c is the tip of the inner extension portion 32b.
  • the abutment portion 32c is the third plate portion 32b3 of the inner extension portion 32b. In this case, the end face of the tip of the third plate portion 32b3, which is the abutment portion 32c, abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against it.
  • the extension portion 32 pressed against the frame 20 is elastically deformed.
  • the reaction force presses the abutment portion 32c (third plate portion 32b3) against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Therefore, the attitude of the extension portion 32 relative to the frame 20 is different before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • Each extension 32 may be disposed outside the directional characteristics (light distribution angle) of the LED 12.
  • the opening angle (tilt angle of the second plate 32b2) of the pair of extensions 32 may be 120° or more. This reduces the loss of light emitted from the LED 12 in the cover member 30, and most of the light emitted from the LED 12 passes through the cover member 30 and is emitted to the outside. In other words, the light extraction efficiency of the cover member 30 can be improved.
  • the opening angle of the pair of second plate parts 32b2 may be 160° or more.
  • the upper limit of the opening angle of the pair of second plate parts 32b2 is, for example, 170°.
  • the light extraction efficiency can be further improved by making the extension 32 white (highly reflective and non-transmissive) by two-color molding.
  • a spatial region S1 exists between each extension portion 32 and the frame 20. Specifically, the spatial region S1 exists between the inner extension portion 32b of each extension portion 32 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the spatial region S1 may house the screw base or screw head when various components are screwed together, or the crimped portion when the frame 20 and other metal components are crimped together.
  • the spatial region S1 houses the screw base of a screw 50 for fixing the power supply unit 4 to the frame 20.
  • the spatial region S1 may house functional components or internal electrical wires that are wired in the factory when the LED lighting device 3 is manufactured.
  • the functional parts stored in the spatial region S1 are, for example, function expansion modules.
  • the function expansion module include a sensor unit equipped with various sensors such as a human sensor and a brightness sensor, a wireless module having an antenna and a control circuit for receiving wireless signals, an infrared module having a light receiving element and a control circuit for receiving infrared signals, a pull switch, or a second light source other than the LED 12 (first light source) mounted on the substrate 11.
  • the wireless signal or infrared signal is, for example, a remote control signal for turning on and off the LED 12 or adjusting the brightness and color, or a setting signal for performing various settings of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the second light source is a light source for monitor display (monitor lamp), a light source for controlling the light distribution of the illumination light emitted from the cover member 30 (for example, a light source for wide light distribution), a color light source for directing (for example, LED light sources of red, blue, green, etc.), or an emergency light source that is turned on in an emergency.
  • the cover and/or cover member 30 covering the second light source may be made of a flame-retardant material such as glass.
  • wireless is not limited to a specific frequency band, but may refer to wireless in a broad sense including radio waves and light (including infrared rays).
  • the antenna in the wireless module may be, for example, a pattern antenna, a chip antenna, a rod antenna, or a plate antenna, but is not limited to these.
  • the wireless module may have an antenna area and a control area.
  • the connection between the wireless module and the power supply device may be a connector on both ends of an electric wire, or only one of the wireless module and the power supply device may be a connector.
  • the connection between the wireless module and the power supply device 4 may be a wireless connection via wireless communication, rather than a wired connection via an electric wire.
  • the internal electric wires stored in the spatial region S1 are, for example, electric wires connected to the power supply unit 4 or electric wires connecting the multiple light source units 10 together.
  • the electric wires connected to the power supply unit 4 include a power supply line connecting the power supply unit 4 and the light source units 10, a power line connecting the power supply unit 4 and the power terminal block 8, a dimming control line connecting the power supply unit 4 and the dimming terminal block 9, and a control line connected to a function expansion module (sensor, etc.) described later.
  • the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 extends on the side opposite the light emission side of the light source unit 10. Specifically, the mounting portion 33 is connected to the extension portion 32 and extends from a part of the extension portion 32 toward the ceiling side. The mounting portion 33 is attached to a pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20.
  • the distance between the spatial region S1 and the main portion 31 is long, so that the foreign object present in the spatial region S1 is unlikely to cast a shadow.
  • the gap region between the inclined plate portion 23b of the frame 20 and the inner extension portion 32b is close to the main portion 31, so if an insect is present in this gap region, it is likely to cast a shadow, but since this gap region is small, it is difficult for insects to accumulate. Even if an insect enters this gap region, since the insect has propulsion ability, the insect will move from this gap region toward the spatial region S1 and enter the spatial region S1 where shadows are unlikely to be generated.
  • the extension portion 32 is made of an opaque material such as white resin.
  • a pair of mounting portions 33 are provided to sandwich the frame 20.
  • the pair of mounting portions 33 are formed as a pair of legs (feet) on the cover member 30.
  • the pair of mounting portions 33 have the same length in the Z-axis direction.
  • each of the pair of mounting portions 33 is formed in an elongated shape along the Y-axis direction.
  • the pair of mounting portions 33 also have the same length in the Y-axis direction.
  • each of the pair of mounting portions 33 is elastically deformed. As will be described in detail later, the posture of each mounting portion 33 relative to each side plate portion 24 is different before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • each of the pair of mounting portions 33 has an abutment portion 33a that abuts against a pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20. That is, the mounting portions 33 contact the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 at the abutment portions 33a.
  • the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portions 33 is the tip portion of the mounting portions 33. Therefore, the tip portion of the mounting portions 33 contacts the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20.
  • the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portions 33 is an engagement portion that engages with the tip portions of the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20. Therefore, the tip portion of the mounting portions 33 engages with the tip portions of the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20.
  • the abutment portion 33a which is the engagement portion, is, for example, a bent portion formed by bending the tip of the mounting portion 33 into an L shape.
  • the bent portion 24a provided at the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 engages with this abutment portion 33a, so that the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 and the pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 are engaged and fixed to each other.
  • the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 are fixed to the frame 20 in a manner that embraces the frame 20.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be fixed with a screw.
  • the screw is screwed into the portion where the side plate portion 24 and the mounting portion 33 overlap from the outside of the mounting portion 33.
  • the frame 20 and the cover member 30 may be fixed with a crimping structure.
  • the frame 20 and the cover member 30 may be fixed by crimping a part of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 to the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30.
  • the frame 20 and the cover member 30 may also be fixed with a separate part such as a metal fitting.
  • the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 by snapping the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 into the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 from the width direction of the cover member 30, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the cover member 30 may be attached to the frame 20 by inserting the cover member 30 from the end of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction and sliding the cover member 30.
  • the abutment portion 33a formed at the tip of the attachment portion 33 is bent at an angle, but this is not limited to this.
  • the abutment portion 33a may also be formed so that the tip is folded back.
  • the abutment portion 33a has a cross-sectional shape that is a recessed portion that is approximately U-shaped or C-shaped.
  • a first gap G1 which is a space, exists between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20. Specifically, the first gap G1 exists between the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the first gap G1 includes the gap between the top of the protrusion 20b and the extension portion 32.
  • the top of the protrusion 20b is the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23, and the protrusion 20b is covered by the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32. Therefore, the first gap G1 exists between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
  • the first gap G1 also includes the gap between the portion of the protrusion 20b other than the top and the extension portion 32. Specifically, the first gap G1 exists not only between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23, but also between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23.
  • the first gap G1 exists over the entire area between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b. Therefore, the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b are not in contact with each other. Specifically, even when the LED lighting device 3 is stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b are not in contact with each other.
  • the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 has a protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1.
  • the protrusion 34 is provided on the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32.
  • the protrusion 34 is provided on the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b.
  • the protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1 is located between the extension portion 32 and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
  • the protrusion 34 is a convex portion that protrudes from the extension portion 32 toward the protruding portion 20b. Specifically, the protrusion 34 protrudes toward the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 in the protruding portion 20b, and faces the inclined plate portion 23b. In this case, the protrusion 34 is provided so that the tip of the protrusion 34 does not contact the frame 20 when the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are in a predetermined reference position (design position). Therefore, a first gap G1 exists between the tip of the protrusion 34 and the protruding portion 20b. Specifically, a first gap G1 exists between the tip of the protrusion 34 and the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • the width of the first gap G1 (the distance between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b) in the portion where the protrusion 34 is not provided is longer than the height of the protrusion 34.
  • the protrusion 34 is formed integrally with the extension portion 32.
  • the protrusion 34 is a rib of a protruding stripe extending in the Y-axis direction.
  • the protrusion 34 extending in the Y-axis direction may be provided over the entire length of the cover member 30 in the longitudinal direction, or one or more protrusions may be provided in a part of the entire length of the cover member 30 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 34 is triangular, but is not limited to this.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 34 may be semicircular, etc.
  • the protrusion 34 is a rib extending in the Y-axis direction, but is not limited to this.
  • the protrusion 34 may be a dot in the shape of a triangular pyramid or a hemisphere.
  • the protrusions 34 that are dots may be provided in a discrete manner along the Y-axis direction.
  • the height of the protrusion 34 is smaller than the thickness of the extension portion 32, but is not limited to this.
  • a second gap G2 which is a space, exists between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the second gap G2 exists over the entire area between the inner surface of the mounting portion 33 and the outer surface of the side plate portion 24. Therefore, there is no contact between the inner surface of the mounting portion 33 and the outer surface of the side plate portion 24.
  • the width of the first gap G1 and the width of the second gap G2 may be the same or different.
  • the width of the first gap G1 and the width of the second gap G2 are larger than the thickness of the extension portion 32 and the thickness of the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20, but are not limited to this.
  • the cover member 30 is made of a translucent resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate, or a material having translucency such as a glass material.
  • the cover member 30 is made of a translucent resin material.
  • the cover member 30 can be a milky white cover member with a light diffusing material dispersed inside.
  • Such a cover member 30 can be produced by resin molding a translucent resin material mixed with a light diffusing material into a predetermined shape. Light reflective fine particles such as silica particles can be used as the light diffusing material.
  • the cover member 30 may be configured by forming a milky light diffusion film containing a light diffusion material on the surface (inner or outer surface) of the transparent cover, rather than dispersing a light diffusion material inside.
  • the cover member 30 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by performing a diffusion process, rather than using a light diffusion material.
  • the cover member 30 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by forming minute irregularities on the surface of the transparent cover by performing a surface treatment such as embossing, or by printing a dot pattern on the surface of the transparent cover.
  • it may further contain a light diffusion material to enhance light diffusion properties.
  • the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 that constitute the cover member 30 are integrally formed. Therefore, the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are made of the same material.
  • the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 all have the same material strength, but this is not limited to this.
  • the material strengths of the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 may be different. In this case, it is preferable that the material strength of the main portion 31 is greater than the material strength of the extension portion 32 and the material strength of the mounting portion 33. This configuration can suppress deformation of the main portion 31. In other words, the shape of the main portion 31 is stabilized. This can reduce the impact of deformation of the cover member 30 on the optical performance.
  • the thicknesses of the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are not particularly limited, but are, for example, 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less. As an example, the thickness of the main portion 31 may be 1 mm or less. Note that the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are all the same thickness, but this is not limited to this. For example, the thicknesses of the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 may be different. In this case, it is preferable that the thickness of the main portion 31 is greater than the thickness of the extension portion 32 and the thickness of the mounting portion 33. With this configuration, deformation of the main portion 31 can be suppressed. In other words, the shape of the main portion 31 is stabilized. This makes it possible to reduce the effect of deformation of the cover member 30 on the optical performance.
  • the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are made of the same resin material, but this is not limited thereto.
  • the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 may be made of two or more types of materials.
  • the main portion 31 and the extension portion 32 can be made of different resin materials.
  • the main portion 31 can be made of a translucent resin material, and part or all of the extension portion 32 can be made of a white or milky white resin material.
  • the mounting portion 33 is made of the same resin material as the main portion 31 or the extension portion 32.
  • the main portion 31, the mounting portion 33, the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32, and the second plate portion 32b2 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 can be made of a translucent resin material, and the first plate portion 32b1 and the third plate portion 32b3 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 can be made of a white or milky white resin material.
  • the extension portion 32 (for example, the inner extension portion 32b) can have a reflecting function.
  • the light emitted from the LED 12 that reaches the extension portion 32 can be reflected by the inner extension portion 32b and made to enter the main portion 31.
  • the cover member 30 thus partially made of a white or milky white resin material can be formed by two-color molding.
  • the extension portion 32 may be molded by two colors and two layers.
  • the base layer of the extension portion 32 may be made of the same translucent resin material as the main portion 31, and the surface layer of the extension portion 32 (layer laminated on the base layer) may be made of a white or milky white resin material.
  • the cover member 30 has both ends in the longitudinal direction closed. In this embodiment, both ends in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30 are closed by end caps 40. Specifically, a long cylindrical body is formed by fixing the cover member 30 and the frame 20, and end caps 40 are attached to both ends in the longitudinal direction of the cylindrical body.
  • a spatial region S2 is formed between the cover member 30 and the frame 20. This spatial region S2 is an area (insect-proof area) configured to prevent foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering, and is an area surrounded by the main part 31 of the cover member 30 and the main plate part 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, the spatial region S2 is an area closed by the main part 31 and the extension part 32 of the cover member 30, the main plate part 21 of the frame 20, and the end caps 40.
  • the light source unit 10 is disposed in this spatial region S2.
  • the end cap 40 is a component for preventing foreign objects such as dust and insects from entering the interior of the cylinder formed by the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • the end cap 40 is provided to close the open end of the cylinder formed by the frame 20 and the cover member 30.
  • the end cap 40 is attached to the cylinder formed by the frame 20 and the cover member 30 so as to cover the open end of the cylinder, closing off the open end of the cylinder. This makes it possible to prevent foreign objects such as dust and insects from entering the interior of the cylinder formed by the frame 20 and the cover member 30. In other words, it is possible to prevent foreign objects such as dust and insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the end caps 40 are cover ends provided at the longitudinal ends of the cover member 30.
  • the end caps 40 are provided at both longitudinal ends of the cover member 30.
  • the end caps 40 are directly or indirectly connected to the longitudinal ends of the cover member 30.
  • the end cap 40 provided at one end in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30 is a first end cap 40a
  • the end cap 40 provided at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30 is a second end cap 40b.
  • the first end cap 40a and the second end cap 40b are the same part.
  • the shape of the second end cap 40b is the same as the shape of the first end cap 40a. This allows costs to be reduced.
  • the first end cap 40a and the second end cap 40b are arranged in an opposite relationship in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the cover member 30.
  • the end cap 40 has a plate-shaped main portion 41, a connection portion 42 that is directly or indirectly connected to the cover member 30, and a protruding piece 43 that protrudes from the main portion 41.
  • the main portion 41 constitutes the main body of the end cap 40, and mainly functions to cover the open end of the cylinder formed by the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • all or a part of the plate-shaped main portion 41 is translucent. In this way, the main portion 41 being translucent allows light from the light source unit 10 to pass through. In other words, the light emitted from the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 passes through the main portion 41 and is extracted to the outside of the end cap 40.
  • the end cap 40 is entirely translucent. Therefore, the entire main portion 41 and the entire connecting portion 42 are translucent.
  • the translucent end cap 40 may be transparent or may have diffusive properties. By using an end cap 40 that is translucent and diffusive, the light of the LED 12 that enters the end cap 40 passes through the end cap 40 while being diffused (scattered) by the end cap 40.
  • the end cap 40 is made of a translucent resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate, or a translucent material such as a glass material.
  • the end cap 40 is made of a translucent resin material.
  • the end cap 40 can be a diffusing member having a light diffusing material dispersed therein.
  • Such an end cap 40 can be produced by resin molding a translucent resin material mixed with a light diffusing material into a predetermined shape. Light reflective fine particles such as silica particles can be used as the light diffusing material.
  • the end cap 40 having translucency and diffusibility may be constructed by forming a milky light diffusion film containing a light diffusion material on the surface (inner or outer surface) of a transparent end cap, rather than dispersing a light diffusion material inside.
  • the end cap 40 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by performing a diffusion process, rather than using a light diffusion material.
  • the end cap 40 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by performing a surface treatment such as embossing to form minute irregularities on the surface of the transparent end cap, or by printing a dot pattern on the surface of the transparent end cap.
  • it may further contain a light diffusion material to enhance light diffusion properties.
  • the end cap 40 may be made of the same material as the cover member 30, or may be made of a different material than the cover member 30.
  • the main portion 41 does not have to be translucent.
  • the entire end cap 40 does not have to be translucent.
  • an example of an opaque end cap 40 is one that has light blocking properties (light absorbing properties) or light reflecting properties.
  • the end cap 40 is made of, for example, a white, black, or colored resin material.
  • the end cap 40 may have a translucent portion and an opaque portion.
  • the shape of the main part 41 when viewed from the front is, for example, a flattened kamaboko shape overall. Therefore, the outer shape of one side of the main part 41 in the Z-axis direction is curved in an arc shape to match the shape of the cover member 30.
  • the thickness of the plate-shaped main part 41 is constant. As an example, the thickness of the main part 41 is 1 mm to 5 mm, but is not limited to this. Note that the thickness of the main part 41 is constant over the entire area of the main part 41, but is not limited to this.
  • the end cap 40 is generally D-shaped when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the main part 41 is generally D-shaped when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the side shape of the LED lighting device 1 consisting of the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is also generally D-shaped, and the boundary between the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is not noticeable. Therefore, when viewed from the Y-axis direction, the outer surface of the main part 41 of the end cap 40 and the outer surface (inclined surface) of the inclined surface part 2b in the fixture body 2 are flush with each other.
  • the outer surface of the main part 41 and the outer surface of the inclined surface part 2b are continuous, and there is no step at the boundary between the outer surface of the main part 41 and the outer surface of the inclined surface part 2b, or if there is a step, it is only slight.
  • the outer surface of the main part 41 of the end cap 40 and the outer surface of the main part 31 of the cover member 30 are also continuous and flush with each other.
  • the main portion 41 has an outer surface 41a and an inner surface 41b as surfaces in the thickness direction of the main portion 41.
  • the inner surface 41b is the end on the LED 12 side
  • the outer surface 41a is the surface opposite the LED 12 side.
  • the entire main portion 41 is translucent, so that light emitted from the LED 12 and entering the main portion 41 passes through the entire main portion 41. Therefore, the inner surface 41b of the main portion 41 is the light entrance surface where the light of the LED 12 enters, and the outer surface 41a of the main portion 41 is the light exit surface where the light of the LED 12 exits to the outside.
  • the main portion 41 is curved in a concave shape overall, recessed inwards.
  • the outer surface 41a and the inner surface 41b of the main portion 41 are parabolic.
  • the main portion 41 is generally inclined such that the upper portion (ceiling side portion) is recessed inwards from the lower portion (floor side portion) in the height direction, which is the Z-axis direction, and has an overall curved shape such that the central portion is recessed inwards from the peripheral portions in the width direction, which is the X-axis direction.
  • the main portion 41 does not have to be curved so that it recedes inward (i.e., convex inward).
  • the main portion 41 may be curved so that it convex outward.
  • the main portion 41 does not have to be curved.
  • the main portion 41 may be an inclined plate, or a vertical plate that is not inclined and is parallel to the Z-axis direction.
  • connection part 42 is formed at the end of the main part 41 on the floor side.
  • the connection part 42 is formed to stand on the inner surface 41b of the main part 41.
  • the connection part 42 is formed in a curved portion of the outer periphery of the main part 41.
  • the connection part 42 is formed in a portion that corresponds to the main part 31 of the cover member 30.
  • the connection part 42 is directly connected to the cover member 30.
  • the connection part 42 is fitted into the main part 31 of the cover member 30.
  • the protruding piece 43 is formed at the end of the main part 41 on the ceiling side.
  • the protruding piece 43 is formed to stand upright on the inner surface 41b of the main part 41.
  • the protruding piece 43 protrudes to face the main plate part 21 of the frame 20. Since the main plate part 21 extends in the X-axis direction, as shown in Figure 9, the protruding piece 43 also extends in the X-axis direction.
  • an elastic member 44 is provided at the end of the main portion 41 on the ceiling side.
  • the elastic member 44 is attached to the main plate portion 21 side portion of the protruding piece 43.
  • the elastic member 44 is an elastic body made of, for example, a resin material, and is elastically deformable.
  • the elastic member 44 is made of an elastomer.
  • the elastic member 44 is made of silicone rubber and has rubber elasticity. Note that the elastic member 44 made of an elastomer is not limited to being a solid molded product, and may also be a foam molded product.
  • the elastic member 44 functions as a packing member and is provided to fill the gap between the ceiling side portion of the end cap 40 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Since the main plate portion 21 extends in the X-axis direction, as shown in FIG. 9, the elastic member 44 also extends in the X-axis direction. In this embodiment, the elastic member 44 is formed in a thin plate shape. As shown in FIG. 5, the thin plate-shaped elastic member 44 is provided in the gap between the ceiling side portion of the end cap 40 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 in an inclined state. By providing the elastic member 44, it is possible to enhance the effect of suppressing the intrusion of foreign objects such as insects into the space region S2 between the cover member 30 and the frame 20 (insect-repellent effect). Note that, although the elastic member 44 is provided in this embodiment, the elastic member 44 does not have to be provided. In this case, it is preferable that the gap between the end cap 40 and the frame 20 is as small as possible.
  • connection portion 42 and the cover member 30 are in contact with each other, but this is not limited to the above.
  • a ring-shaped packing member may be disposed between the connection portion 42 and the cover member 30 so as to surround the connection portion 42.
  • the packing member is inserted between the outer peripheral end of the inner surface 41b of the main portion 41 and the end face of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30.
  • the end cap 40 configured in this manner is fixed to the cover member 30.
  • the end cap 40 is provided so that no gap is created between it and the cover member 30.
  • the end cap 40 is fitted into the open end of the cover member 30 so that the connection portion 42 contacts the inner surface of the cover member 30. This makes the outer peripheral edge of the main portion 41 of the end cap 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the cover member 30 form a continuous surface.
  • the end cap 40 and the cover member 30 may be fixed with an adhesive or by ultrasonic welding.
  • the end cap 40 and the cover member 30 may be provided with a locking structure such as a claw portion or a recess portion to join the end cap 40 and the cover member 30.
  • a spatial region S3 is formed on the ceiling side of the frame 20.
  • the spatial region S3 exists between the fixture body 2 and the frame 20.
  • the spatial region S3 is also a part or the entirety of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • the power supply device 4 is disposed in this spatial region S3. That is, the power supply device 4 is disposed on the ceiling side of the frame 20.
  • the center position of the power supply device 4 is offset from the center position in the short side direction of the LED lighting device 3, and the power supply device 4 is disposed biased in the short side direction of the LED lighting device 3 (short side direction of the frame 20) in the spatial region S3.
  • the power supply device 4 is biased toward the hook metal fitting 5 side (left side in FIG. 4).
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is shortened, and the circuit board 4a of the power supply device 4 is located on the ceiling side of the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 within the circuit case 4c.
  • the portion of the circuit case 4c of the power supply unit 4 facing the frame 20 is open, the second direction side of the horizontal plate portion 23 is open toward the circuit case 4c of the power supply unit 4. Therefore, the spatial area formed by the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 and the spatial area inside the circuit case 4c are in communication. This allows the spatial area formed by the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 to be effectively utilized.
  • wires used in the LED lighting device 3 may be arranged.
  • the wires used in the LED lighting device 3 include construction wires (construction wiring) that are wired when the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed on a ceiling or the like, and internal fixture wires (internal fixture wiring) that are wired in the factory when the LED lighting device 3 is manufactured.
  • the construction wires include power wires such as VVF cables and signal wires such as dimming signal wires.
  • the construction wires such as power wires and signal wires are, for example, pulled out from the ceiling and connected to predetermined locations on the LED lighting fixture 1 when the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed.
  • the power wire such as the VVF cable is connected to the power terminal block 8
  • the dimming signal wire is connected to the dimming terminal block 9.
  • the internal fixture wires arranged in the spatial region S3 include the internal fixture wires described above.
  • functional components such as the function expansion module described above may be stored in the spatial region S3.
  • the lead wire since there may be cases where a lead wire is installed inside the LED lighting fixture 1, it is desirable that there is space in the spatial region S3 between the LED lighting device 3 and the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 for at least one power line such as a VVF cable to pass through.
  • the lead wire may be held (temporarily held or arranged) on the fixture body 2 side, or may be held (temporarily held and arranged) on the LED lighting device 3 side.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example in which a VVF cable 61 and a signal line 62 are arranged in the space area S3 as construction wires.
  • the power supply device 4 is arranged offset in the space area S3, so that the ceiling side of one of the pair of horizontal plate parts 23 of the frame 20 (the right horizontal plate part 23 in FIG. 4) is open.
  • the area on one side in the short direction of the LED lighting device 3 is larger than the area on the other side.
  • one side of the two sides of the power supply device 4 in the space area S3 is a wide area, and the other side of the two sides of the power supply device 4 in the space area S3 is a narrow area.
  • the construction wires can be arranged in the wider area of the two areas on both sides of the power supply device 4.
  • the length (height) of the side plate part 24 of the frame 20 is short, so that the space in the vertical direction of the space area S3 around the side plate part 24 can be further widened. Therefore, the construction wires can be arranged by effectively utilizing this expanded spatial area S3.
  • the construction wires can be arranged close to the ceiling end of the spatial area S3 on the side of the fixture body 2. In this way, the construction wires can be arranged by effectively utilizing the large spatial area S3, which prevents the LED lighting device 3 from floating due to interference from the construction wires, resulting in a gap between the fixture body 2 and the LED lighting device 3.
  • the construction wires may also be arranged in separate wide and narrow areas of the spatial area S3.
  • the VVF cable 61 which is a relatively thick wire
  • the signal line 62 which is a relatively thin wire
  • the power supply unit 4 does not have to be positioned offset in the width direction of the frame 20, but may be positioned in the center of the frame 20 in the width direction.
  • the construction wires and the internal wires of the fixture may be positioned on both sides of the power supply unit 4.
  • wiring insertion portions may be provided on both sides of the power supply unit 4.
  • a function expansion module may be disposed in the spatial region S3.
  • the function expansion module may be provided in the LED lighting device 3 (for example, at the end of the power supply device 4), or may be attached to the fixture body 2 at a distance from the LED lighting device 3.
  • the function expansion module may not be pre-installed in the LED lighting fixture 1, but may be able to be retrofitted by the installer, or may be compatible so that it can be replaced with a different function.
  • a spatial area is formed on the ceiling side of the protrusion 20b formed on the frame 20 by the protrusion 20b.
  • This spatial area can also store components such as functional parts or internal electric wires. Note that the method of using this spatial area is not limited to storing components such as functional parts or internal electric wires, and this spatial area can also be used for centering metal fittings, positioning metal fittings, guiding metal fittings, earthing conductivity, etc.
  • the LED lighting device 3 configured in this manner is stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 and attached to the fixture body 2. Specifically, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 using the hook fitting 5 and elastic retaining member 6 shown in Figures 3, 6, and 7. The hook fitting 5 and elastic retaining member 6 are fixed to the frame 20.
  • the hook fitting 5 is disposed on the ceiling side of the frame 20.
  • the hook fitting 5 is a plate member made of sheet metal.
  • the hook fitting 5 is fixed to the end of the frame 20.
  • the hook fitting 5 is fixed to the frame 20 by a fixing member such as a screw, and extends outward from the frame 20.
  • the hook fitting 5 is hooked to the fixture body 2.
  • a slit 2c (see FIG. 2) is provided on the inner wall surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and the hook fitting 5 is hooked to this slit 2c.
  • the elastic holding member 6 is a part for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2.
  • the elastic holding member 6 is, for example, a spring such as a kick spring, and the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up toward the fixture body 2 by the elastic force of the elastic holding member 6.
  • the elastic holding member 6 is attached to the ceiling side (back) of the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the end portion in the width direction of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the opposite side of the hook metal fitting 5 in the width direction of the frame 20. In this case, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the frame 20 by a fixing member such as a screw.
  • the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the holding metal fitting 6c (see FIG. 7) fixed to the frame 20 by a mounting screw.
  • the elastic holding member 6 is detachably attached to the fixture body 2.
  • the elastic holding member 6 is detachably engaged with the receiving metal fitting 7 fixed to the fixture body 2.
  • the hook fittings 5 and the elastic retaining members 6 are provided in pairs at both ends of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction, but this is not limited to this. Also, the hook fittings 5 and the elastic retaining members 6 are provided in positions that face each other in the lateral direction of the frame 20, but this is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the method for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 in the LED lighting fixture 1 according to the embodiment.
  • the hook bracket 5 When attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 installed on the ceiling 100, first, as shown in FIG. 10(a), the hook bracket 5 is hooked to the slit 2c (see FIG. 2) provided in the fixture body 2 to hang the LED lighting device 3 in a cantilevered state, and the power supply unit 4 is connected to the power line drawn from the ceiling, and one end of the elastic holding member 6, which is a kick spring, is engaged with the receiving bracket 7 fixed to the fixture body 2.
  • the hook 5 is pushed deep into the slit 2c while rotating the LED lighting device 3 around the hook 5 as a fulcrum, pushing the LED lighting device 3 up into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • the power supply unit 4 is positioned offset to one side in the width direction of the frame 20. Specifically, the power supply unit 4 is positioned closer to the rotation axis when rotating the LED lighting device 3. In this way, by positioning the heavy power supply unit 4 closer to the rotation axis, it is possible to rotate the LED lighting device 3 with a small force.
  • the LED lighting device 3 can be fitted into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 as shown in FIG. 10(c).
  • the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the spring elastic force of the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring), so that the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 abuts against the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. This allows the LED lighting device 3 to be attached to the fixture body 2.
  • the LED lighting device 3 can be removed from the fixture body 2 by performing the above steps in reverse.
  • the LED lighting device 3 can be removed from the fixture body 2 by rotating it while pulling it down.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the state when the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 in the manufacturing method for the LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment.
  • the solid lines indicate the state after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20
  • the dashed lines indicate the positions of the extension portion 32 and the attachment portion 33 on the cover member 30 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the light source unit 10 is fixed to the frame 20 (light source unit fixing process).
  • the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are mounted is engaged with a tab 21a formed on the main board 21 of the frame 20, thereby fixing the board 11 to the main board 21. This allows the light source unit 10 to be fixed to the frame 20.
  • the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 to which the light source unit 10 is fixed (cover member attachment process).
  • the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 by fitting the attachment portion 33 of the cover member 30 into the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 from the width direction of the cover member 30.
  • one attachment portion 33 of the cover member 30 is engaged with one side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, and the cover member 30 is rotated around this engaged portion as a fulcrum, so that the other attachment portion 33 of the cover member 30 is engaged with the other side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. This allows the cover member 30 to be fitted into the frame 20.
  • a portion of the extension 32 of the cover member 30 is pressed against and brought into contact with the frame 20.
  • the tip surface of the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension 32 is pressed against the surface of the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the attitude of the extension portion 32 relative to the frame 20 is different before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the position of the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion 32c) of the extension portion 32 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 is located closer to the ceiling than the position of the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion 32c) after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the extension portion 32 deforms with the connection point between the outer extension portion 32a and the inner extension portion 32b or the connection point between the outer extension portion 32a and the main portion 31 as a fulcrum, and the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, abuts against the main plate portion 21.
  • the tip surface of the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32 is pressed against the surface of the main plate portion 21.
  • the extension portion 32 is pushed back and elastically deformed. In other words, the extension portion 32 is deflected.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32 becomes the abutment portion 32c and abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 in a pressed state.
  • a first gap G1 and a second gap G2 exist, and the cover member 30 and frame 20 are in contact at only two points. Specifically, the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is in contact with the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, and the abutment portion 32c (the tip of the inner extension portion 32b) of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is in contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • a protrusion 34 is provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30, but when the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are combined, the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the LED lighting device 3 can be manufactured in the manner described above. If the LED lighting device 3 is subsequently to be attached to the fixture body 2 installed on a ceiling or the like, it can be installed using the method shown in FIG. 10 as described above.
  • the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 include a substrate 11 on which the LEDs 12 are arranged, a long, plate-like frame 20 to which the substrate 11 is attached, and a cover member 30 attached to the frame 20 so as to cover the LEDs 12.
  • the frame 20 has a recess 20a in which the substrate 11 is arranged, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23 located on both sides of the recess 20a in the short direction of the frame 20 and extending along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20, and side plate portions 24 which are extensions extending from the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling, with the tip of the side plate portion 24 located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a of the frame 20.
  • a recess 20a is formed in the frame 20, and a protrusion 20b composed of a horizontal plate portion 23 is formed on the side of the recess 20a.
  • a protrusion 20b composed of a horizontal plate portion 23 is formed on the side of the recess 20a.
  • the tip of the side plate portion 24 extending from the horizontal plate portion 23 toward the ceiling extends so that it is positioned closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a. This further increases the strength of the frame 20.
  • the required strength of the frame 20 can be easily ensured.
  • the strength of the frame 20 reduced by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be compensated for by forming a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor. This makes it possible to make the frame 20 thinner while ensuring the strength of the frame 20, even in the case of a plate-shaped frame 20. In other words, it is possible to achieve both ensuring the strength of the frame 20 and making it thinner.
  • the strength of the frame 20 is improved, so that even if the frame 20 and/or the cover member 30 are warped or swollen, the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are less likely to come into contact with each other. Furthermore, by providing the protrusions 20b on the frame 20, the light from the LEDs 12 can be concentrated on the floor side.
  • the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm]
  • the length of one of the pair of side plate portions 24 (extension portions) is b [mm]
  • the length of the LED lighting device 3 in the longitudinal direction is L [ft]
  • This configuration allows the frame 20 to be made thinner while still maintaining its strength, regardless of the length of the LED lighting device 3.
  • This configuration makes it possible to suppress deformation of the frame 20 even when the frame 20 is thinned, and by thinning the frame 20, it is possible to widen the spatial region S3 (the space behind the frame 20) surrounded by the frame 20 and the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In other words, for an LED lighting device 3 of any length, it is possible to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while also thinning the frame 20, while still ensuring the space behind the frame 20.
  • the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, and the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 abuts against the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, while a first gap G1 exists between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 and the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 abuts against the side plate portion 24, so that the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is raised above the protrusion portion 20b of the frame 20 via the first gap G1.
  • the presence of the first gap G1 which serves as a space (air layer), between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20 makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20, thereby preventing abnormal noise.
  • a first gap G1 is provided in the vertical direction as an intentional gap between the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30. This makes it possible to eliminate the tight fitting state between the frame 20 and the cover member 30 in a short vertical section, thereby reducing abnormal noise.
  • the frame 20 is pulled upward by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) when the LED lighting device 3 is installed on the fixture body 2, so that the vertical gap (first gap G1) between the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is easily opened. As a result, the effect of reducing abnormal noise is easily obtained.
  • the interval (pitch) between the pair of mounting parts 33 in the cover member 30 is long, so the main part 31 and mounting parts 33 of the cover member 30 will bend overall (i.e., the deflection per unit length will be small), so even if the mounting parts 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate parts 24 of the frame 20 are in surface contact, the contact pressure is smaller than the contact pressure when a part of the cover member 30 and a part of the frame 20 are in surface contact in the vertical direction. Therefore, the influence of abnormal noise caused by contact in the width direction is smaller than the influence of abnormal noise caused by contact in the vertical direction.
  • the frame 20 has a protruding portion 20b, and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 covers the protruding portion 20b.
  • the first gap G1 exists between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b.
  • This configuration prevents surface contact between the extension 32 of the cover member 30 and the protrusion 20b of the frame 20, which would cause abnormal noise.
  • a protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1 is provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30.
  • the protrusion 34 is designed so that the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the frame 20. In other words, when the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are in a predetermined reference position, the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the frame 20.
  • the causes of variation in the cover member 30 and the frame 20 include (a) dimensional variation in the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20 (e.g., 0.2 mm to 0.5 mm), (b) warping, twisting, and undulation of the cover member 30 and the frame 20, (c) original offset in the width direction between the cover member 30 and the frame 20, and (d) variation during construction when the LED lighting device 3 is installed on the fixture body 2.
  • the variation during construction (d) includes warping and twisting when the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the elastic retaining member 6 (kick spring), pressure from the VVF cable, offset in the width direction due to the gap between the cover member 30 and the frame 20, and deformation when the bolts are tightened. Of these, offset between the cover member 30 and the frame 20 is the largest cause of variation.
  • the protrusions 34 are ribs or dots, even if the protrusions 34 come into contact with the protruding portion 20b, the protrusions 34 and the protruding portion 20b do not come into surface contact, but rather into line or point contact. For this reason, even if the protrusions 34 and the protruding portion 20b come into contact, it is possible to prevent abnormal noise from being generated.
  • surface contact is most likely to generate abnormal noise
  • line and point contact are least likely to generate abnormal noise.
  • line contact is more likely to generate abnormal noise
  • point contact is less likely to generate abnormal noise. In other words, the likelihood of abnormal noise being generated is surface contact ⁇ line contact > point contact.
  • a second gap G2 that serves as a space (air layer) exists between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the second gap G2 exists between the inner surface of the mounting portion 33 and the outer surface of the side plate portion 24.
  • This configuration makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, which would cause abnormal noise.
  • the contact portion 32c of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is in contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against the main plate portion 21.
  • a gap may be formed between the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 due to dimensional variations in the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20. As a result, foreign objects such as insects and dust may enter the space area S2 through this gap.
  • the extension portion 32 may deform in a direction in which the tip of the extension portion 32 moves away from the frame 20, and a gap may be formed between the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • foreign objects such as insects and dust may enter the space area S2 through this gap.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 which is the tip of the extension portion 32, becomes the abutment portion 32c and abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 in a pressed state.
  • the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 do not separate, so that even if the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20 have dimensional variations, it is possible to prevent a gap from being generated between the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20. In other words, it is possible to absorb the dimensional variations of the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20.
  • a gap does not occur between the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, so that it is possible to prevent foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the extension portion 32 abutting against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 functions as an insect-proof structure.
  • the cover member 30 and frame 20 are long, exceeding 2 feet, the frame 20 and/or cover member 30 are prone to warping, undulation, twisting, etc. For this reason, in conventional LED lighting devices, gaps tend to form between part of the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30, and it may not be possible to maintain linearity in the area where the extension portion 32 is desired to come into contact along the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 which is the tip of the extension portion 32, serves as the abutment portion 32c and is pressed against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. This makes it possible to prevent a gap from occurring between the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20 over the entire length of the cover member 30 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the LED lighting device 3 when the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 or when the LED lighting device 3 is cleaned or replaced, the LED lighting device 3 may be twisted or the main part 31 of the cover member 30 may be pressed, etc., and stress may be applied to the LED lighting device 3, causing the pair of extension parts 32 to deform in the direction of opening. In other words, the extension parts 32 may deform in the direction in which their tips move away from the frame 20. In this case, if foreign objects such as insects or dust have accumulated in the spatial region between the extension parts 32 and the frame 20 (corresponding to the spatial region S1 in this embodiment), the foreign objects may fall and enter the spatial region (insect-proof region) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 which is the tip of the extension portion 32, serves as the abutment portion 32c and is pressed against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 can be kept in contact with the frame 20, so that it is possible to prevent foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering the spatial region S2 (insect-proof region) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20. Furthermore, the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 comes into contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, so that it is possible to increase the efficiency of light extraction to the floor side of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 contacts the surface of the main plate portion 21, which is a flat surface.
  • This increases the contact area between the tip of the extension 32 and the main plate 21 of the frame 20, further preventing insects, dust, and other foreign objects from entering the space S2 between the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • the extension portion 32 has an outer extension portion 32a.
  • the insect-proofing effect can be improved. Furthermore, the LED lighting device 3 is lifted by the elastic retaining member 6, so that the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 and the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 can be brought into close contact with each other.
  • the mounting portion 33 has a different attitude relative to the frame 20 before and after the cover member 30 is attached.
  • the mounting portion 33 has a different attitude relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. More specifically, the mounting portion 33 is inclined relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. Then, after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, the mounting portion 33 is parallel to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the deformation (deflection) of the extension portion 32 between before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 is approximately the same as the deformation (deflection) of the attachment portion 33 between before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the maximum amount of movement of the tip of the third plate portion 32b3 in the extension portion 32 and the maximum amount of movement of the tip of the attachment portion 33 are approximately the same before and after the cover member 30 is attached.
  • the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 before and after the attachment of the cover member 30 is within the range in which the extension 32 elastically deforms.
  • the extension 32 may be pressed against the frame 20, causing creep failure in the extension 32 and causing the extension 32 to crack.
  • the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 before and after the attachment of the cover member 30 be within a range in which the extension 32 does not crack due to stress.
  • the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 should be 0.5 mm or more, preferably 1.0 mm or more.
  • the deflection angle of the extension 32 before and after the cover member 30 is attached should be 2° or more, preferably 4° or more.
  • the deformation (deflection) or deflection angle of the extension 32 is too large, there is a risk of abnormal noise being generated due to surface contact between the extension 32 and the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. For this reason, the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 should be 2.5 mm or less, and the deflection angle of the extension 32 should be 10° or less.
  • the attachment portion 33 is inclined relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, but this is not limited to the above. Specifically, as shown by the dashed line in FIG. 12, the attachment portion 33 may be parallel to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. As a result, the attachment portion 33 elastically deforms and inclines relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. Note that in FIG. 12, as in FIG. 11, the solid line portion indicates the state after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, and the dashed line portion indicates the positions of the extension portion 32 and the attachment portion 33 on the cover member 30 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
  • the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is inclined so that the tip of the mounting portion 33 moves toward the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is pressed by the mounting portion 33 while maintaining the second gap G2, so that the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 can be firmly engaged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cover member 30 from coming off the frame 20.
  • cover member 30 and the frame 20 may become misaligned due to the above-mentioned variations (a) to (d) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • the frame 20 becomes misaligned relative to the cover member 30 in the X-axis direction and becomes offset, as shown in Figure 13, one of the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 (the left mounting portion 33 in Figure 13) may come into contact with the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the second gap G2 between the left mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 in Figure 13 no longer exists.
  • the first gap G1 is maintained between each of the pair of extensions 32 of the cover member 30 and each of the pair of protrusions 20b of the frame 20, and the first gap G1 exists. This makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the extensions 32 of the cover member 30 and the protrusions 20b of the frame 20, which would otherwise cause abnormal noise.
  • the other of the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 (the right mounting portion 33 in FIG. 13) is not in contact with the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the second gap G2 is maintained between the right mounting portion 33 in FIG. 13 and the side plate portion 24.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 and the horizontal plate portion 23 (inclined plate portion 23b) of the frame 20 may come into contact.
  • the protrusions 34 provided on each of the pair of extension portions 32 are configured so that even if one of the pair of protrusions 34 comes into contact with the inclined plate portion 23b of one of the pair of protrusions 20b, the other of the pair of protrusions 34 does not come into contact with the inclined plate portion 23b of the other of the pair of protrusions 20b.
  • FIG. 13 shows a state in which the protrusion 34 on the left side comes into contact with the horizontal plate portion 23 and the protrusion 34 on the right side does not come into contact with the horizontal plate portion 23. Even if the protrusion 34 comes into contact with the horizontal plate portion 23 in this way, it does not come into surface contact, so that abnormal noise can be reduced compared to when the extension portion 32 and the horizontal plate portion 23 come into surface contact.
  • the cover member 30 and the frame 20 are not offset and are in their normal positions, neither the left nor right protrusions 34 are in contact with the horizontal plate portion 23.
  • the projection 34 is provided only on the extension portion 32 of the extension portion 32 and the mounting portion 33 as shown in FIG. 13 (when the projection 34 is not provided on the mounting portion 33), there is a possibility that the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 may come into surface contact when the extension portion 32 and the mounting portion 33 are in a biased state.
  • the contact pressure when the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 come into surface contact is a contact pressure in the width direction, which is smaller than the contact pressure when a part of the cover member 30 and a part of the frame 20 come into surface contact in the vertical direction. Therefore, the effect of abnormal noise generation is small. Note that in FIG.
  • the frame 20 has a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor
  • the cover member 30 has an extension portion 32 that extends toward the light source unit 10 from a position closer to the ceiling (second direction side) than the portion of the protruding portion 20b on the inner surface of the main portion 31 that is located closest to the floor (first direction side) and covers at least a portion of the protruding portion 20b.
  • Providing a protrusion 20b that protrudes toward the floor on the frame 20 increases the strength of the frame 20, but makes it difficult for the light from the light source unit 10 (LED 12) to reach the outer end 31a of the cover member 30, making the outer end 31a of the cover member 30 darker than the central portion in the width direction (short direction) of the cover member 30.
  • an extension 32 that covers the protrusion 20b is provided on the cover member 30.
  • a spatial area that extends toward the ceiling side outside the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 can be formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30.
  • the light emitted from the LED 12 can be sufficiently spread to the outer end 31a of the main part 31 of the cover member 30, so that the light can be sufficiently illuminated up to the vicinity of the outer end 31a of the main part 31 of the cover member 30. Therefore, since the main part 31 can be illuminated over the entire width direction (X-axis direction) of the cover member 30, it is possible to prevent the end of the cover member 30 in the width direction from becoming dark. In other words, it is possible to reduce the shadowing at the widthwise end of the cover member 30 caused by the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. In this way, with the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, it is possible to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while reducing the shadowing at the outer end 31a of the cover member 30, thereby increasing the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side.
  • the cover member 30 is provided with not only the extension portion 32 but also the attachment portion 33. This allows not only the light of the light source unit 10 to be reflected by the extension portion 32, but also the light of the light source unit 10 to be guided to the extension portion 32 and the attachment portion 33. Therefore, the light emitted from the light source unit 10 that does not pass through the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 and is reflected on the inner surface of the main portion 31 can be easily guided around to the spatial region formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30. As a result, the darkness of the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30 can be further reduced, and the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side can be further increased.
  • the parts (claw pieces 21a, wires such as harnesses, connectors such as connectors for connecting boards, wireless modules, pins, circuit parts, metal fittings for secondary wiring-less, etc.) present on the light source unit 10 side of the frame 20 between a pair of extension parts 32 of the cover member 30 are protruding parts having a part protruding from the main board part 21 of the frame 20 toward the floor side, and may block the light emitted from the light source unit 10. As a result, the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side may decrease. Therefore, it is preferable that these protruding parts are located on the ceiling side of the height position of the top of the extension part 32 of the cover member 30 (the position of line La shown in FIG. 14).
  • the protruding parts do not protrude toward the floor side of line La. This makes it possible to suppress a decrease in the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side.
  • the protruding parts are located on the ceiling side of the line (the position of line Lb shown in FIG. 14) connecting the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 and the top of the extension part 32 of the cover member 30.
  • the protruding parts do not protrude on the floor side of line Lb. This can prevent the light emitted from the light source unit 10 from being blocked by the protruding parts, so that the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be further prevented from decreasing.
  • the protruding parts are located on the ceiling side of the height position of the light emission surface of the LED 12 of the light source unit 10. In other words, it is better that the protruding parts do not protrude on the floor side of the light emission surface of the LED 12. This can further prevent the light emitted from the light source unit 10 from being blocked by the protruding parts, so that the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be further prevented from decreasing.
  • the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 has an outer extension portion 32a and an inner extension portion 32b, and the outer extension portion 32a has a portion that overlaps with the gap GX between the cover member 30 and the inner surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 in the Z-axis direction.
  • This configuration allows the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 to be sufficiently illuminated up to the vicinity of the outer end portion 31a. This allows the main portion 31 to be illuminated throughout the entire width direction (X-axis direction) of the cover member 30. This further prevents the ends of the cover member 30 in the width direction from becoming dark.
  • the LED lighting device 3 in this embodiment has a structure in which the end of the width direction of the cover member 30 is likely to become dark due to the protrusion 20b that protrudes toward the floor side being provided at the end of the width direction of the frame 20, but by overlapping the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 with the gap GX, it is possible to effectively prevent the end of the width direction of the cover member 30 from becoming dark.
  • a spatial region is formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30, extending outward from the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 toward the ceiling. This allows the light emitted from the light source unit 10 to be guided around this spatial region. This further prevents the outer end 31a of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 from appearing dark.
  • Figure 15 is a diagram showing the relationship between the shape of the protrusion 20b on the frame 20 and the strength of the frame 20.
  • the strength (rigidity) of the frame 20 was evaluated by the moment of area.
  • the values of the moment of area shown in Figure 15 show the results of calculations for a half section of each frame 20, and the values for the full section are doubled.
  • the dimensions of each frame 20 were: the width of the half section was 30 mm, the depth of the recess 20a was 3 mm, and the plate thickness was 0.5 mm.
  • the depth of the recess 20a was a
  • the width of the recess 20a was w1
  • the full width of the frame 20 was w3 (see Figure 4)
  • pattern 1 is a configuration in which there is no side plate portion 24 (leg)
  • pattern 2 is a configuration in which the length of the side plate portion 24 reaches the bottom of the recess 20a
  • pattern 3 is a configuration in which the ratio of the depth of the recess 2a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is 1:1
  • pattern 4 is a configuration in which the ratio of the depth of the recess 2a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is 1:1.
  • pattern 5 is a configuration in which the ratio of the depth of the recess 2a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is 1:2.
  • Structure 1 is a configuration in which the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in patterns 1 to 5 is composed only of the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • Structure 2 is a configuration in which the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in patterns 1 to 5 is composed only of the parallel plate portion 23a.
  • Structure 3 is a configuration in which the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in patterns 1 to 5 is composed of the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b. Note that the shape of the frame 20 shown in Figures 3 and 4 is patterns 3 to 5 of Structure 3, but the frame of this embodiment also includes frames in the configurations shown in patterns 3 to 5 of Structure 1 and patterns 4 to 5 of Structure 2.
  • the value of the geometrical moment of inertia is significantly greater when the horizontal plate portion 23 is made up of only the parallel plate portion 23a than when it is made up of only the inclined plate portion 23b. Furthermore, as can be seen by comparing Structure 2 with Structure 3, the value of the geometrical moment of inertia is greater when the horizontal plate portion 23 is made up of both the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b than when it is made up of only the parallel plate portion 23a.
  • the value of the second moment of area becomes 20 or more, and the strength of the frame 20 can be significantly improved.
  • the strength of the frame 20 can be significantly improved.
  • the inventors have considered the depth dimension of the recess 20a and the length dimension of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 of this embodiment, which make the frame 20 less likely to deform. In this process, the inventors have also found that the depth dimension of the recess 20a and the length dimension of the side plate portion 24, which make the frame 20 less likely to deform, depend on the longitudinal length of the frame 20.
  • Figure 17 is a graph plotting these results, showing the relationship between the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3 and the length (b/a) of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 relative to the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20.
  • the spatial region S3 (the region on the back side of the frame 20) surrounded by the recess 2a of the device body 2 and the frame 20 becomes narrower.
  • the spatial region S3 (see Figure 3) becomes narrower.
  • the frame 20 has a recess 20a in which the substrate 11 is disposed, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23 located on both sides of the recess 20a in the short direction of the frame 20 and extending along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20, and side plate portions 24 which are extensions extending from the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling, with the tip of the side plate portion 24 being located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a of the frame 20.
  • a recess 20a is formed in the frame 20, and a protrusion 20b having a horizontal plate portion 23 is formed on the side of the recess 20a.
  • a protrusion 20b having a horizontal plate portion 23 is formed on the side of the recess 20a.
  • the tip of the side plate portion 24 extending from the horizontal plate portion 23 toward the ceiling extends so that it is positioned closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a. This further increases the strength of the frame 20.
  • the required strength of the frame 20 can be easily ensured.
  • the strength of the frame 20 reduced by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be compensated for by forming a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor. This makes it possible to make the frame 20 thinner while ensuring the strength of the frame 20, even in the case of a plate-shaped frame 20. In other words, it is possible to achieve both ensuring the strength of the frame 20 and making it thinner.
  • the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm]
  • the length of one of the pair of side plate portions 24 (extension portions) is b [mm]
  • the length of the LED lighting device 3 in the longitudinal direction is L [ft]
  • This configuration allows the frame 20 to be made thinner while still maintaining its strength, regardless of the length of the LED lighting device 3.
  • This configuration makes it possible to suppress deformation of the frame 20 even when the frame 20 is thinned, and by thinning the frame 20, it is possible to widen the spatial region S3 (the space behind the frame 20) surrounded by the frame 20 and the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In other words, for an LED lighting device 3 of any length, it is possible to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while also thinning the frame 20, while still ensuring the space behind the frame 20.
  • the LED lighting device 3 is rotated and installed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and therefore, by widening the spatial region S3, the LED lighting device 3 can be easily rotated.
  • the spatial area S3 can be effectively utilized. Specifically, various parts such as functional parts, electric wires such as construction electric wires and electric wires inside the device, metal fittings, or power supply unit 4 can be easily arranged in the spatial area S3. In addition, by widening the spatial area S3, the installation work when installing these parts in the spatial area S3 can be easily performed.
  • a VVF cable 61 and a signal line 62 are arranged in this spatial area S3 as construction electric wires. In this case, as shown in FIG.
  • H1/H2 ⁇ 1/2 if the length between the tip of the mounting part 33 of the cover member 30 and the bottom surface of the recess 2a of the device body 2 is H1 and the depth of the recess 2a of the device body 2 is H2, it is preferable that H1/H2 ⁇ 1/2. This makes it easy to arrange the construction electric wires in the spatial area S3. In particular, by making H1/H2 ⁇ 1/2, even if the VVF cable 61 bends, it can be accommodated in the spatial area S3 without protruding from the spatial area S3. Furthermore, by making H1/H2 ⁇ 1/2, the power supply device 4 is more exposed, improving the dissipation effect of heat generated by the power supply device 4.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is relatively short, so that the majority (more than half) of the power supply device 4 is exposed from the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. This makes it possible to prevent heat generated by the power supply device 4 from accumulating and building up in the space region S3 between the frame 20 and the recess 2a.
  • the circuit board 4a of the power supply device 4 is exposed from the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the circuit board 4a is located closer to the ceiling than the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. This prevents heat from the power supply device 4 from building up in the space region S3 between the frame 20 and the recess 2a.
  • the VVF cable 61 arranged in the space region S3 is arranged near the bottom surface of the recess 2a of the device main body 2, but this is not limited to this.
  • the VVF cable 61 arranged in the space region S3 may be arranged so as to be in contact with the frame 20.
  • the space region S3 in this embodiment is a large space, as shown in FIG. 19, two overlapping VVF cables 61 can be arranged in the space region S3.
  • the two overlapping VVF cables 61 can be arranged vertically.
  • one of the two VVF cables 61 can be used as a power transmission line for supplying AC power to the adjacent LED lighting device 1 when multiple LED lighting devices 1 are installed.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the frame 20 can be different depending on whether the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3 is 2 feet, 4 feet, or 8 feet.
  • the frame 20 can be made lighter. This improves the ease of installation of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the frame 20 becomes thinner, and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 becomes shorter, so that the frame 20 becomes more flexible.
  • the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring or torsion spring), so that the frame 20 fits easily to the fixture body 2 even if the frame 20 is warped or twisted.
  • the LED lighting device 3 fits easily to the fixture body 2, so that a gap is less likely to occur between the fixture body 2 and the LED lighting device 3.
  • the contact area between the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is reduced, so that the generation of abnormal noise due to contact between the frame 20 and the cover member 30 can be suppressed.
  • the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm] and the width (total width) of the frame 20 is w3 [mm], it is preferable that the relational expression w3 ⁇ 20 ⁇ a is satisfied. In other words, it is preferable that the ratio of the depth of the recess 20a to the total width of the frame 20 is 1:20 or less. This makes it possible to realize a flat, thin frame 20 with a large aspect ratio.
  • the weight and cost of the frame 20 can be reduced. Furthermore, by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, the ease of installation when attaching and detaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 can be improved.
  • the LED lighting device 3 can be easily rotated and inserted into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, fingers can be easily inserted and the construction wire can be easily attached and detached to the connector, it is easy to look inside when attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2, making it less likely that the wire will get caught, and it is easy to pinch the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) during installation when attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2.
  • the inner extension portion 32b in the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 are configured to be able to abut against each other.
  • the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b in the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 and the first plate portion 32b1 and the second plate portion 32b2 in the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 are configured to be able to abut against each other at a surface rather than at a point.
  • This configuration firmly fixes the frame 20 and the cover member 30, so even if the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is shortened to make the frame 20 thinner, an LED lighting device 3 with high strength can be obtained.
  • the strength of the frame 20 is ensured, so that the LED lighting device 3 can be prevented from being deformed during installation when the LED lighting device 3 is attached to or removed from the fixture body 2, and from being pushed by its own weight or electric wires after installation, and from being bent.
  • FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of the LED lighting fixture 1 according to the embodiment.
  • Lines L1 to L5 shown in FIG. 21 indicate height positions in the Z-axis direction.
  • Line L1 indicates the height position of the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • Line L2 indicates the height position of the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • Line L3 indicates the height position of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2.
  • Line L4 indicates the height position of the top (lowest point in FIG. 21) of the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 (height position of the parallel plate portion 23a in this embodiment).
  • Line L5 indicates the height position of the top (lowest point in FIG. 21) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 (height position of the parallel plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 in this embodiment).
  • lines L1 to L5 are arranged in the following order from the ceiling (construction material) toward the floor: line L1, line L2, line L3, line L4, line L5.
  • the main plate portion 21 (line L2) of the frame 20 is located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2.
  • This allows the light source unit 10 arranged on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 to be spaced apart from the main portion 31 of the cover member 30, thereby suppressing uneven brightness (graininess) caused by the light of the multiple LEDs 12 arranged at a distance.
  • by keeping the light source unit 10 and the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 apart it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the light source unit 10 from being trapped in the spatial region between the frame 20 and the cover member 30. This prevents the light output of the LEDs 12 from decreasing due to self-heating, thereby increasing the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, it is possible to control the light distribution of the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side, with the light flux (excessive upward light flux) toward the ceiling side that is not intended.
  • the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 can be efficiently concentrated toward the floor side, so the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side can be increased. Therefore, when multiple LED lighting fixtures 1 are installed on the ceiling, the number of LED lighting fixtures 1 installed can be reduced.
  • the top (line L4) of the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 is located closer to the floor than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2.
  • the strength of the frame 20 can be ensured, and by having the top of the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 located closer to the floor than the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 can be efficiently concentrated toward the floor, and the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor can be increased. Therefore, when multiple LED lighting devices 1 are installed on a ceiling, the number of installed LED lighting devices 1 can be reduced.
  • the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are arranged in this order as they move away from the ceiling (construction material).
  • the positions of line L2, line L3, and line L4 are in this order as they move away from the ceiling.
  • This configuration ensures the strength of the frame 20 while increasing the efficiency of light extraction toward the floor, which is the specified direction.
  • the tip (line L1) of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21 (line L2) of the frame 20. In other words, the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 protrudes closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21.
  • This configuration ensures the strength of the frame 20, as described above.
  • This configuration also allows the construction wires (VVF cable 61, signal wire 62, etc.) and the internal wires of the fixture to be placed between the pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20, preventing the construction wires and the internal wires of the fixture from protruding.
  • the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 protrudes further toward the ceiling than the main plate portion 21, but the amount of protrusion is relatively small.
  • the length of the side plate portion 24 is relatively short, and in this embodiment, the strength of the frame 20 is ensured without making the length of the side plate portion 24 too long.
  • the short length of the side plate portion 24 makes it possible to ensure a large space between the fixture body 2 and the rear side of the frame 20, improves the ease of installation when installing the LED lighting device 3 in the fixture body 2 (making it easier to rotate the LED lighting device 3 and store it in the fixture body 2), and makes it less likely for heat to build up in the power supply device 4 arranged on the rear side of the frame 20.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is preferably located between the main plate portion 21 (line L2) and the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the device body 2.
  • connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 should be located at the same position as the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2, or slightly toward the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2. This makes it possible to prevent shadows from appearing on the exterior of the cover member 30.
  • connection part P2 (branch point) between the extension part 32 and the attachment part 33 in the cover member 30 is preferably located between the main plate part 21 (line L2) and the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2, similar to the connection part P1 between the side plate part 24 and the horizontal plate part 23.
  • the connection part P2 between the extension part 32 and the attachment part 33 is preferably located at the same position as the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2, or slightly toward the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2. This can prevent shadows from appearing on the appearance of the cover member 30.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the inner portion (side wall) of the recess 2a of the device body 2 are approximately parallel.
  • This configuration ensures the strength of the frame 20 while ensuring a large space between the fixture body 2 and the rear side of the frame 20. This makes it easy to store construction wires and internal fixture wires in the space between the fixture body 2 and the rear side of the frame 20.
  • the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 and the inner portion (side wall) of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 do not have to be parallel, and the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined relative to the inner portion of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined so that their tips lean inward. This makes it easy to rotate the LED lighting device 3 and store it in the fixture body 2.
  • the height position (line L5) of the top (lowest point in FIG. 21) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 is located closer to the floor than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the device body 2.
  • the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 allows the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 to be controlled so that the light flux unintentionally directed toward the ceiling (excessive upward light flux) is directed toward the floor. Furthermore, since the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 can be efficiently concentrated toward the floor, the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor can be increased.
  • the inclination of the inner portion of the inner extension 32b in the short side direction of the cover member 30 is gentler than the inclination of the short side direction of the cover member 30.
  • the inclination of the portion on the light source unit 10 side is gentler than the inclination of the portion on the mounting unit 33 side.
  • the light of the light source unit 10 incident on the surface of the inner part (part with a gentle slope) of the inner extension 32b is more likely to be totally reflected beyond the critical angle, so that the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be increased.
  • the outer part (part with a steep slope) of the inner extension 32b can be illuminated to the end of the width direction of the cover member 30.
  • the light of the light source unit 10 reflected by the inner extension 32b can be easily guided to the spatial area formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30.
  • the darkness of the outer end 31a of the cover member 30 can be further reduced, and the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side of the LED lighting device 3 can be further improved.
  • the design by illuminating the end of the width direction of the cover member 30, the design (appearance performance) can be improved.
  • the spacing on the entrance side and the spacing on the rear side are the same, or that the spacing on the entrance side is wider than the spacing on the rear side.
  • the spacing on the entrance side and the spacing on the rear side are the same, or that the spacing on the entrance side is wider than the spacing on the rear side.
  • This configuration allows the light from the light source unit 10 reflected by the inner surface of the main portion 31 and the inner extension portion 32b to easily flow around to the spatial area formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30. This further reduces the darkness at the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30, and further improves the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side.
  • the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 and the first plate portion 32b1 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 are approximately parallel with a gap therebetween.
  • the inclination angle of the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 and the inclination angle of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b are approximately the same.
  • This configuration allows the cover member 30 to be illuminated all the way to the widthwise ends, further preventing the widthwise ends of the cover member 30 from becoming dark.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 extend substantially parallel to each other.
  • This configuration makes it possible to increase the strength of the frame 20 while preventing the cover member 30 from coming off the frame 20. It also makes it difficult for insects to enter the spatial region S2 enclosed by the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
  • the outer extension 32a of the extension 32 in the cover member 30 faces the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a and overlaps with the opening edge 2a1. Therefore, the outer extension 32a is formed to span the gap GX between the inner surface of the recess 2a and the mounting portion 33. In other words, in the Z-axis direction, the outer extension 32a of the extension 32 overlaps with the gap GX so as to cover the gap GX.
  • the width w4 (the overlapping space of the outer extension portion 32a) of the portion where the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a overlap should preferably be larger than the gap GX.
  • the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 is located closer to the ceiling (construction material side) than the top (line L4) of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the LED 12 is positioned closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the recess 2a.
  • Figure 22 is a diagram comparing the LED lighting device 1 according to the embodiment with the LED lighting devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 4.
  • FIG. 22 shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1 according to an embodiment
  • (b) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1w of Comparative Example 1
  • (c) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1x of Comparative Example 2
  • (d) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1y of Comparative Example 3
  • (e) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1z of Comparative Example 4.
  • the position of the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the recess of the device main body 2 to 2z is shown in common in (a) to (e).
  • the frame 20w does not have side panels (legs).
  • the frame 20x does not have side plate portions (leg portions), the cover member 30x does not have an outer extension portion, and the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30x is not arched but is inclined linearly.
  • the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30z is not arched, but exists in a straight line parallel to the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10.
  • the strength of the frame 20z is weak, and the strength of the LED lighting device 3z as a whole is also weak.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 of this embodiment at least (i) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, and (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are arranged in this order ((i) ⁇ (iv) ⁇ (vi)) as they move away from the ceiling, and in this respect it differs from the LED lighting fixtures 1w to 1z of comparative examples 1 to 4.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 of this embodiment by arranging (i) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, and (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 in this order, it is possible to increase the efficiency of light extraction to the floor side while ensuring the strength of the frame 20.
  • This configuration makes it easy to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while further increasing the efficiency of light extraction to the floor side.
  • the depth a of the recess 20a of the frame 20 and the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be designed to optimal dimensions according to the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3.
  • L 2 feet, 4 feet, and 8 feet
  • the depth a of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is kept constant, and the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is changed to change the ratio of a to b, but this is not limited to the above.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the cross-sectional shape of a first variation of the frame 20 due to different lengths of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the strength of the frame 20 can be increased compared to the case of Figure 16.
  • the appearance characteristics of the LED lighting device 3 light distribution, luminous flux, uneven brightness, external dimensions of the cover member 30, etc.
  • the end cap 40 may not be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L, and that the two types of LED lighting devices 3 may light up differently when two types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L are connected and used.
  • the spatial region S3 surrounded by the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 and the frame 20 can provide sufficient wiring space for the construction wires and wiring inside the fixture.
  • the power supply device 4 is arranged offset in the width direction of the frame 20, so that the wiring space in the spatial region S3 can be more sufficiently provided.
  • the overall length of the LED lighting fixture 1 and the LED lighting device 3 is short, so that the occupancy ratio of the internal parts (power supply device 4, hook fitting 5, elastic holding member 6, dimming terminal block 9, etc.) is large, and therefore the effect of making the frame 20 thinner by shortening the side plate portion 24 is high.
  • the ratio between the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 of the LED lighting device 3 with the shortest length L and the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 of the LED lighting device 3 with the longest length L is 1:3 or more, sufficient wiring space can be secured in the spatial region S3.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 extends in the same direction even if the length L of the LED lighting device 3 is different, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may be inclined to change the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and change the ratio of a to b.
  • the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may be changed by changing the amount of inclination (inclination angle) of the side plate portion 24.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the frame due to different lengths of the LED lighting devices 3.
  • (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 24 show cases where the starting point (base) of the inclined side panel 24 is located closer to the floor than the main panel 21.
  • the positions of the horizontal panel 23 of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are the same in each of (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 24.
  • the starting point (root) of the inclined side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21. This allows the end cap 40 to be common in the cases of (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24, so that the appearance characteristics (light distribution, luminous flux, brightness unevenness, external dimensions of the cover member 30, etc.) can be made the same.
  • the positions of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are different in (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24.
  • the height of the protruding portion 20b increases in the order of (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24.
  • the starting point (root) of the inclined side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the floor than the main plate portion 21, as shown in (c) of FIG. 24.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is inclined, as shown in FIG. 24, it is preferable that the side plate portion 24 is inclined so as to fall inward. This allows the LED lighting device 3 to be rotated and easily stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In other words, the ease of installation of the LED lighting fixture 1 can be improved.
  • the inclination amount of the side plate portion 24 may be increased as the length of the side plate portion 24 increases.
  • Both of the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined, or only one of the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined. In this case, as shown in FIG. 25, it is preferable to incline the side plate portion 24 located on the elastic retaining member 6 side of the pair of side plate portions 24.
  • m is the opening dimension of the fixture body 2
  • n is the diagonal dimension of the LED lighting device 3, and m ⁇ n. This also applies to the case where the side plate portion 24 is not inclined.
  • the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may also be increased according to the length of the side plate portion 24, but this is not limited to this.
  • the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 does not need to be changed. This allows the cover member 30 to be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 when the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is increased according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3, the side plate portion 24 may be formed so as to be bent by providing a step in the side plate portion 24.
  • the length and shape of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be changed according to the length and shape of the side plate portion 24, but as shown in FIG. 27, even if the length and shape of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is changed, the length and shape of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 do not need to be changed. This allows the cover member 30 to be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L.
  • the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be changed according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3 without changing the shape of the frame 20, or as shown in (a) to (c) of FIG. 29, an L-shaped or U-shaped metal fitting 70 having legs 71 may be provided separately and the length of the legs 71 of the metal fitting 70 may be changed according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3 without changing the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 or the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30.
  • the frame 20 can be shared by multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L.
  • the metal fitting 70 is fixed to the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 using screws 80.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 includes a parallel plate portion 23a and an inclined plate portion 23b, but this is not limited to this.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23A of the frame 20A may not have the parallel plate portion 23a and may be composed of only the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • the first plate portion 32b1 (the portion facing the horizontal plate portion 23A) of the inner extension portion 32b in the extension portion 32A of the cover member 30A may also be composed of only the inclined plate portion.
  • the inner extension 32b of the extension 32 of the cover member 30 extends beyond the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, but this is not limited thereto.
  • the inner extension 32b of the extension 32B of the cover member 30B may extend so as not to exceed the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
  • the inner extension 32b of the extension 32B extends halfway to the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20. This makes it possible to reduce the material cost of the cover member 30B. Also, by forming the frame 20 from a white (highly reflective) material, the light extraction efficiency can be improved.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 includes the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b, but this is not limited to this.
  • the frame 20A in FIG. 30 may be used, as in the LED lighting device 3C shown in FIG. 32.
  • the LED lighting device 3C shown in FIG. 32 is configured by combining the frame 20A in FIG. 30 with the cover member 30B in FIG. 31.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23A of the frame 20A does not have the parallel plate portion 23a, but is composed only of the inclined plate portion 23b, and the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32B of the cover member 30B extends so as not to exceed the protrusion 20b of the frame 20A.
  • the protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1 is provided on the cover member 30, but this is not limited to this.
  • the protrusion 25 located in the first gap G1 may be provided on the frame 20D.
  • the cover member 30D in this modified example does not have the protrusion 34.
  • FIG. 33(b) is an enlarged view of the area B surrounded by the dashed line in FIG. 33(a).
  • the protrusion 25 is provided on the horizontal plate portion 23 in the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20D.
  • the protrusion 25 is provided on the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23.
  • the protrusion 25 provided on the inclined plate portion 23b protrudes toward the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30D.
  • the protrusion 25 is a dowel, and can be formed by pushing up a part of the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20D.
  • the protrusion 25 extends along the inclined surface of the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23.
  • the protrusion 25 is also designed so that the tip of the protrusion 25 does not come into contact with the cover member 30D.
  • the protrusion 25 is designed so that the tip of the protrusion 25 does not come into contact with the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30D.
  • the protrusions 25 on the frame 20D do not have to be formed by deforming a portion of the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20D.
  • the protrusions 25 may be formed by attaching a thick material such as tape to the surface of the frame 20D.
  • the protrusions 25 should be a material with a certain degree of thickness that includes a nonwoven fabric, such as a composite adhesive tape.
  • the protrusion located in the first gap G1 may be provided on the frame 20D as shown in FIG. 33, or may be provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 as in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 3.
  • the protrusion 34 or 25 located in the first gap G1 is provided on at least one of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20D.
  • the protrusion 34 may be provided only on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20
  • the protrusion 25 may be provided only on the frame 20D, as shown in FIG.
  • the protrusions 34 and 25 may be provided on both the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20D. Furthermore, when the projections 34 and 25 are provided on both the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20D, the projection 34 of the cover member 30 and the projection 25 of the frame 20D may be opposed to each other as shown in Fig. 34(c). Since a first gap G1 exists between the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20D and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30, the projection 34 of the cover member 30 and the projection 25 of the frame 20D may be offset from each other as shown in Fig. 34(d).
  • the projection 34 and the projection 25 are offset from each other, there is a risk that the projection 34 and the projection 25 may come into contact with each other simultaneously when the first gap G1 becomes narrow.
  • the protrusion 25 formed on the frame 20D is a dowel, even if the protrusion 25 and the cover member 30D come into contact, the protrusion 25 and the cover member 30D will be in point contact. However, if multiple protrusions 25 are formed, the number of points of contact between the frame 20D and the cover member 30D will increase when the cover member 30D warps or bends.
  • the protrusion 25 of the frame 20D and the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30D a dowel, and the other a rib.
  • the protrusion 25 provided on the frame 20D can be a long dowel
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 can be a rib.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 is provided on the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32, but this is not limited to this.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30E may be provided on the parallel plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32E. In this case, the protrusion 34 protrudes toward the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
  • the protrusions 34 of the cover member 30 are provided only on the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the protrusions 34 of the cover member 30F may be provided on each of the inclined plate portion and the parallel plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32F.
  • the number of protrusions 34 provided on the extension portion 32F of the cover member 30F is not limited to two, and may be three or more. In other words, there may be more than one protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 is arranged to be located only in the first gap G1, but this is not limited to this.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30G may be provided to be located in the second gap G2.
  • the protrusion 34 is provided on the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G so as to protrude toward the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the protrusion 34 is provided on the inner surface of the mounting portion 33G.
  • the protrusion 34 provided in the second gap G2 is provided such that the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the side plate portion 24 when the frame 20 and the cover member 30G are in a predetermined reference position (design position).
  • the protrusions 34 provided in the second gap G2 are provided on each of the pair of mounting portions 33G.
  • the cover member 30G has a pair of protrusions 34 in the second gap G2.
  • one of the pair of protrusions 34 provided in the second gap G2 may come into contact with one of the pair of side plate portions 24, but the other of the pair of protrusions 34 is not made to come into contact with the other of the pair of side plate portions 24.
  • two protrusions 34 are provided on one side of the mounting portion 33G, but this is not limited to this.
  • the number of protrusions 34 provided on one side of the mounting portion 33G may be only one, or three or more.
  • the protrusion located in the second gap G2 may be provided on the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, rather than on the cover member 30G.
  • the protrusion provided on the side plate portion 24 protrudes toward the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G.
  • the protrusion provided on the side plate portion 24 is designed so that the tip does not come into contact with the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G.
  • it may be provided on both the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, but it may also be provided on only one of the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
  • the protrusion located in the second gap G2 is provided on at least one of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G.
  • the protrusion provided in the second gap G2 should be provided so that the tip of the protrusion does not come into contact with the mounting portion 33G and the side plate portion 24.
  • the protrusion 34 is provided only on the mounting portion 33G so as to be located only in the second gap G2, and is not provided on the extension portion 32, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the protrusion 34 may be provided on both the mounting portion 33H and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30H.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30H may be provided so as to be located in both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I may be provided so as to be located not only in the first gap G1 but also in the gap GX (the gap between the mounting portion 33I and the inner wall surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2). Specifically, the protrusion 34 is also provided on the outer side surface of the mounting portion 33I. This makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the mounting portion 33I and the fixture body 2 and the generation of abnormal noise.
  • the protrusion located in the gap GX may be provided on the instrument body 2, not on the cover member 30I. That is, it is sufficient that the protrusion located in the gap GX is provided on at least one of the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2.
  • the protrusion 34 may be provided only on the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2
  • the protrusion 2i may be provided only on the instrument body 2I of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the instrument body 2I, as shown in FIG. 40(c)
  • the protrusions 34 and 2i may be provided on both the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2I.
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I and the protrusion 2i of the instrument body 2I may be opposed to each other as shown in FIG. 40(c), or the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I and the protrusion 2i of the instrument body 2I may be offset from each other as shown in FIG. 40(d).
  • the protrusion 2i provided on the instrument body 2I may be a long dowel
  • the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I may be a rib. In this way, even if the positions of the protrusions 2i and 34 are offset, the protrusion 2i of the long dowel and the protrusion 34 of the rib will be in point contact.
  • protrusions are provided on at least one of the cover member 30 and the frame 20 so as to be located in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, but this is not limited to the above.
  • protrusions may not be provided in either the first gap G1 or the second gap G2. That is, as in the cover member 30J shown in FIG. 41, protrusions 34 may not be provided at the positions of the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and as in the frame 20 shown in FIG.
  • protrusions 25 may not be provided at the positions of the first gap G1 and the second gap G2.
  • protrusions 34 are not provided on the extension portion 32J and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J.
  • protrusions 25 are not provided on the frame 20.
  • a first gap G1 exists between the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension 32J of the cover member 30J, and the protrusion 20b and the extension 32J are not in contact.
  • a second gap G2 exists between the side plate 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J, and the side plate 24 and the mounting portion 33 are not in contact.
  • the presence of the first gap G1 that forms a space between the extension portion 32J of the cover member 30J and the frame 20 can prevent surface contact between the extension portion 32J of the cover member 30J and the protrusion portion 20b of the frame 20 and the generation of abnormal noise.
  • the presence of the second gap G2 that forms a space between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can prevent surface contact between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the generation of abnormal noise.
  • the cover member 30J and the frame 20 may have contact between the pair of mounting portions 33 and the pair of side plate portions 24 on only one side of the pair, or contact between the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 on only one side and contact between the extension portion 32J and the protruding portion 20b (horizontal plate portion 23).
  • the contact pressure when the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 come into surface contact is a contact pressure in the width direction, which is smaller than the contact pressure when a part of the cover member 30 and a part of the frame 20 come into surface contact in the vertical direction, and therefore the effect of noise generation is small.
  • a first gap G1 exists between the protrusion 20b and the extension 32J in the vertical direction (Z-axis direction)
  • the cover member 30J and the frame 20 are not tightly fixed in the vertical direction, and abnormal noise is unlikely to occur.
  • the frame 20 is pulled upward by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) when the LED lighting device 3J is installed on the fixture body 2, the vertical gap (first gap G1) between the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension 32J of the cover member 30 is easily opened, so the occurrence of abnormal noise can be effectively reduced.
  • the LED lighting device 3D shown in FIG. 33 provides the protrusion 25 only on the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, but this is not limited to this.
  • a protrusion 25K may be provided to straddle the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 on the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20K.
  • the protrusion 25K is a long dowel formed continuously on the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • FIG. 42(b) is an enlarged view of the area B surrounded by the dashed line in FIG. 42(a).
  • protrusions 25L may be provided on each of the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, as in the frame 20L of the LED lighting fixture 1L and the LED lighting device 3L shown in (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 43.
  • the protrusions 25L may be provided separately on the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • the protrusion 34 provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is a rib with a triangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 44(a), but this is not limited to this.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 34 may be a shape with an arc-shaped outline such as a semicircle as shown in FIG. 44(b), or may be a polygon such as a pentagon as shown in FIG. 44(c).
  • the shape of the apex of the protrusion 34 is preferably such that even if the protrusion 34 comes into contact with the frame 20, the protrusion 34 and the frame 20 are in line contact. Also, it is preferable that the height of the protrusion 34 is low.
  • the protrusions 25 on the frame 20 are dowels, but this is not limiting.
  • the protrusions 25 on the frame 20 may be ribs.
  • the protrusions 25 may be ribs with a triangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 45(a), or may be ribs with an arc-shaped cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 45(b).
  • the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 25 can be any shape.
  • the protrusion 25 may be a point dowel with a triangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(a), a long dowel or a large dowel with a trapezoidal cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(b), a point dowel with an arc cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(c), a long dowel or a large dowel with a rectangular cross-sectional shape with arc corners as shown in FIG. 46(d), a point dowel with a rectangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(e), or a long dowel or a large dowel with a rectangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(f).
  • intermediate members 35 may be provided at the abutment portion between the cover member 30M and the frame 20 and at the abutment portion between the cover member 30M and the fixture body 2.
  • the intermediate member 35 between the cover member 30M and the frame 20 is a contact member that contacts the cover member 30M and the frame 20
  • the intermediate member 35 between the cover member 30M and the fixture body 2 is a contact member that contacts the cover member 30M and the fixture body 2.
  • the intermediate member 35 is provided on the cover member 30M.
  • the intermediate member 35 is provided on the tip surface of the third plate portion 32b3 in the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 (the abutment portion between the extension portion 32 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20), the abutment portion 33a of the attachment portion 33 (the abutment portion between the attachment portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20), and the outer surface of the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 (the abutment portion between the extension portion 32 and the opening edge 2a1 of the instrument body 2).
  • the intermediate member 35 is an elastic body made of, for example, an elastomer, and elastically deforms.
  • the intermediate member 35 may be molded integrally with the cover member 30M, or may be attached to the cover member 30M afterwards.
  • the intermediate member 35 does not have to be an elastic body. In this case, it is preferable that the intermediate member 35 has a small friction coefficient.
  • a thin Teflon (registered trademark) sheet can be used as the intermediate member 35 having a small friction coefficient.
  • the elastic member 26 may be provided on the frame 20N instead of providing the elastic member on the cover member 30.
  • the elastic member 26 is also provided on the contact portion between the cover member 30 and the frame 20N.
  • the elastic member 26 is provided on the main plate portion 21 (contact portion between the main plate portion 21 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30) and the bent portion 24a of the side plate portion 24 (contact portion between the side plate portion 24 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30).
  • the elastic member 26 may be an elastomer or a packing.
  • the elastic member 26 is, for example, attached to the frame 20N.
  • the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is bent so as to be inclined, but this is not limited thereto.
  • the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be formed so as to be curved in an arc.
  • a protrusion may be provided at the abutment portion 33a with the side plate portion 24.
  • the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be bent without being inclined.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the abutment portion 33a may be L-shaped. Note that in this case, as shown in FIG.
  • a protrusion may be provided at the abutment portion 33a with the side plate portion 24, but as shown in FIG. 49(d), a protrusion may not be provided at the abutment portion 33a with the side plate portion 24.
  • the abutting portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be bent twice. That is, the cross-sectional shape of the abutting portion 33a may be V-shaped.
  • the abutting portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be a shape having an inclined portion and a parallel portion. Also, as shown in FIG.
  • the abutting portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be only a parallel portion, and the bent portion 24a of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may be inclined so as to fall outward.
  • a spacer 90 may be provided between the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30, as in the LED lighting fixture 1O and LED lighting device 3O shown in FIG. 50. This makes it easy to maintain the second gap G2, and effectively prevents surface contact between the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30, resulting in the generation of abnormal noise.
  • the spacer 90 may be made of an elastic material such as an elastomer, but is not limited to this.
  • the end face shape of the tip of the abutment portion 32c (third plate portion 32b3), which is the abutment portion of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, is flat, but this is not limited to this.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the end face of the tip of the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 may be a shape with an arc in its outline, such as a semicircle, as shown in FIG. 51(a), or may be an isosceles triangle as shown in FIG. 51(b), or may be a right triangle as shown in FIG. 51(c). This allows the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 to be in line contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, thereby further suppressing the generation of abnormal noise.
  • the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 abuts only against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, but this is not limited to this.
  • the tip of the extension portion 32P of the cover member 30P may abut against both the frame 20 and the light source unit 10.
  • the extension portion 32P of the cover member 30P is further extended from the third plate portion 32b3 to provide an extension portion 32p on the extension portion 32P. Note that in FIG. 52, the extension portion 32p of the cover member 30P is in surface contact with the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10, but this is not limited to this.
  • the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 extends from the main portion 31, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b may extend toward the light source unit 10 from the positions of points A1 to A5 of the cover member 30 shown in FIG. 53(a).
  • point A1 is a point located on the main portion 31
  • point A2 is a point at the portion where the main portion 31 and the outer extension portion 32a are joined
  • point A3 is a point located on the outer extension portion 32a
  • point A4 is a point at the portion where the mounting portion 33 and the outer extension portion 32a are joined
  • point A5 is a point located on the mounting portion 33.
  • the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b may extend toward the light source unit 10 from the positions of points B1 to B3 of the cover member 30a shown in FIG. 53(b).
  • the cover member 30a is composed of a main portion 31 and an attachment portion 33, and does not have an external extension portion 32a.
  • Point B1 is a point located on the main portion 31
  • point B2 is a point where the main portion 31 and the attachment portion 33 are joined
  • point B3 is a point located on the attachment portion 33.
  • the inner extension 32b may extend from the main portion 31 instead of the outer extension 32a as shown in FIG. 54(a), or the inner extension 32b may extend from the middle of the outer extension 32a as shown in FIG. 54(b), or the main portion 31 may be connected to the middle of the extension 32 as shown in FIG. 54(c), or the outer extension 32a may be connected to the middle of the attachment portion 33 as shown in FIG. 54(d).
  • the extension 32 may extend at an angle from the main portion 31 as shown in FIG. 55(a), or may extend in an arch shape from the main portion 31 as shown in FIG. 55(b).
  • the portion to which the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is directly connected is easily affected when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is deformed, while the portion to which the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is not directly connected (for example, when it is connected via another part) is not easily affected when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is deformed.
  • a convex portion and/or a concave portion may be formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
  • a convex portion 21c protruding toward the floor side may be formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20Q.
  • the convex portion 21c is a convex protrusion, and can be formed, for example, by applying press processing to the main plate portion 21.
  • the convex portion 21c is, for example, a bead, but is not limited to this.
  • the convex portion 21c may be a dowel such as a half-moon dowel, or may be a bridge.
  • the convex portion 21c may also be a protruding portion formed over the entire length in the Y-axis direction, or may be formed intermittently in multiple portions along the Y-axis direction.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 21c formed by press processing is, for example, a rectangle, but is not limited to this.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 21c may be an arc shape, a trapezoid, a triangle, a U-shape, etc.
  • the convex portion 21c is formed in the spatial region S1. Therefore, the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32 is located between the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 and the convex portion 21c.
  • the strength of the frame 20Q can be improved.
  • the convex portion 21c on the main plate portion 21 it is possible to prevent the extension portion 32 from coming off and to prevent the extension portion 32 from deforming.
  • a maze structure can be formed, which further prevents insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the convex portion 21c is formed in the spatial region S1, but this is not limited to this.
  • the convex portion 21c formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20R may be formed between the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 and the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32. This can improve the strength of the frame 20R.
  • protrusion 21c is formed on the main plate 21, but this is not limited to this.
  • two protrusions 21c may be formed on the main plate 21 of the frame 20S.
  • the third plate 32b3 which is the tip of the extension 32, may be inserted between the two protrusions 21c.
  • the tip of the extension 32 may be positioned so as to be sandwiched between the two protrusions 21c. In this way, by forming two protrusions 21c on the main plate 21, the strength of the frame 20S can be further improved.
  • the main plate 21 has a convex portion 21c, but this is not limited thereto.
  • the main plate 21 of the frame 20T may have a concave portion 21d recessed toward the ceiling.
  • the concave portion 21d can be formed, for example, by applying press processing to the main plate 21, similar to the convex portion 21c.
  • the concave portion 21d may also be a convex portion that convex toward the ceiling, such as a bead, but is not limited thereto.
  • the concave portion 21d may also be a groove formed over the entire length in the Y-axis direction, or may be formed intermittently in a plurality of portions along the Y-axis direction.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the concave portion 21d formed by press processing is, for example, a rectangle, but is not limited thereto.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the concave portion 21d may be an arc shape, a trapezoid, a triangle, a U-shape, or the like.
  • the third plate portion 32b3 which is the tip of the extension portion 32, is inserted into the concave portion 21d. In this way, by forming the recess 21d in the main plate 21, the strength of the frame 20T can be improved. Furthermore, by inserting the tip of the extension 32 into the recess 21d, the extension 32 can be prevented from coming off and from being deformed.
  • the main plate 21 of the frame 20U may have a protruding portion 21c and a recessed portion 21d formed close to each other.
  • the strength of the frame 20U can be further improved.
  • the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32 may be inserted into the recessed portion 21d. This can prevent the extension portion 32 from coming off and can also prevent the extension portion 32 from deforming.
  • a maze structure can be created. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the third plate 32b3 but also the fourth plate 32b4 may be formed on the extension 32V of the cover member 30V, and the third plate 32b3 may be inserted between the substrate 11 and the protrusion 21c, and the fourth plate 32b4 may be inserted between the two protrusions 21c.
  • This configuration can improve the strength of the frame 20S, and can prevent the extension 32V from coming off and from deforming.
  • a maze structure can be created by forming one of the two protrusions 21c in the spatial region S1. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the extension 32W of the cover member 30W may be extended further from the third plate 32b3 to form an extension 32d on the extension 32W, and the third plate 32b3 may be inserted between the two protrusions 21c.
  • This configuration can improve the strength of the frame 20S, prevent the extension 32W from coming off, and prevent the extension 32W from deforming.
  • a maze structure can be created by forming one of the two protrusions 21c in the spatial region S1. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the extension 32X of the cover member 30X may be further extended from the third plate 32b3 to form an extension 32d on the extension 32X, and a fourth plate 32b4 may be formed on the extension 32X, and each of the third plate 32b3 and the fourth plate 32b4 may be inserted between two adjacent protrusions 21c.
  • This configuration can further improve the strength of the frame 20X, and can prevent the extension 32X from coming off the frame 20X and from deforming.
  • a more complex maze structure can be formed. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the tip surface of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 may be brought into contact with the top surface of the convex portion 21c.
  • an extension 32d is formed in the extension 32Z of the cover member 30Z as a branching portion branching off from the middle of the third plate 32b3, and this extension 32d is abutted against the end face of the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 while the third plate 32b3 is inserted into the recess 21d.
  • This configuration can further prevent the extension 32Z from coming off and can further prevent the extension 32Z from deforming.
  • the extension of the cover member does not need to be elastically deformed. In other words, the extension does not need to bend. Even in this case, it is possible to prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
  • the convex portion 21c provided on the main board 21 may not be part of the main board 21, but may be formed of a separate member from the main board 21.
  • connection portion P1 between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is located closer to the floor than the main plate portion 21 that forms the bottom of the recess 20a, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the connection portion P1 between the horizontal plate portion 23AA and the side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21 that forms the bottom of the recess 20a.
  • the fixture body 2 has an inverted Fuji-shaped cross section, but this is not limited to this.
  • a fixture body 2A having a rectangular cross section may be used.
  • the fixture body 2A is I-shaped and does not have an inclined surface portion 2b having an inclined surface (reflective surface).
  • a bent portion is formed in the portion forming the opening edge of the recess 2a. This bent portion may be a 90° bend, an acute angle bend, or a hemming bend.
  • the LED lighting device 3 fitted into the fixture body 2 or 2A may have a part of the LED lighting device 3 recessed inside the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 or 2A.
  • the variation of the shape of the fixture body 2 is not limited to the shape shown in FIG. 67(b), and may be a capped shape having an inclined surface portion (reflective portion) on the floor side when the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling-mounted lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is directly installed on the ceiling surface, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 may be a ceiling-embedded lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is embedded in the ceiling.
  • the fixture body 2B is embedded in an opening provided in the ceiling 100.
  • the LED lighting device 3 fitted into the fixture body 2B may be entirely recessed inside the recess 2a of the fixture body 2B so that no part of the LED lighting device 3 protrudes from the ceiling surface of the ceiling 100, or a part of the LED lighting device 3 may protrude from the ceiling surface of the ceiling 100.
  • the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2 is flat and faces the outer extension 32a of the extension 32 of the cover member 30, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the portion of the fixture body 2C facing the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30 may be angular so that the cross-sectional shape is triangular.
  • the inclined surface portion 2b of the fixture body 2C may be inclined in two stages as shown in FIG. 68(a).
  • the cross-sectional shape of the facing portion 2g which is the portion of the fixture body 2D facing the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30, may be V-shaped.
  • the inclined surface portion 2f of the fixture body 2D may be inclined toward the floor side, not toward the ceiling side.
  • a gap can be provided between the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30 and the fixture body 2D. This allows a finger to be inserted into the gap and easily hooked on the end of the cover member 30, making it easy to remove the LED lighting device 3 from the fixture body 2D.
  • the inclined surface portion 2f is formed to surround the side of the LED lighting device 3.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the portion of the fixture body 2E facing the outer extension portion 32a of the cover member 30 may be an obtuse triangle, not an acute triangle.
  • the inclined surface portion 2f of the fixture body 2E is inclined toward the floor, but this is not limited to this.
  • the inner surface of the inclined surface portion 2f of the fixture body 2E is in contact with the end of the cover member 30 in the width direction, but this is not limited to this.
  • frames of the shapes described below are exemplified as frames used in the LED lighting device 3, but frames of the shapes described below may also be used. Note that some of the frames described below have the shapes already described above. For convenience, the frames described below use the same reference numerals as in the above embodiment, even though they have different shapes.
  • the frame features described below may be mutually applicable, or may be applied to the above embodiment and modified examples.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 is composed of the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b, but this is not limited to this.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of parallel plate portions, as in the frame 201 shown in FIG. 69, or the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of inclined plate portions, as in the frame 202 shown in FIG. 70.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of inclined plate portions inclined outward, as in the frame 202 shown in FIG. 70, or the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of inclined plate portions inclined inward, as in the frame 203 shown in FIG. 71.
  • the vertical plate portion 22 of the frame 20 is vertically erected with respect to the main plate portion 21, but this is not limited to this.
  • the vertical plate portion 22 may be an inclined plate portion that is inclined with respect to the main plate portion 21.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 is composed only of an inclined plate portion that is inclined toward the outside.
  • the position of the connection portion between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 is the same as the position of the main plate portion 21 (the bottom of the recess 20a), but this is not limited to this.
  • the position of the connection portion between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the floor than the main plate portion 21 (the bottom of the recess 20a). Also, although not shown, the position of the connection portion between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21 (the bottom of the recess 20a).
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed of a curved plate portion.
  • the standing plate portion 22 may be composed only of an inclined plate portion and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of a parallel plate portion, or as in the frame 208 shown in FIG. 76, the standing plate portion 22 may be composed only of an inclined plate portion and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed of a parallel plate portion and an inclined plate portion.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 may be formed in a stepped shape. That is, the horizontal plate portion 23 may have a step.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step is composed of two parallel plate portions that are at different heights from the main plate portion 21, but this is not limited to this.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step may have a parallel plate portion and an inclined plate portion located inside the parallel plate portion, as in the frame 211 shown in FIG.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step may have a parallel plate portion and an inclined plate portion located outside the parallel plate portion and inclined inward, as in the frame 212 shown in FIG. 80, the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step may have an inclined plate portion inclined outward and an inclined plate portion inclined inward.
  • the horizontal plate portion 23 may be stepped with an inclined plate portion and a parallel plate portion, and the standing plate portion 22 may be an inclined plate portion, or as in the frame 214 shown in FIG. 82, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be stepped with two parallel plate portions, and the standing plate portion 22 may be an inclined plate portion.
  • reinforcing ribs 21b may be formed at the boundary between the main plate portion 21 and the standing plate portion 22. This ensures the strength of the frame even if the side plate portion 24 is short.
  • the reinforcing ribs 21b may be formed, for example, by pressing.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 extends from each of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may extend from only one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23. In other words, it is sufficient that the side plate portion 24 extends from at least one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23.
  • the gap between the frame and the cover member may be either the first gap G1 alone or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and the position of the protrusion on the frame or the cover member may be the second gap G2.
  • the gap provided between the frame and the cover member may be only the first gap G1 or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and the position of the protrusion provided on the frame or the cover member may be only the first gap G1, only the second gap G2, or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2.
  • (b) and (c) have different shapes of the extension portion 32.
  • the extension portion 32 in (c) has the first plate portion 32b1, the second plate portion 32b2, and the third plate portion 32b3, but the extension portion 32 in (b) has the first plate portion 32b1 and the third plate portion 32b3, but does not have the second plate portion 32b2. That is, in (b), the third plate portion 32b3 is located close to the protruding portion 20b of the frame with a gap therebetween.
  • the gap provided between the frame and the cover member may be only the first portion G1a in the first gap G1, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second portion G1b in the first gap G1, or the first portion G1a in the first gap G1, the second portion G1b in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and the position of the protrusion provided on the frame or the cover member may be only the first gap G1, only the second gap G2, or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2.
  • the first portion G1a of the first gap G1 is a gap facing the corner of the protruding portion 20b
  • the second portion G1b of the first gap G1 is a gap where the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protruding portion 20b faces the inclined surface of the inclined plate portion 23b.
  • (d) and (e) have different shapes of the extension portion 32, similar to the relationship between (b) and (c) above.
  • the gap provided between the frame and the cover member may be the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 only, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second portion G1b in the first gap G1, or the first portion G1a in the first gap G1, the second portion G1b in the first gap G1, and the second gap G2.
  • the position of the protrusion provided on the frame or the cover member may be the first gap G1 only, the second gap G2 only, or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2.
  • the first portion G1a and the second portion G1b in the first gap G1 are the same as described above, and (f) and (g) have the same relationship as (d) and (e) above.
  • the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30 may be part of the main portion 31.
  • the extension 32 of the cover member 30 will be, for example, only the inner extension 32b, and will extend from the outer extension 32a, which is part of the main portion 31, toward the inside of the cover member 30.
  • the LED lighting device 3 when the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 by rotating the LED lighting device 3, but this is not limited to the above.
  • the LED lighting device 3 may be attached to the fixture body 2 without rotating the LED lighting device 3.
  • the LED lighting device 3 may be attached to the fixture body 2 by hooking a leaf spring or the like provided on the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 installed on the ceiling and moving the LED lighting device 3 vertically so as to move it in parallel toward the fixture body 2.
  • the LED lighting device 3 can be attached to the fixture body 2 by pushing and fitting the LED lighting device 3 vertically into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling-mounted lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is directly installed on the ceiling surface, but this is not limited to this.
  • the LED lighting fixture 1 may be a ceiling-embedded lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is embedded in the ceiling.
  • an SMD type LED element in which an LED chip is mounted in a package is used as the LED 12, and the light emitting module consisting of the substrate 11 and the LED 12 is an SMD type LED module, but this is not limited to this.
  • the light emitting module consisting of the substrate 11 and the LED 12 may be a COB (chip on board) type LED module.
  • the LED chip (bare chip) itself is used as the LED 12
  • multiple LEDs 12 (LED chips) are arranged in a line on the substrate 11, and the multiple LEDs 12 are collectively or individually sealed with a sealing material (e.g., phosphor-containing resin).
  • a cover member 30 having both diffusive and translucent properties is used, but this is not limited to the above.
  • a translucent cover having only translucent properties out of the diffusive and translucent properties may be used instead of the cover member 30.
  • a transparent cover with a high transmittance that allows the viewer to see through to the other side may be used as the translucent cover.
  • the present invention also includes forms obtained by applying various modifications to the above-mentioned embodiments that a person skilled in the art may conceive, and forms realized by arbitrarily combining the components and functions of the embodiments within the scope of the present invention.
  • the present invention also includes any combination of two or more claims from among the multiple claims described in the claims at the time of filing this application, within the scope of technical compatibility. For example, when a cited-form claim described in the claims at the time of filing this application is made into a multiple claim or multiple-multi claim that cites all of the higher claims within the scope of technical compatibility, the combination of all claims included in that multiple claim or multiple-multi claim is also included in the present invention.
  • LED lighting fixture Fixture body 2a Recess 2a1 Opening edge 3 LED lighting device 10
  • Light source section 20 Frame 20b Protruding section 21 Main plate section 22 Standing plate section 23 Horizontal plate section 24 Side plate section 30 Cover member 31 Main section 32 Extension section 32a Outer extension section 32b Inner extension section

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Non-Portable Lighting Devices Or Systems Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

An LED illumination device (3), which mounts to a recessed portion (2a) of a fitting body (2) installed on a building part, comprises a light source portion (10), an elongate frame (20) having a main plate portion (21) to which the light source portion (10) is mounted, and an elongate cover member (30) that includes a main portion (31) covering the light source portion (10). The frame (20) includes a protruding portion (20b) protruding toward the light output side of the light source portion (10). The main plate portion (21), an opening edge (2a1) of the recessed portion (2a), and the protruding portion (20b) are provided in this order with increasing distance from the building part.

Description

LED照明装置及びLED照明器具LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
 本発明は、LED照明装置及びLED照明装置を備えるLED照明器具に関する。 The present invention relates to an LED lighting device and an LED lighting fixture equipped with an LED lighting device.
 LED(Light Emitting Diode)を用いたLED照明器具が知られている。例えば、天井に設置されるLED照明器具として、ライトバーと呼ばれる長尺状のLED照明装置と、LED照明装置が着脱可能に取り付けられる凹部を有する長尺状の器具本体とを備えるLED照明器具が知られている(特許文献1)。 LED lighting fixtures that use LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) are known. For example, a LED lighting fixture that is installed on a ceiling is known to have a long LED lighting device called a light bar and a long fixture body that has a recess into which the LED lighting device can be detachably attached (Patent Document 1).
 特許文献1に開示されたLED照明器具におけるLED照明装置は、長尺状の基板と、基板に実装された複数のLEDと、複数のLEDを覆う長尺状で透光性を有するカバー部材と、基板を支持するとともにカバー部材が取り付けられる長尺状のフレームとを備える。 The LED lighting device in the LED lighting fixture disclosed in Patent Document 1 includes a long substrate, multiple LEDs mounted on the substrate, a long, translucent cover member that covers the multiple LEDs, and a long frame that supports the substrate and to which the cover member is attached.
 特許文献1に開示されたLED照明装置では、フレームの断面形状がコの字状になっている。断面形状がコの字状のフレームは、例えば、LEDが実装された基板が取り付けられる主板部と、主板部の短手方向の両端部から天井側に向けて延出する一対の側板部(延出部)とを有する。 In the LED lighting device disclosed in Patent Document 1, the cross-sectional shape of the frame is U-shaped. The frame with a U-shaped cross-sectional shape has, for example, a main plate portion to which a board on which LEDs are mounted is attached, and a pair of side plate portions (extension portions) that extend from both ends of the main plate portion in the short direction toward the ceiling.
特開2017-103248号公報JP 2017-103248 A
 しかしながら、特許文献1に開示されたLED照明装置のようにフレームの断面形状がコの字状であると、器具本体の凹部とフレームとで囲まれる空間領域が狭くなるので、この空間領域に機能部品又は電線等の各種部品を配置することが難しくなる。 However, when the cross-sectional shape of the frame is U-shaped, as in the LED lighting device disclosed in Patent Document 1, the spatial area enclosed by the recess of the fixture body and the frame becomes narrow, making it difficult to arrange various components such as functional parts or electrical wires in this spatial area.
 一方、器具本体の凹部とフレームとで囲まれる空間領域を広くしようとして、断面コの字状のフレームの一対の側板部の長さ(主板部からの突出量)を単に短くしてフレームを薄型化すると、フレームの強度が低下するおそれがある。特に、金属板をプレス加工することにより形成されたフレームでは、断面コの字状のフレームの一対の側板部の長さを短くすると、フレームの強度が大きく低下してしまう。 On the other hand, if an attempt is made to widen the spatial area enclosed by the recess in the device body and the frame by simply shortening the length (the amount of protrusion from the main plate) of a pair of side plates of a U-shaped cross section frame to make the frame thinner, there is a risk that the strength of the frame will decrease. In particular, in frames formed by pressing metal plate, shortening the length of a pair of side plates of a U-shaped cross section frame will significantly reduce the strength of the frame.
 フレームの強度が低下すると、LED照明装置を器具本体に取り付ける際の施工時にLED照明装置が変形したり、施工後にLED照明装置の自重や電線等で押されてLED照明装置がたわんだりする。このため、LED照明装置と器具本体の凹部の開口端縁との間に隙間が生じることがある。この結果、その隙間から電線がはみ出したり、その隙間に電線が挟まって線噛みが生じたりする。また、LED照明装置と器具本体との間に隙間が生じると、LED照明器具全体としての意匠性が低下する。 If the strength of the frame is reduced, the LED lighting device may deform when being attached to the fixture body, or may bend after installation due to the weight of the LED lighting device or pressure from electric wires, etc. This can result in a gap between the LED lighting device and the opening edge of the recess in the fixture body. This can result in the electric wires protruding from the gap or getting caught in the gap, causing wire jamming. Furthermore, if a gap occurs between the LED lighting device and the fixture body, the design of the LED lighting fixture as a whole is reduced.
 また、これまでのLED照明装置については、所定の方向に向けての光取り出し効率が高いとはいえなかった。例えば、LED照明装置は、天井に設置された器具本体に取り付けられて所定の方向である床側に向けて光を照射するが、LED照明装置から出射した光の一部が天井に向かって進行し、意図しない天井側への光束(上方光束)が存在していた。この結果、所定の方向である床方向(床側)への光束が低下する。 Also, LED lighting devices up to now have not been very efficient at extracting light in a specified direction. For example, LED lighting devices are attached to a fixture body installed on the ceiling and emit light in a specified direction toward the floor, but some of the light emitted from the LED lighting device travels toward the ceiling, resulting in an unintended luminous flux toward the ceiling (upward luminous flux). As a result, the luminous flux in the specified direction toward the floor (floor side) decreases.
 本発明は、このような課題に鑑みてなされたものであり、フレームの強度を確保しつつ所定の方向への光取り出し効率を高くすることができるLED照明装置及びLED照明器具を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention was made in consideration of these problems, and aims to provide an LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture that can increase the light extraction efficiency in a specified direction while ensuring the strength of the frame.
 上記目的を達成するために、本発明に係るLED照明装置の一態様は、造営材に設置された器具本体の凹部に取り付けられるLED照明装置であって、光源部と、前記光源部が取り付けられた主板部を有する長尺状のフレームと、前記光源部を覆う主部を有する長尺状のカバー部材と、を備え、前記フレームは、前記光源部の光出射側に向かって突出する突出部を有し、前記主板部、前記凹部の開口端縁、及び、前記突出部は、前記造営材から離れるにしたがってこの順で設けられている。 In order to achieve the above object, one aspect of the LED lighting device according to the present invention is an LED lighting device that is attached to a recess in a fixture body installed in a construction material, and includes a light source unit, an elongated frame having a main board to which the light source unit is attached, and an elongated cover member having a main part that covers the light source unit, the frame having a protrusion that protrudes toward the light emission side of the light source unit, and the main board unit, the opening edge of the recess, and the protrusion are arranged in this order as they move away from the construction material.
 また、本発明に係るLED照明器具の一態様は、上記のLED照明装置と、前記LED照明装置が取り付けられる凹部を有する器具本体と、を備える。 Another aspect of the LED lighting fixture of the present invention comprises the above-mentioned LED lighting device and a fixture body having a recess in which the LED lighting device can be attached.
 フレームの強度を確保しつつ、所定の方向への光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 It is possible to increase the light extraction efficiency in a specified direction while maintaining the strength of the frame.
図1は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の斜視図である。FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図2は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の分解斜視図である。FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment. 図3は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図4は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図5は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の部分断面図である。FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図6は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置をカバー部材側から見たときの斜視図である。FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment as viewed from the cover member side. 図7は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置を裏側から見たときの斜視図である。FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment as viewed from the back side. 図8は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の断面斜視図である。FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional perspective view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図9は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の分解斜視図である。FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment. 図10は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具において、LED照明装置を器具本体に取り付けるときの取付方法を説明するための図である。FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a method for attaching an LED lighting device to a fixture body in an LED lighting fixture according to an embodiment. 図11は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の製造方法において、カバー部材をフレームに取り付けるときの様子を説明するための図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a state in which the cover member is attached to the frame in the manufacturing method of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment. 図12は、他の実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の製造方法において、カバー部材をフレームに取り付けるときの様子を説明するための図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a state in which a cover member is attached to a frame in a manufacturing method for an LED illumination device according to another embodiment. 図13は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具において、フレームの位置がずれた状態を示す断面図である。FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the frame is misaligned in the LED lighting device according to the embodiment. 図14は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具において、光源部から出射した光の軌跡の一例を示す図である。FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of a trajectory of light emitted from a light source unit in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図15は、LED照明装置におけるフレームの突出部の形状とフレームの強度との関係を示す図である。FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the relationship between the shape of the protruding portion of the frame and the strength of the frame in an LED lighting device. 図16は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 16 is a diagram showing cross-sectional shapes of frames having different lengths in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図17は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置について、LED照明装置の長手方向の長さと、フレームの凹部の深さに対するフレームの側板部の長さとの関係を示す図である。FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the relationship between the length of the LED lighting device in the longitudinal direction and the length of the side plate portion of the frame relative to the depth of the recess in the frame, for an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図18は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置において、工事用電線の配置の第1例を示す図である。FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a first example of the arrangement of construction wires in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図19は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置において、工事用電線の配置の第2例を示す図である。FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a second example of the arrangement of the construction wires in the LED illumination device according to the embodiment. 図20は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置において、工事用電線の配置の第3例を示す図である。FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a third example of the arrangement of construction wires in an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図21は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の拡大図である。FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment. 図22は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具と比較例1~4のLED照明器具とを比較する図である。FIG. 22 is a diagram comparing the LED lighting device according to the embodiment with the LED lighting devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 4. 図23は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームの第1のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a first variation of a frame having a different length from that of the LED lighting device according to the embodiment. 図24は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームの第2のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the frame due to a difference in length of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment. 図25は、図24のフレームを用いた実施の形態に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to an embodiment using the frame of FIG. 図26は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームを用いたときのLED照明装置の第1のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a first variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used. 図27は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームを用いたときのLED照明装置の第2のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the LED illumination device according to the embodiment when frames having different lengths are used. 図28は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームを用いたときのLED照明装置の第3のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a third variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used. 図29は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置の長さ違いによるフレームを用いたときのLED照明装置の第4のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional shape of a fourth variation of an LED illumination device according to an embodiment when frames having different lengths are used. 図30は、変形例1に係るLED照明装置の断面図である。FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the first modification. 図31は、変形例2に係るLED照明装置の断面図である。FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the second modification. 図32は、変形例3に係るLED照明装置の断面図である。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the third modification. 図33は、変形例4に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fourth modification. 図34は、フレームとカバー部材との間の第1の隙間に設けられる突起のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 34 is a diagram showing variations of a protrusion provided in the first gap between the frame and the cover member. 図35は、変形例5に係るLED照明器具の部分拡大断面図である。FIG. 35 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fifth modification. 図36は、変形例6に係るLED照明器具の部分拡大断面図である。FIG. 36 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the sixth modification. 図37は、変形例7に係るLED照明器具の部分拡大断面図である。FIG. 37 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the seventh modification. 図38は、変形例8に係るLED照明器具の部分拡大断面図である。FIG. 38 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to Modification 8. As shown in FIG. 図39は、変形例9に係るLED照明器具の部分拡大断面図である。FIG. 39 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to Modification 9. As shown in FIG. 図40は、器具本体とカバー部材との間の隙間に設けられる突起のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 40 shows variations of the projection provided in the gap between the instrument body and the cover member. 図41は、変形例10に係るLED照明器具の部分拡大断面図である。FIG. 41 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the tenth modification. 図42は、変形例11に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the eleventh modification. 図43は、変形例12に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the twelfth modification. 図44は、カバー部材に設けられる突起のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 44 is a diagram showing variations of the protrusions provided on the cover member. 図45は、フレームに設けられる突起(リブ)のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 45 is a diagram showing variations of protrusions (ribs) provided on the frame. 図46は、フレームに設けられる突起(ダボ)のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 46 is a diagram showing variations of protrusions (dowels) provided on a frame. 図47は、変形例13に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the thirteenth modification. 図48は、変形例14に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fourteenth modification. 図49は、カバー部材の取付部とフレームの側板部との当接部分のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 49 is a diagram showing variations of the contact portion between the mounting portion of the cover member and the side plate portion of the frame. 図50は、変形例15に係るLED照明器具の断面図である。FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to the fifteenth modification. 図51は、カバー部材の延設部の先端部のバリエーションを示す図である。FIG. 51 is a diagram showing variations of the tip of the extension part of the cover member. 図52は、変形例16に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 52 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the sixteenth modification. 図53は、2種類のカバー部材の断面図である。FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view of two types of cover members. 図54は、図53(a)のカバー部材のバリエーションを示す断面図である。FIG. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing a variation of the cover member of FIG. 53(a). 図55は、図53(b)のカバー部材のバリエーションを示す断面図である。FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing a variation of the cover member of FIG. 53(b). 図56は、変形例17に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 56 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the seventeenth modification. 図57は、変形例18に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 57 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED lighting device according to Modification 18. As shown in FIG. 図58は、変形例19に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 58 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the nineteenth modification. 図59は、変形例20に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 59 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 20. As shown in FIG. 図60は、変形例21に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 60 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to the twenty-first modification. 図61は、変形例22に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 61 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 22. As shown in FIG. 図62は、変形例23に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 62 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 23. As shown in FIG. 図63は、変形例24に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 63 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 24. 図64は、変形例25に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 64 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 25. 図65は、変形例26に係るLED照明装置の半断面図である。FIG. 65 is a half cross-sectional view of an LED illumination device according to Modification 26. As shown in FIG. 図66は、LED照明装置に用いられるフレームの変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 66 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of a frame used in an LED lighting device. 図67は、器具本体の変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the instrument body. 図68は、器具本体の他の変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 68 is a cross-sectional view showing another modified example of the instrument main body. 図69は、フレームの第1変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 69 is a cross-sectional view showing a first modified example of the frame. 図70は、フレームの第2変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view showing a second modified example of the frame. 図71は、フレームの第3変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 71 is a cross-sectional view showing a third modified example of the frame. 図72は、フレームの第4変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 72 is a cross-sectional view showing a fourth modified example of the frame. 図73は、フレームの第5変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 73 is a cross-sectional view showing a fifth modified example of the frame. 図74は、フレームの第6変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 74 is a cross-sectional view showing a sixth modified example of the frame. 図75は、フレームの第7変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 75 is a cross-sectional view showing a seventh modified example of the frame. 図76は、フレームの第8変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 76 is a cross-sectional view showing an eighth modified example of the frame. 図77は、フレームの第9変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 77 is a cross-sectional view showing a ninth modified example of the frame. 図78は、フレームの第10変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 78 is a cross-sectional view showing a tenth modified example of the frame. 図79は、フレームの第11変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 79 is a cross-sectional view showing an eleventh modified example of the frame. 図80は、フレームの第12変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 80 is a cross-sectional view showing a twelfth modified example of the frame. 図81は、フレームの第13変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 81 is a cross-sectional view showing a thirteenth modified example of the frame. 図82は、フレームの第14変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 82 is a cross-sectional view showing a fourteenth modified example of the frame. 図83は、フレームの第15変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 83 is a cross-sectional view showing a fifteenth modified example of the frame. 図84は、種々の形状のフレームについて、フレームとカバー部材との隙間(第1の隙間G1、第2の隙間G2)とフレーム又はカバー部材に設けられる突起(リブ・ダボ)の位置とのバリエーションを説明するための図である。Figure 84 is a diagram illustrating variations in the gap between the frame and the cover member (first gap G1, second gap G2) and the positions of the protrusions (ribs/dowels) on the frame or cover member for frames of various shapes.
 以下、本発明の実施の形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。なお、以下に説明する実施の形態は、いずれも本発明の一具体例を示すものである。したがって、以下の実施の形態で示される、数値、構成要素、構成要素の配置位置及び接続形態、並びに、工程及び工程の順序等は、一例であって本発明を限定する主旨ではない。よって、以下の実施の形態における構成要素のうち、本発明の最上位概念を示す独立請求項に記載されていない構成要素については、任意の構成要素として説明される。 Below, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that each of the embodiments described below shows a specific example of the present invention. Therefore, the numerical values, components, the layout and connection of the components, as well as the steps and the order of steps shown in the following embodiments are merely examples and are not intended to limit the present invention. Therefore, among the components in the following embodiments, those components that are not described in the independent claims that show the highest concept of the present invention will be described as optional components.
 なお、各図は、模式図であり、必ずしも厳密に図示されたものではない。また、各図において、実質的に同一の構成に対しては同一の符号を付しており、重複する説明は省略又は簡略化する。また、各図において、X軸、Y軸及びZ軸は、三次元直交座標系の三軸を表しており、本実施の形態では、Z軸方向を鉛直方向とし、Z軸に垂直な方向(XY平面に平行な方向)を水平方向としている。X軸及びY軸は、互いに直交し、且つ、いずれもZ軸に直交する軸である。なお、本明細書において、「上」及び「下」という用語は、必ずしも、絶対的な空間認識における上方向(鉛直上方)及び下方向(鉛直下方)を指すものではない。また、本明細書において、「略」、「ほぼ」、「約」とは、製造誤差又は寸法公差を含むという意味である。一例として、「略」、「ほぼ」、「約」とは、±5%以内である。 Note that each figure is a schematic diagram and is not necessarily illustrated precisely. In addition, in each figure, the same reference numerals are used for substantially the same configuration, and duplicated explanations are omitted or simplified. In each figure, the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis represent the three axes of a three-dimensional orthogonal coordinate system, and in this embodiment, the Z-axis direction is the vertical direction, and the direction perpendicular to the Z-axis (parallel to the XY plane) is the horizontal direction. The X-axis and Y-axis are mutually orthogonal, and are both orthogonal to the Z-axis. Note that in this specification, the terms "upper" and "lower" do not necessarily refer to the upper direction (vertically upward) and the lower direction (vertically downward) in absolute spatial recognition. In this specification, "approximately", "nearly", and "about" mean to include manufacturing errors or dimensional tolerances. As an example, "approximately", "almost", and "about" are within ±5%.
 (実施の形態)
 まず、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1の構成について、図1~図5を用いて説明する。図1は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1の斜視図である。図2は、同LED照明器具1の分解斜視図である。図3及び図4は、同LED照明器具1の断面図であり、LED照明器具1の短手方向と平行な平面で切断したときの断面を示している。図3は、電源装置4が存在しない部分の断面を示しており、図4は、電源装置4が存在する部分の断面を示している。図5は、同LED照明器具1の部分断面図であり、LED照明器具1の長手方向と平行な平面で切断したときの断面を示している。具体的には、図5は、LED照明器具1の長手方向の両端部のうちの一方の端部周辺の断面を示している。
(Embodiment)
First, the configuration of an LED lighting device 1 according to an embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 1 to 5. Fig. 1 is a perspective view of an LED lighting device 1 according to an embodiment. Fig. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device 1. Figs. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views of the LED lighting device 1, showing a cross-section when cut along a plane parallel to the short side direction of the LED lighting device 1. Fig. 3 shows a cross-section of a portion where the power supply device 4 is not present, and Fig. 4 shows a cross-section of a portion where the power supply device 4 is present. Fig. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view of the LED lighting device 1, showing a cross-section when cut along a plane parallel to the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 1. Specifically, Fig. 5 shows a cross-section of the periphery of one end of both longitudinal ends of the LED lighting device 1.
 LED照明器具1は、図1~図5に示すように、器具本体2と、器具本体2に取り付けられたLED照明装置3とを備える。LED照明装置3は、LEDを光源とするLEDユニットであり、LED照明器具1は、LED照明装置3を光源とするLED照明である。 As shown in Figs. 1 to 5, the LED lighting fixture 1 comprises a fixture body 2 and an LED lighting device 3 attached to the fixture body 2. The LED lighting device 3 is an LED unit that uses an LED as a light source, and the LED lighting fixture 1 is an LED light that uses the LED lighting device 3 as a light source.
 LED照明器具1及びLED照明装置3は、長尺状である。LED照明器具1及びLED照明装置3の全長は、一例として、2フィート、4フィート又は8フィートである。本実施の形態におけるLED照明装置3の全長は4フィートである。なお、1フィート(=1[ft])は、304.8[mm]である。 The LED lighting fixture 1 and the LED lighting device 3 are long. The total length of the LED lighting fixture 1 and the LED lighting device 3 is, for example, 2 feet, 4 feet, or 8 feet. The total length of the LED lighting device 3 in this embodiment is 4 feet. Note that 1 foot (= 1 ft) is 304.8 mm.
 器具本体2とLED照明装置3とからなるLED照明器具1は、図3に示すように、LED照明器具1の長手方向から見たときの断面形状が全体としてD字状であり、器具本体2とLED照明装置3との境界が目立たないすっきりとしたデザインになっている。 As shown in Figure 3, the LED lighting fixture 1, which is made up of a fixture body 2 and an LED lighting device 3, has an overall D-shaped cross section when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting fixture 1, resulting in a clean design in which the boundary between the fixture body 2 and the LED lighting device 3 is inconspicuous.
 器具本体2は、LED照明装置3を保持している。器具本体2は、建物における所定の箇所に設置される。具体的には、LED照明器具1は、施設、ビル、店舗又は住宅等の建物の部屋における天井又は壁等の所定の造営材に設置される。本実施の形態において、LED照明器具1は、建物の天井に設置されるシーリングライトである。一例として、LED照明器具1は、天井直付け型のLED照明であり、器具本体2は、天井の天井面に設置される。この場合、天井に設置されたLED照明器具1は、床方向(床側)を所定の方向として床側に向けて照明光を照射する。照明光は、LED照明器具1におけるLED照明装置3から照射される。 The fixture body 2 holds the LED lighting device 3. The fixture body 2 is installed in a predetermined location in a building. Specifically, the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed in a predetermined construction material such as a ceiling or wall in a room of a building such as a facility, building, store, or house. In this embodiment, the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling light installed on the ceiling of a building. As an example, the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling-mounted LED light, and the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling surface of the ceiling. In this case, the LED lighting fixture 1 installed on the ceiling irradiates illumination light toward the floor side, with the floor direction (floor side) being the predetermined direction. The illumination light is irradiated from the LED lighting device 3 in the LED lighting fixture 1.
 LED照明器具1を天井に設置する場合、LED照明器具1の器具本体2は、ボルト等を用いて天井に取り付けられる。例えば、図2に示すように、器具本体2に設けられたボルト挿通孔2dに、天井から突出するボルト101を挿通し、ボルト101に座金及びナットを取り付けて器具本体2をボルトに固定する。なお、施工現場によってはダブルナットによって器具本体2が取り付けられる場合もある。器具本体2には、ボルトの出代(器具本体2へのボルト引き込み代)が必要となり、その周辺には、LED照明装置3を構成する部品が干渉しないようになっていることが望ましい。 When installing the LED lighting fixture 1 on the ceiling, the fixture body 2 of the LED lighting fixture 1 is attached to the ceiling using a bolt or the like. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, a bolt 101 protruding from the ceiling is inserted into a bolt insertion hole 2d provided in the fixture body 2, and a washer and nut are attached to the bolt 101 to secure the fixture body 2 to the bolt. Note that, depending on the construction site, the fixture body 2 may be attached using a double nut. The fixture body 2 requires a bolt projection (amount for retracting the bolt into the fixture body 2), and it is desirable that the surrounding area be designed so that the components that make up the LED lighting device 3 do not interfere with it.
 また、LED照明装置3のフレーム20の背面側に設けられた部品(電源装置4、調光用端子台9、機能付きユニット等)は、フレーム20から出っ張っているので、器具本体2に設けられた、ボルト挿通孔2d、配線挿通孔2e(天井から引き出された電源線や調光信号線等の配線102が挿通される孔)及び端子台と干渉しないように、ボルト挿通孔2d、配線挿通孔2e及び端子台と重ならないように配置されているとよい。特に、凹部2aの深さが浅い器具本体2では、フレーム20の背面側に設けられた部品は、ボルト挿通孔、配線挿通孔及び端子台と重ならないように配置するとよい。なお、蛍光ランプを備えた既存の照明器具に用いられる凹部の深さが深い器具本体(リニューアル用器具本体等)であっても、フレーム20の背面側に設けられた部品は、ボルト挿通孔、配線挿通孔及び端子台と重ならないように配置するとよい。なお、配線挿通孔2e(特に電源線が挿通される孔)と端子台との間にも電源線(VVFケーブル)が2本(入力用・送り用)配置される可能性があるため、フレーム20の背面側に設けられた部品(電源線等の配線)は、配線挿通孔と端子台との間の領域にも重ならないように配置することが望ましい。 The components (power supply 4, dimming terminal block 9, functional unit, etc.) provided on the rear side of the frame 20 of the LED lighting device 3 protrude from the frame 20, so they should be arranged so as not to overlap the bolt insertion hole 2d, the wiring insertion hole 2e (holes through which wiring 102 such as the power line and dimming signal line drawn from the ceiling is inserted) and the terminal block provided in the fixture body 2, and not to interfere with them. In particular, in a fixture body 2 with a shallow recess 2a, the components provided on the rear side of the frame 20 should be arranged so as not to overlap the bolt insertion hole, the wiring insertion hole and the terminal block. Even in a fixture body (such as a renewal fixture body) with a deep recess used in an existing lighting fixture equipped with a fluorescent lamp, the components provided on the rear side of the frame 20 should be arranged so as not to overlap the bolt insertion hole, the wiring insertion hole and the terminal block. In addition, since there is a possibility that two power lines (VVF cables) (one for input and one for transmission) will be placed between the wiring insertion hole 2e (particularly the hole through which the power line is inserted) and the terminal block, it is desirable to arrange the components (wiring such as the power line) on the back side of the frame 20 so that they do not overlap the area between the wiring insertion hole and the terminal block.
 器具本体2は、金属製であり、金属板に曲げ加工等を施すことにより、Y軸方向に長尺且つ扁平な箱形状に形成されている。具体的には、器具本体2は、天井に設置された場合、Y軸方向から見たときに逆富士形状となるように形成されている。 The fixture body 2 is made of metal, and is formed into a long, flat box shape in the Y-axis direction by bending a metal plate. Specifically, when the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling, it is formed so that it has an inverted Fuji shape when viewed from the Y-axis direction.
 図2に示すように、器具本体2には、矩形状の開口面を有する凹部2aが設けられている。凹部2aは、器具本体2の長手方向に沿って長尺状に設けられている。つまり、凹部2aの上面視形状(開口面の形状)は、Y軸方向を長手方向とする矩形状である。 As shown in FIG. 2, the device body 2 is provided with a recess 2a having a rectangular opening surface. The recess 2a is provided in an elongated shape along the longitudinal direction of the device body 2. In other words, the shape of the recess 2a when viewed from above (the shape of the opening surface) is a rectangle with the Y-axis direction as the longitudinal direction.
 図2及び図3に示すように、器具本体2は、開口端縁2a1を有する。開口端縁2a1(第1開口端縁)は、器具本体2の短手方向(X軸方向)におけるサイド部となる器具本体サイドである。開口端縁2a1(器具本体サイド)は、器具本体2の短手方向(X軸方向)における凹部2aの開口面の縁を構成している。つまり、開口端縁2a1における凹部2a側の外縁は、凹部2aの開口面の縁である。本実施の形態において、開口端縁2a1は、表面が平面をなす平面部であり、凹部2aの開口縁面を構成している。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the instrument body 2 has an opening edge 2a1. The opening edge 2a1 (first opening edge) is the instrument body side that is the side portion in the short side direction (X-axis direction) of the instrument body 2. The opening edge 2a1 (instrument body side) forms the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a in the short side direction (X-axis direction) of the instrument body 2. In other words, the outer edge of the opening edge 2a1 on the recess 2a side is the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a. In this embodiment, the opening edge 2a1 is a planar portion whose surface is flat, and forms the opening edge surface of the recess 2a.
 開口端縁2a1は、器具本体2を構成する金属板の一部であり、平板状である。一例として、開口端縁2a1の上面視形状は、Y軸方向を長手方向とする細長い矩形状である。この場合、開口端縁2a1の長辺は、Y軸方向を長手方向とする凹部2aの矩形状の開口面の長辺である。 The opening edge 2a1 is a part of the metal plate that constitutes the device body 2, and is flat. As an example, the shape of the opening edge 2a1 when viewed from above is a long and narrow rectangle whose longitudinal direction is in the Y-axis direction. In this case, the long side of the opening edge 2a1 is the long side of the rectangular opening surface of the recess 2a whose longitudinal direction is in the Y-axis direction.
 開口端縁2a1は、器具本体2の短手方向(X軸方向)の両端部の各々に形成されている。つまり、開口端縁2a1は、凹部2aの開口面における短手方向(幅方向)の両側に形成されている。したがって、X軸方向において、一対の開口端縁2a1が凹部2aの開口面を挟んでいる。 The opening edges 2a1 are formed on both ends of the device body 2 in the short side direction (X-axis direction). In other words, the opening edges 2a1 are formed on both sides of the opening surface of the recess 2a in the short side direction (width direction). Therefore, in the X-axis direction, the pair of opening edges 2a1 sandwich the opening surface of the recess 2a.
 また、図1及び図2に示すように、器具本体2は、開口端縁2a1だけではなく、開口端縁2a2(第2開口端縁)を有する。開口端縁2a2は、器具本体2の長手方向(Y軸方向)におけるエンド部となる器具本体エンドである。開口端縁2a2は、器具本体2の長手方向(Y軸方向)における凹部2aの開口面の縁を構成している。つまり、開口端縁2a2における凹部2a側の端縁は、凹部2aの開口面の縁である。本実施の形態において、開口端縁2a2は、表面が平面をなす平面部であり、凹部2aの開口縁面を構成している。 As shown in Figs. 1 and 2, the instrument body 2 has not only the opening edge 2a1 but also the opening edge 2a2 (second opening edge). The opening edge 2a2 is an instrument body end that is the end portion in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the instrument body 2. The opening edge 2a2 constitutes the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the instrument body 2. In other words, the edge of the opening edge 2a2 on the recess 2a side is the edge of the opening surface of the recess 2a. In this embodiment, the opening edge 2a2 is a planar portion whose surface is a flat surface, and constitutes the opening edge surface of the recess 2a.
 開口端縁2a2は、開口端縁2a1と同様に、器具本体2を構成する金属板の一部であり、平板状である。一例として、開口端縁2a2の上面視形状は、X軸方向を長手方向とする矩形状である。この場合、開口端縁2a2の長辺は、Y軸方向を長手方向とする凹部2aの矩形状の開口面の短辺である。 Like opening edge 2a1, opening edge 2a2 is part of the metal plate that constitutes device body 2 and is flat. As an example, the shape of opening edge 2a2 when viewed from above is rectangular with its longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction. In this case, the long side of opening edge 2a2 is the short side of the rectangular opening surface of recess 2a with its longitudinal direction in the Y-axis direction.
 開口端縁2a2は、器具本体2の長手方向(Y軸方向)の両端部の各々に形成されている。つまり、開口端縁2a2は、凹部2aの開口面における長手方向の両側に形成されている。したがって、Y軸方向において、一対の開口端縁2a2が凹部2aの開口面を挟んでいる。 The opening edges 2a2 are formed on both ends of the device body 2 in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction). In other words, the opening edges 2a2 are formed on both longitudinal sides of the opening surface of the recess 2a. Therefore, in the Y-axis direction, the pair of opening edges 2a2 sandwich the opening surface of the recess 2a.
 本実施の形態において、器具本体サイドの開口端縁2a1は、器具本体エンドの開口端縁2a2のX軸方向の端部に重なっている。したがって、開口端縁2a2の表面は、開口端縁2a1の表面よりも開口端縁2a1の厚み分だけ凹部2aの底側に後退している。つまり、開口端縁2a2は、開口端縁2a1よりも開口端縁2a1の板厚分だけ落ち込んでいる。これにより、開口端縁2a1と開口端縁2a2との境界部には、板厚分の段差が形成されている。なお、開口端縁2a1の幅は、開口端縁2a2の幅よりも狭くなっているが、これに限らない。 In this embodiment, the opening edge 2a1 on the side of the device body overlaps with the end of the opening edge 2a2 on the end of the device body in the X-axis direction. Therefore, the surface of the opening edge 2a2 is set back toward the bottom of the recess 2a from the surface of the opening edge 2a1 by the thickness of the opening edge 2a1. In other words, the opening edge 2a2 is recessed from the opening edge 2a1 by the plate thickness of the opening edge 2a1. As a result, a step is formed at the boundary between the opening edges 2a1 and 2a2, the step being equal to the plate thickness. The width of the opening edge 2a1 is narrower than the width of the opening edge 2a2, but this is not limited to this.
 一対の開口端縁2a1と一対の開口端縁2a2とは、上面視形状が矩形の額縁状に形成された平面部を構成している。一対の開口端縁2a1と一対の開口端縁2a2とで囲まれた領域が凹部2aの矩形の開口面になっている。 The pair of opening edges 2a1 and the pair of opening edges 2a2 form a planar portion that is shaped like a rectangular frame when viewed from above. The area surrounded by the pair of opening edges 2a1 and the pair of opening edges 2a2 forms the rectangular opening surface of the recess 2a.
 また、器具本体2は、器具本体2のX軸方向(幅方向)における凹部2aの両側の各々に傾斜面部2bを有する。各傾斜面部2bは、開口端縁2a1(器具本体サイド)から延出しており且つ外側に行くほど天井側に傾斜する傾斜面を有する。この傾斜面は、反射面として機能してもよい。 The fixture body 2 also has an inclined surface portion 2b on each side of the recess 2a in the X-axis direction (width direction) of the fixture body 2. Each inclined surface portion 2b extends from the opening edge 2a1 (the fixture body side) and has an inclined surface that slopes toward the ceiling as it goes outward. This inclined surface may function as a reflective surface.
 器具本体2の凹部2aは、LED照明装置3が取り付けられる部位である。具体的には、凹部2aは、LED照明装置3が収納される収納部であり、開口端縁2a2(器具本体エンド)を除いて、器具本体2の略全長に亘って設けられている。図3に示すように、本実施の形態において、凹部2aは、断面形状が略コ字状であり、対向する一対の側面部と底面部とを有する。一対の側面部は、底面部に立設する一対の側壁である。図2に示すように、凹部2aの一対の側面部のうちの一方の側面には、2つのスリット2cが設けられている。 The recess 2a of the fixture body 2 is a portion where the LED lighting device 3 is attached. Specifically, the recess 2a is a storage portion where the LED lighting device 3 is stored, and is provided over substantially the entire length of the fixture body 2, excluding the opening edge 2a2 (fixture body end). As shown in FIG. 3, in this embodiment, the recess 2a has a substantially U-shaped cross section and has a pair of opposing side portions and a bottom portion. The pair of side portions are a pair of side walls erected on the bottom portion. As shown in FIG. 2, two slits 2c are provided on one of the pair of side portions of the recess 2a.
 LED照明装置3は、器具本体2の凹部2aに嵌め込まれている。具体的には、LED照明装置3は、器具本体2の凹部2aを塞ぐように器具本体2に取り付けられている。本実施の形態において、LED照明装置3は、器具本体2の凹部2aに着脱自在に取り付けられている。したがって、LED照明装置3を器具本体2の凹部2aに取り付けたり、器具本体2の凹部2aに取り付けられたLED照明装置3を凹部2aから取り外したりすることができる。 The LED lighting device 3 is fitted into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. Specifically, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 so as to cover the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the LED lighting device 3 is detachably attached to the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. Therefore, the LED lighting device 3 can be attached to the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and the LED lighting device 3 attached to the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 can be removed from the recess 2a.
 詳細は後述するが、LED照明装置3と器具本体2とは、LED照明装置3に設けられた引っ掛け金具5及び弾性保持部材6(本実施の形態ではキックバネ)を器具本体2に引っ掛けて係止させることで固定することができる。引っ掛け金具5は、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けるための金具である。本実施の形態において、引っ掛け金具5は、スライド金具である。 Although details will be described later, the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 can be fixed by hooking and engaging a hook fitting 5 and an elastic retaining member 6 (a kick spring in this embodiment) provided on the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2. The hook fitting 5 is a fitting for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the hook fitting 5 is a slide fitting.
 なお、LED照明装置3と器具本体2とを取り付けるための手段は、引っ掛け金具5とキックバネによる弾性保持部材6とを用いるものに限らない。例えば、LED照明装置3と器具本体2とは、シングルトーションバネ、ダブルトーションバネ又は板バネ等の他のバネ部材によって取り付けてもよいし、ネジ又はラッチ等のバネ部材以外の取付部材によって取り付けてもよい。また、キックバネ等のバネ部材及びそのバネ部材を受けるバネ受け金具は、器具本体2及びLED照明装置3のいずれに設けられていてもよい。つまり、バネ部材を器具本体2に設け且つバネ受け金具をLED照明装置3に設けてもよいし、バネ部材をLED照明装置3に設け且つバネ受け金具を器具本体2に設けてもよい。 The means for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 is not limited to the use of the hook fitting 5 and the elastic retaining member 6 made of a kick spring. For example, the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 may be attached using other spring members such as a single torsion spring, double torsion spring, or leaf spring, or may be attached using attachment members other than spring members such as screws or latches. Also, the spring member such as the kick spring and the spring receiving fitting that receives the spring member may be provided on either the fixture body 2 or the LED lighting device 3. In other words, the spring member may be provided on the fixture body 2 and the spring receiving fitting on the LED lighting device 3, or the spring member may be provided on the LED lighting device 3 and the spring receiving fitting on the fixture body 2.
 図4に示すように、LED照明装置3は、器具本体2に収納された電源装置4から供給される電力によって発光する。電源装置4は、LED照明装置3の光源部10に電力を供給するための装置である。 As shown in FIG. 4, the LED lighting device 3 emits light using power supplied from a power supply device 4 housed in the fixture body 2. The power supply device 4 is a device for supplying power to the light source unit 10 of the LED lighting device 3.
 電源装置4は、LED照明装置3の背面側に配置されている。具体的には、電源装置4は、器具本体2の凹部2aに配置される。つまり、電源装置4は、器具本体2の凹部2aに収納されている。本実施の形態において、電源装置4は、LED照明装置3の一部としてLED照明装置3に取り付けられており、LED照明装置3と一体になっている。なお、電源装置4は、LED照明装置3と一体ではなく、LED照明装置3と分離して器具本体2に配置されていてもよい。例えば、電源装置4は、器具本体2に固定されていてもよい。 The power supply device 4 is disposed on the rear side of the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the power supply device 4 is disposed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. That is, the power supply device 4 is housed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the power supply device 4 is attached to the LED lighting device 3 as a part of the LED lighting device 3 and is integrated with the LED lighting device 3. Note that the power supply device 4 may not be integrated with the LED lighting device 3, but may be disposed in the fixture body 2 separately from the LED lighting device 3. For example, the power supply device 4 may be fixed to the fixture body 2.
 電源装置4は、LED照明装置3を発光させるための電力を生成する電源回路によって構成されている。具体的には、電源装置4は、プリント配線基板等の回路基板4aと、回路基板4aに実装された複数の電子部品4bとを有する。本実施の形態において、電源装置4は、さらに、複数の電子部品4bが実装された回路基板4aを収納する回路ケース4cを有する。回路ケース4cは、電子部品4bが実装された回路基板4aを覆うカバーである。回路ケース4cは、一例として、金属板によって構成された金属製の筐体である。なお、回路ケース4cは、樹脂製の筐体であってもよい。電源装置4を構成する電源回路は、例えば、商用電源等の外部電源からの交流電力を、整流、平滑及び降圧等して所定レベルの直流電力に変換し、当該直流電力をLED照明装置3のLEDに供給する。 The power supply device 4 is configured with a power supply circuit that generates power for emitting light from the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the power supply device 4 has a circuit board 4a such as a printed wiring board, and a plurality of electronic components 4b mounted on the circuit board 4a. In this embodiment, the power supply device 4 further has a circuit case 4c that houses the circuit board 4a on which the plurality of electronic components 4b are mounted. The circuit case 4c is a cover that covers the circuit board 4a on which the electronic components 4b are mounted. As an example, the circuit case 4c is a metal housing made of a metal plate. The circuit case 4c may also be a resin housing. The power supply circuit that constitutes the power supply device 4 converts AC power from an external power source such as a commercial power source into DC power of a predetermined level by rectifying, smoothing, and reducing the voltage, and supplies the DC power to the LEDs of the LED lighting device 3.
 電源装置4には、天井裏から器具本体2の貫通孔(配線挿通孔)に挿通されて器具本体2の凹部2a内に引き出された電源線(VVFケーブル等)が接続された電源端子台8(図2参照)を介して交流電力が供給される。VVFケーブル等の電源線は、工事用電線であり、電線の一例である。電源端子台8は、器具本体2の凹部2aに設置されている。 AC power is supplied to the power supply unit 4 via a power terminal block 8 (see FIG. 2) to which a power line (such as a VVF cable) is connected, which is inserted from the ceiling into a through hole (wiring insertion hole) in the fixture body 2 and drawn into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. A power line such as a VVF cable is an example of an electric wire, which is a construction electric wire. The power terminal block 8 is installed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
 また、電源線を介して電源端子台8と電源装置4とを接続する場合、一端が電源端子台8に接続された電源線の他端に設けられたコネクタを電源装置4の差し込み口に差し込んでもよいし、一端が電源端子台8に接続された電源線の他端に設けられたコネクタと一端が電源装置4に接続された電源線の他端に設けられたコネクタ同士を接続してもよいし、一端が電源装置4に接続された電源線の他端に設けられたコネクタを電源端子台8の差し込み口に差し込んでもよいし、LED照明装置3に設けられた電源端子台8と電源装置4とを電源線で接続しておいて天井からのVVFケーブルを電源端子台8に結線してもよいし、電源装置4から引き出された口出し線と天井からのVVFケーブルとを直結してもよい。 Also, when connecting the power terminal block 8 and the power supply 4 via a power line, a connector provided at one end of the power line connected to the power terminal block 8 may be inserted into the socket of the power supply 4, or a connector provided at the other end of the power line connected to the power terminal block 8 and a connector provided at the other end of the power line connected to the power supply 4 may be connected to each other, or a connector provided at the other end of the power line connected to the power supply 4 may be inserted into the socket of the power terminal block 8, or the power terminal block 8 provided on the LED lighting device 3 and the power supply 4 may be connected with a power line and the VVF cable from the ceiling may be connected to the power terminal block 8, or the lead wire drawn from the power supply 4 may be directly connected to the VVF cable from the ceiling.
 次に、図1~図5を参照しつつ、図6~図9を用いて、LED照明装置3の詳細な構造について説明する。図6は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3をカバー部材30側から見たときの斜視図であり、図7は、同LED照明装置3を裏側から見たときの斜視図である。図8は、同LED照明装置3の断面斜視図である。図9は、同LED照明装置3の分解斜視図である。 Next, the detailed structure of the LED lighting device 3 will be described using Figs. 6 to 9 while referring to Figs. 1 to 5. Fig. 6 is a perspective view of the LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment as seen from the cover member 30 side, and Fig. 7 is a perspective view of the LED lighting device 3 as seen from the back side. Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the LED lighting device 3. Fig. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the LED lighting device 3.
 図2、図6及び図7に示すように、LED照明装置3は、ライトバーと呼ばれる長尺状のライン光源である。LED照明装置3は、照明光として、例えば白色光等の所定の色の光を発光する。 As shown in Figures 2, 6, and 7, the LED lighting device 3 is a long, linear light source called a light bar. The LED lighting device 3 emits light of a predetermined color, such as white light, as illumination light.
 図3、図8及び図9に示すように、LED照明装置3は、光源部10と、光源部10が配置されるフレーム20と、光源部10を覆うカバー部材30と、エンドキャップ40とを備える。 As shown in Figures 3, 8, and 9, the LED lighting device 3 includes a light source unit 10, a frame 20 in which the light source unit 10 is disposed, a cover member 30 that covers the light source unit 10, and an end cap 40.
 本実施の形態において、LED照明装置3は、電源装置4も備えている。つまり、電源装置4は、LED照明装置3に設けられている。具体的には、電源装置4は、フレーム20の天井側の面に取り付けられている。例えば、図4に示すように、電源装置4は、ネジ50によって回路ケース4cの一部をフレーム20の主板部21にネジ止めすることでフレーム20に固定されている。具体的には、回路ケース4cは、開口部を有する筐体であり、底板と底板に立設する側板とによって構成されている。回路ケース4cは、回路ケース4cの開口部がフレーム20側に位置するように配置されている。つまり、回路ケース4cのフレーム20側の部分は、開放されている。 In this embodiment, the LED lighting device 3 also includes a power supply device 4. That is, the power supply device 4 is provided in the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the power supply device 4 is attached to the ceiling side surface of the frame 20. For example, as shown in FIG. 4, the power supply device 4 is fixed to the frame 20 by screwing a part of the circuit case 4c to the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 with screws 50. Specifically, the circuit case 4c is a housing having an opening, and is composed of a bottom plate and a side plate erected on the bottom plate. The circuit case 4c is arranged so that the opening of the circuit case 4c is located on the frame 20 side. That is, the part of the circuit case 4c on the frame 20 side is open.
 以下、LED照明装置3を構成する各部材について詳細に説明する。 The components that make up the LED lighting device 3 are described in detail below.
 光源部10は、照明光を発する発光部である。本実施の形態において、光源部10は、長尺状である。この場合、長尺状の光源部10は、フレーム20の長手方向(Y軸方向)の全長と略同等の長さの1つの光源部であってもよいし、フレーム20の長手方向に沿って複数個並べられていてもよい。図9に示すように、本実施の形態において、光源部10は、フレーム20の長手方向に沿って2つ並べられている。 The light source unit 10 is a light-emitting unit that emits illumination light. In this embodiment, the light source unit 10 is elongated. In this case, the elongated light source unit 10 may be a single light source unit with a length approximately equal to the overall length of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction), or multiple light source units 10 may be arranged along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20. As shown in FIG. 9, in this embodiment, two light source units 10 are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20.
 光源部10は、LEDを用いたLEDモジュールであり、図8及び図9に示すように、基板11と、基板11に配置されたLED12とを備える。 The light source unit 10 is an LED module that uses LEDs, and includes a substrate 11 and an LED 12 arranged on the substrate 11, as shown in Figures 8 and 9.
 基板11は、LED12を実装するための実装基板である。本実施の形態において、基板11は、フレーム20の長手方向(Y軸方向)に長尺状をなす略矩形状に形成されている。基板11の厚みは、例えば1.0mmである。図9に示すように、本実施の形態において、基板11は、フレーム20の長手方向に沿って2枚並べられている。 The substrate 11 is a mounting substrate for mounting the LEDs 12. In this embodiment, the substrate 11 is formed in a generally rectangular shape that is elongated in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the frame 20. The thickness of the substrate 11 is, for example, 1.0 mm. As shown in FIG. 9, in this embodiment, two substrates 11 are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20.
 基板11は、例えば金属配線が所定のパターンで形成されたプリント配線基板(プリント基板)である。なお、基板11の表面には、配線を保護するとともに絶縁耐圧を確保するために、配線を覆うように絶縁性樹脂材料からなるレジストが形成されていてもよい。基板11は、LED12が実装される主面のみに配線が形成された片面配線基板であってもよいし、両面に配線が形成された両面配線基板であってもよい。 The substrate 11 is, for example, a printed wiring board (printed circuit board) on which metal wiring is formed in a predetermined pattern. A resist made of an insulating resin material may be formed on the surface of the substrate 11 so as to cover the wiring in order to protect the wiring and ensure a dielectric strength voltage. The substrate 11 may be a single-sided wiring board in which wiring is formed only on the main surface on which the LEDs 12 are mounted, or a double-sided wiring board in which wiring is formed on both sides.
 基板11を構成する基材としては、絶縁性樹脂材料からなる樹脂基板、アルミナ等のセラミック材料の焼結体からなるセラミック基板、アルミニウム又は銅等の金属材料からなる金属基材の表面に絶縁被膜を施すことで得られるメタルベース基板等が用いられる。 The base material constituting the substrate 11 may be a resin substrate made of an insulating resin material, a ceramic substrate made of a sintered body of a ceramic material such as alumina, or a metal-based substrate obtained by applying an insulating coating to the surface of a metal substrate made of a metal material such as aluminum or copper.
 基板11が樹脂基板によって構成されている場合、樹脂基板としては、例えば、ガラス繊維とエポキシ樹脂とからなるガラスエポキシ基板(CEM-3、FR-4等)、クラフト紙等とフェノール樹脂とによって構成された紙フェノール基材(FR-1、FR-2)、紙とエポキシ樹脂とによって構成された紙エポキシ基材(FR-3)、又は、ポリイミド等からなるポリイミド基板等を用いることができる。また、基板11は、リジッド基板であってもよいし、フィルム状のフレキシブル基板であってもよい。 When the substrate 11 is made of a resin substrate, examples of the resin substrate that can be used include a glass epoxy substrate (CEM-3, FR-4, etc.) made of glass fiber and epoxy resin, a paper phenol substrate (FR-1, FR-2) made of craft paper or the like and phenol resin, a paper epoxy substrate (FR-3) made of paper and epoxy resin, or a polyimide substrate made of polyimide or the like. The substrate 11 may be a rigid substrate or a film-like flexible substrate.
 基板11に形成された金属配線は、電源装置4と電気的に接続されている。この場合、基板11に形成された電極又はコネクタ端子と電源装置4とは、リード線等の電線によって接続されている。基板11と電源装置4とを接続する電線は、例えば、フレーム20に設けられた貫通孔に挿通されている。 The metal wiring formed on the substrate 11 is electrically connected to the power supply 4. In this case, the electrodes or connector terminals formed on the substrate 11 and the power supply 4 are connected by electric wires such as lead wires. The electric wires connecting the substrate 11 and the power supply 4 are, for example, inserted into through holes provided in the frame 20.
 基板11は、フレーム20に配置される。基板11は、LED12が実装される面である第1面と、第1面に背向する第2面とを有する。基板11の第1面は、カバー部材30側の面であり、基板11の第2面は、フレーム20側の面である。本実施の形態において、基板11の第2面は、フレーム20に接触している。 The substrate 11 is disposed on the frame 20. The substrate 11 has a first surface on which the LEDs 12 are mounted, and a second surface facing away from the first surface. The first surface of the substrate 11 is the surface facing the cover member 30, and the second surface of the substrate 11 is the surface facing the frame 20. In this embodiment, the second surface of the substrate 11 is in contact with the frame 20.
 図8及び図9に示すように、基板11には、LED12が配置されている。具体的には、基板11の第1面に複数のLED12が配置されている。本実施の形態において、複数のLED12は、基板11の長手方向(Y軸方向)に沿って直線状に一列に且つ所定の間隔をおいて実装されている。具体的には、複数のLED12は、基板11の長手方向の略全長にわたって実装されている。したがって、複数のLED12は、フレーム20及びカバー部材30の長手方向に沿って実装されている。なお、複数のLED12は、基板11の長手方向に沿って、一列ではなく、複数列で実装されていてもよい。複数のLED12は、電源装置4と基板11とを接続する電線を介して電源装置4から供給される直流電流によって発光する。 As shown in Figures 8 and 9, LEDs 12 are arranged on the board 11. Specifically, a plurality of LEDs 12 are arranged on the first surface of the board 11. In this embodiment, the plurality of LEDs 12 are mounted in a linear row along the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the board 11 at predetermined intervals. Specifically, the plurality of LEDs 12 are mounted over substantially the entire longitudinal length of the board 11. Thus, the plurality of LEDs 12 are mounted along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20 and the cover member 30. Note that the plurality of LEDs 12 may be mounted in multiple rows, rather than in a single row, along the longitudinal direction of the board 11. The plurality of LEDs 12 emit light when a direct current is supplied from the power supply 4 via an electric wire connecting the power supply 4 and the board 11.
 LED12は、発光素子の一例である。本実施の形態において、複数のLED12の各々は、個々にパッケージ化されたSMD構造のLED素子(LED光源)である。したがって、光源部10は、SMDタイプのLEDモジュールである。 The LED 12 is an example of a light-emitting element. In this embodiment, each of the multiple LEDs 12 is an individually packaged LED element (LED light source) with an SMD structure. Therefore, the light source unit 10 is an SMD type LED module.
 SMDタイプのLED12は、樹脂製又はセラミック製の白色の容器(パッケージ)と、容器内に配置されたLEDチップ(ベアチップ)と、LEDチップを封止する封止部材とを備える。本実施の形態において、LED12は、白色光を放出する白色LED素子である。この場合、例えば、LEDチップとしては、通電されると青色光を発する青色LEDチップが用いられ、容器に充填される封止部材としては、YAG等の黄色蛍光体等が含有されたシリコーン樹脂(蛍光体含有樹脂)が用いられる。 The SMD type LED 12 comprises a white resin or ceramic container (package), an LED chip (bare chip) placed inside the container, and a sealing material that seals the LED chip. In this embodiment, the LED 12 is a white LED element that emits white light. In this case, for example, a blue LED chip that emits blue light when powered is used as the LED chip, and a silicone resin (phosphor-containing resin) that contains a yellow phosphor such as YAG is used as the sealing material filled into the container.
 このように構成される光源部10は、フレーム20に配置される。具体的には、光源部10の基板11がフレーム20に配置される。 The light source unit 10 configured in this manner is placed in a frame 20. Specifically, the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 is placed in the frame 20.
 フレーム20は、光源部10が取り付けられる長尺状の取付部材(ベース部材)である。具体的には、フレーム20には、光源部10の基板11が取り付けられる。 The frame 20 is a long mounting member (base member) to which the light source unit 10 is attached. Specifically, the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 is attached to the frame 20.
 フレーム20は、光源部10及び器具本体2と同様に、Y軸方向に長尺状に形成されている。光源部10は、フレーム20に支持されている。つまり、フレーム20は、光源部10を支持する支持部材である。本実施の形態において、フレーム20は、光源部10を支持するだけではなく、カバー部材30も支持している。具体的には、LED12が配置された基板11をフレーム20に載置して基板11をフレーム20に固定することで、LED12が配置された基板11がフレーム20に支持される。 The frame 20, like the light source unit 10 and the fixture body 2, is formed in an elongated shape in the Y-axis direction. The light source unit 10 is supported by the frame 20. In other words, the frame 20 is a support member that supports the light source unit 10. In this embodiment, the frame 20 not only supports the light source unit 10, but also supports the cover member 30. Specifically, the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are arranged is placed on the frame 20 and the board 11 is fixed to the frame 20, so that the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are arranged is supported by the frame 20.
 フレーム20は、板状である。本実施の形態において、フレーム20は、金属製であり、金属板によって構成されている。フレーム20は、例えば、SPCC(Steel Plate Cold Commercial;冷間圧延鋼板)製の1枚の板金(金属板)にロール成形加工及び/又はプレス加工等を施すことにより所定の形状に形成されている。フレーム20を構成する金属板の厚みは、一例として、0.2mm~2mmである。本実施の形態において、フレーム20は、板金加工により形成されているので、フレーム20を構成する金属板の厚みは、1mm以下であるとよい。具体的には、フレーム20を構成する金属板の厚みは、0.5mmとした。なお、フレーム20の作製方法は、ロール成形加工及びプレス加工に限るものではなく、アルミニウムの押出成型等であってもよい。 The frame 20 is plate-shaped. In this embodiment, the frame 20 is made of metal and is composed of a metal plate. The frame 20 is formed into a predetermined shape by performing roll forming and/or press working on a single sheet of metal (metal plate) made of, for example, SPCC (Steel Plate Cold Commercial). The thickness of the metal plate constituting the frame 20 is, for example, 0.2 mm to 2 mm. In this embodiment, since the frame 20 is formed by sheet metal working, the thickness of the metal plate constituting the frame 20 is preferably 1 mm or less. Specifically, the thickness of the metal plate constituting the frame 20 is set to 0.5 mm. Note that the method of manufacturing the frame 20 is not limited to roll forming and press working, and may be aluminum extrusion molding, etc.
 図3及び図4に示すように、板状のフレーム20は、主板部21と、一対の立板部22と、一対の横板部23と、一対の側板部24とを有する。図9に示すように、主板部21、一対の立板部22、一対の横板部23及び一対の側板部24は、いずれも、フレーム20の長手方向(Y軸方向)に沿って延在している。また、図3及び図4に示すように、本実施の形態において、フレーム20は、XZ断面において、フレーム20の短手方向の中心を基準にして左右対称に形成されているが、これに限らない。 As shown in Figures 3 and 4, the plate-shaped frame 20 has a main plate portion 21, a pair of vertical plate portions 22, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23, and a pair of side plate portions 24. As shown in Figure 9, the main plate portion 21, the pair of vertical plate portions 22, the pair of horizontal plate portions 23, and the pair of side plate portions 24 all extend along the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the frame 20. Also, as shown in Figures 3 and 4, in this embodiment, the frame 20 is formed symmetrically in the XZ cross section with respect to the center of the frame 20 in the short side direction, but this is not limited to this.
 主板部21は、フレーム20の本体部である。主板部21は、全体として平板状をなす厚みが一定の板状体である。図3に示すように、主板部21には、光源部10が配置される。具体的には、主板部21には、LED12が配置された基板11が載置される。つまり、主板部21は、基板11を支持している。本実施の形態において、基板11と主板部21とは接している。なお、光源部10のLED12は、主板部21の幅方向の中心部に配置されているが、これに限らない。 The main board 21 is the main body of the frame 20. The main board 21 is a plate-like body with a constant thickness that is generally flat. As shown in FIG. 3, the light source 10 is disposed on the main board 21. Specifically, the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are disposed is placed on the main board 21. In other words, the main board 21 supports the board 11. In this embodiment, the board 11 and the main board 21 are in contact. The LEDs 12 of the light source 10 are disposed in the center of the width of the main board 21, but this is not limited to this.
 主板部21は、基板11側の面である第1面と、第1面に背向する第2面とを有する。本実施の形態において、主板部21の第1面は、基板11が取り付けられる基板取付面である。LED照明器具1が天井に設置された状態において、フレーム20は、主板部21の第1面及び第2面が天井面と略平行となるように配置されている。この場合、主板部21の第1面は、床側の面となり、主板部21の第2面は、天井側の面となる。 The main board portion 21 has a first surface which faces the substrate 11, and a second surface which faces away from the first surface. In this embodiment, the first surface of the main board portion 21 is a substrate mounting surface to which the substrate 11 is attached. When the LED lighting device 1 is installed on a ceiling, the frame 20 is positioned so that the first and second surfaces of the main board portion 21 are approximately parallel to the ceiling surface. In this case, the first surface of the main board portion 21 is the surface facing the floor, and the second surface of the main board portion 21 is the surface facing the ceiling.
 図3に示すように、主板部21は、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口面よりも天井側(つまり凹部2aの底面側)に位置している。本実施の形態では、LED12も、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口面よりも凹部2aの底面側に位置している。具体的には、主板部21及びLED12は、凹部2aの開口端縁2a1よりも天井側に位置している。これにより、カバー部材30とLED12との距離を遠ざけることができるので、直線状に配列された複数のLED12の輝度むら(粒々感)を抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 3, the main board 21 is located closer to the ceiling than the opening surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 (i.e., closer to the bottom surface of the recess 2a). In this embodiment, the LED 12 is also located closer to the bottom surface of the recess 2a than the opening surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. Specifically, the main board 21 and the LED 12 are located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a. This allows the distance between the cover member 30 and the LED 12 to be increased, thereby reducing uneven brightness (graininess) of the multiple LEDs 12 arranged in a straight line.
 図8及び図9に示すように、主板部21には、金属板で構成されたフレーム20の一部を切り起こすことによって形成された爪片21aが形成されている。 As shown in Figures 8 and 9, the main plate portion 21 has a claw piece 21a formed by cutting out a part of the frame 20 made of a metal plate.
 主板部21に載置された基板11は、この爪片21aに係止されることで主板部21に固定される。この場合、例えば、基板11をスライドさせて基板11を爪片21aに係止させて基板11の長手方向の端部を別の爪片で係止する等して基板11を主板部21に固定してもよいし、爪片21aをかしめることで基板11を爪片21aに係止させて基板11を主板部21に固定してもよい。なお、主板部21と基板11との固定方法は、爪片21aによる係止構造に限るものではなく、主板部21と基板11とは、接着剤又は接着テープ等によって接着固定されていてもよい。また、主板部21と基板11とは接しているが、これに限らない。例えば、主板部21と基板11との間に、熱伝導シート等の別部材が挿入されていてもよい。また、主板部21には、基板11の配線と電源装置4とを電気的に接続するための電線が挿通される貫通孔が設けられている。 The substrate 11 placed on the main plate 21 is fixed to the main plate 21 by engaging with the claw 21a. In this case, for example, the substrate 11 may be slid to engage the substrate 11 with the claw 21a and the longitudinal end of the substrate 11 may be engaged with another claw to fix the substrate 11 to the main plate 21, or the substrate 11 may be engaged with the claw 21a by crimping the claw 21a to fix the substrate 11 to the main plate 21. Note that the method of fixing the main plate 21 and the substrate 11 is not limited to the engagement structure using the claw 21a, and the main plate 21 and the substrate 11 may be bonded and fixed by adhesive or adhesive tape, etc. Also, although the main plate 21 and the substrate 11 are in contact with each other, this is not limited to this. For example, a separate member such as a thermally conductive sheet may be inserted between the main plate 21 and the substrate 11. In addition, the main plate portion 21 has a through hole through which an electric wire is inserted to electrically connect the wiring of the substrate 11 to the power supply device 4.
 一対の立板部22は、主板部21に立設する立設板部である。具体的には、一対の立板部22は、主板部21の一方の端部から立設しており、一対の立板部22の他方は、主板部21の他方の端部から立設している。立板部22及び横板部23は、主板部21と側板部24との間に設けられている。一対の立板部22の各々は、平板状である。 The pair of upright plate portions 22 are upright plate portions erected on the main plate portion 21. Specifically, the pair of upright plate portions 22 erect from one end of the main plate portion 21, and the other of the pair of upright plate portions 22 erects from the other end of the main plate portion 21. The upright plate portions 22 and the horizontal plate portion 23 are provided between the main plate portion 21 and the side plate portion 24. Each of the pair of upright plate portions 22 is flat.
 図3に示すように、本実施の形態において、一対の立板部22の各々は、主面が主板部21の主面と直交しており、フレーム20の短手方向と直交する方向に延在している。つまり、立板部22は、主板部21に対して垂直に設けられている。具体的には、一対の立板部22の各々は、Z軸方向に沿って延在している。なお、立板部22は、主板部21に対して傾斜するように形成されていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3, in this embodiment, the main surface of each of the pair of standing plate portions 22 is perpendicular to the main surface of the main plate portion 21, and extends in a direction perpendicular to the short side direction of the frame 20. In other words, the standing plate portion 22 is provided perpendicular to the main plate portion 21. Specifically, each of the pair of standing plate portions 22 extends along the Z-axis direction. Note that the standing plate portion 22 may be formed so as to be inclined relative to the main plate portion 21.
 図3及び図4に示すように、主板部21と一対の立板部22とで凹部20aが構成されている。凹部20aの底部は、主板部21である。したがって、凹部20aの底部(主板部21)には、LED12が実装された基板11が配置される。このように、フレーム20は、基板11が配置される凹部20aを有する。また、凹部20aの側部は、立板部22である。本実施の形態において、凹部20aの断面形状は、コの字状である。つまり、凹部20aの空間領域(主板部21と一対の立板部22とで囲まれる領域)の断面形状は、矩形である。 As shown in Figures 3 and 4, the recess 20a is formed by a main plate portion 21 and a pair of upright plate portions 22. The bottom of the recess 20a is the main plate portion 21. Therefore, the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are mounted is placed on the bottom (main plate portion 21) of the recess 20a. In this manner, the frame 20 has the recess 20a on which the board 11 is placed. Furthermore, the side of the recess 20a is the upright plate portion 22. In this embodiment, the cross-sectional shape of the recess 20a is U-shaped. In other words, the cross-sectional shape of the spatial region of the recess 20a (the region surrounded by the main plate portion 21 and the pair of upright plate portions 22) is rectangular.
 なお、凹部20aの断面形状は、コの字状でなくてもよい。つまり、凹部20aの空間領域の断面形状は、矩形でなくてもよい。例えば、凹部20aの空間領域の断面形状は、台形であってもよい。この場合、主板部21が台形の凹部20aの下底又は上底に対応する部分となり、立板部22が主板部21に対して傾斜する台形の凹部20aの側辺に対応する部分となる。 The cross-sectional shape of the recess 20a does not have to be U-shaped. In other words, the cross-sectional shape of the spatial area of the recess 20a does not have to be rectangular. For example, the cross-sectional shape of the spatial area of the recess 20a may be trapezoidal. In this case, the main plate portion 21 corresponds to the lower or upper base of the trapezoidal recess 20a, and the standing plate portion 22 corresponds to the side of the trapezoidal recess 20a that is inclined relative to the main plate portion 21.
 凹部20aの底部に配置された光源部10は、凹部20aに収納されている。本実施の形態において、凹部20aの深さは光源部10の高さ(厚み)よりも大きくなっており、光源部10は、凹部20aからはみ出さないように収納されている。つまり、LED12は、凹部20aに収納されている。したがって、光源部10のLED12の床側の端部(発光面)は、凹部20aの開口面よりも天井側に位置している。この場合、LED12の床側の端部は、凹部20aの開口面から後退した位置に存在していてもよいし、凹部20aの開口面と面一になっていてもよい。このように、凹部20aにLED12を収納することで、LED12とカバー部材30の主部31との距離を長くすることができるので、フレーム20の長手方向に離間して配列された複数のLED12による輝度むら(粒々感)を抑制することができる。 The light source unit 10 arranged at the bottom of the recess 20a is stored in the recess 20a. In this embodiment, the depth of the recess 20a is greater than the height (thickness) of the light source unit 10, and the light source unit 10 is stored so as not to protrude from the recess 20a. In other words, the LED 12 is stored in the recess 20a. Therefore, the floor side end (light emitting surface) of the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 is located closer to the ceiling than the opening surface of the recess 20a. In this case, the floor side end of the LED 12 may be located at a position set back from the opening surface of the recess 20a, or may be flush with the opening surface of the recess 20a. In this way, by storing the LED 12 in the recess 20a, the distance between the LED 12 and the main part 31 of the cover member 30 can be increased, so that the uneven brightness (graininess) caused by the multiple LEDs 12 arranged at a distance in the longitudinal direction of the frame 20 can be suppressed.
 なお、本実施の形態において、光源部10のLED12は、Z軸方向において凹部20aからはみ出ないように凹部20aに収納されているが、これに限らない。例えば、LED12の一部又は全部は、凹部20aからはみ出していてもよい。この場合であっても、光源部10の基板11は、凹部20aからはみ出さないように配置されているとよく、凹部20aの深さは、光源部10の基板11の厚さよりも大きくなっているとよい。 In the present embodiment, the LEDs 12 of the light source unit 10 are housed in the recess 20a so as not to protrude from the recess 20a in the Z-axis direction, but this is not limited to the above. For example, part or all of the LEDs 12 may protrude from the recess 20a. Even in this case, the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 should be arranged so as not to protrude from the recess 20a, and the depth of the recess 20a should be greater than the thickness of the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10.
 また、図4に示すように、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さをa[mm]とし、凹部20aの幅をw1[mm]とすると、w1≧10×aの関係式を満たしているとよい。つまり、凹部20aの深さaと凹部20aの幅w1との比は、1:10以上であるとよい。これにより、凹部20aに光源部10が収納されていても、LED12から出射する光が凹部20aの開口面の角部(立板部22と横板部23との接続部分)に当たって遮光されてしまうことを抑制することができる。つまり、w1≧10×aとすることで、LED12から出射する光をけられにくくすることができる。この場合、図4に示すように、凹部20aの幅をw1[mm]とし、横板部23の幅をw2[mm]とすると、w1>2×w2の関係式を満たしているとよい。 Also, as shown in FIG. 4, if the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm] and the width of the recess 20a is w1 [mm], it is preferable that the relationship formula w1 ≧ 10 × a is satisfied. In other words, the ratio of the depth a of the recess 20a to the width w1 of the recess 20a is 1:10 or more. This makes it possible to prevent the light emitted from the LED 12 from being blocked by hitting the corner of the opening surface of the recess 20a (the connection part between the vertical plate part 22 and the horizontal plate part 23) even if the light source part 10 is stored in the recess 20a. In other words, by making w1 ≧ 10 × a, it is possible to make it difficult for the light emitted from the LED 12 to be blocked. In this case, as shown in FIG. 4, if the width of the recess 20a is w1 [mm] and the width of the horizontal plate part 23 is w2 [mm], it is preferable that the relationship formula w1 > 2 × w2 is satisfied.
 また、フレーム20は、主板部21から光源部10の光出射側に向かって突出する突出部20bを有する。つまり、LED照明器具1が天井に設置される場合、フレーム20の突出部20bは、床側に向かって突出している。 Furthermore, the frame 20 has a protrusion 20b that protrudes from the main board 21 toward the light emission side of the light source unit 10. In other words, when the LED lighting device 1 is installed on a ceiling, the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 protrudes toward the floor side.
 突出部20bは、フレーム20の短手方向における主板部21の両側に一対で設けられている。フレーム20に凹部20aが形成されることで、フレーム20に一対の突出部20bが形成される。本実施の形態では、凹部20aが天井側に窪むように形成されているので、一対の突出部20bの各々は、床側に突出するように形成されている。一対の突出部20bの各々は、横板部23と立板部22とによって構成されている。このように、主板部21に突出部20bを形成することで、フレーム20の強度を向上させることができる。凹部20aと一対の突出部20bとは、プレス加工等によってフレーム20を構成する金属板を変形させることで形成することができる。具体的には、凹部20a及び突出部20bは、金属板を折り曲げることで構成されている。したがって、主板部21、立板部22、横板部23及び側板部24の板厚は、同じになっている。 The protrusions 20b are provided in pairs on both sides of the main plate portion 21 in the short direction of the frame 20. The pair of protrusions 20b is formed on the frame 20 by forming the recess 20a on the frame 20. In this embodiment, the recess 20a is formed to be recessed toward the ceiling side, so that each of the pair of protrusions 20b is formed to protrude toward the floor side. Each of the pair of protrusions 20b is composed of a horizontal plate portion 23 and a vertical plate portion 22. In this way, by forming the protrusions 20b on the main plate portion 21, the strength of the frame 20 can be improved. The recess 20a and the pair of protrusions 20b can be formed by deforming the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20 by press processing or the like. Specifically, the recess 20a and the protrusions 20b are formed by bending the metal plate. Therefore, the plate thicknesses of the main plate portion 21, the vertical plate portion 22, the horizontal plate portion 23, and the side plate portion 24 are the same.
 横板部23は、凹部20aの横に位置している。本実施の形態において、横板部23は、フレーム20の短手方向における凹部20aの両側に位置している。つまり、凹部20aを挟むように一対の横板部23が形成されている。具体的には、一対の横板部23の一方は、フレーム20の短手方向における凹部20aの一方側に位置し、一対の横板部23の他方は、フレーム20の短手方向における凹部20aの他方側に位置している。つまり、一対の横板部23の一方は、フレーム20の短手方向における主板部21の一方側に位置し、一対の横板部23の他方は、フレーム20の短手方向における主板部21の他方側に位置している。一対の横板部23の各々は、立板部22の床側の端部に接続されており、立板部22の床側の端部から外方に向かって延在している。 The horizontal plate portion 23 is located to the side of the recessed portion 20a. In this embodiment, the horizontal plate portion 23 is located on both sides of the recessed portion 20a in the short direction of the frame 20. That is, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23 are formed to sandwich the recessed portion 20a. Specifically, one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on one side of the recessed portion 20a in the short direction of the frame 20, and the other of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on the other side of the recessed portion 20a in the short direction of the frame 20. That is, one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on one side of the main plate portion 21 in the short direction of the frame 20, and the other of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is located on the other side of the main plate portion 21 in the short direction of the frame 20. Each of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is connected to the end portion on the floor side of the standing plate portion 22 and extends outward from the end portion on the floor side of the standing plate portion 22.
 また、主板部21を基準にして光源部10(LED12)の光出射側の方向である第1方向を床側の方向とし、主板部21を基準にして床側方向(第1方向)とは反対側の方向である第2方向を天井側(つまり造営材側)の方向としたときに、一対の横板部23の各々の少なくとも一部は、主板部21よりも床側(第1方向側)に位置している。本実施の形態では、横板部23の全体が主板部21よりも床側に位置している。したがって、各々が立板部22と横板部23とで構成される一対の突出部20bは、主板部21よりも床側に位置している。これにより、各突出部20bの天井側には、空間領域が形成される。空間領域は、フレーム20の天井側において、突出部20bで囲まれる領域である。つまり、この空間領域は、フレーム20の天井側において、立板部22と横板部23とで囲まれる領域である。本実施の形態では、横板部23における立板部22の反対側に側板部24が設けられているので、この空間領域は、立板部22と横板部23と側板部24とで囲まれる領域になっており、床側に窪む凹状の窪み部である。詳細は後述するが、この空間領域には、器具内電線、工事用電線(器具外電線)、バネやネジ等の構造部材、又は機能部品が収納されていてもよい。特に、この空間領域の外壁として側板部24が存在するので、空間領域に収納された器具内電線が空間領域からはみ出しにくくなっている。これにより、器具内電線がはみ出して線噛みが発生することを抑制できる。 Furthermore, when the first direction, which is the direction of the light emission side of the light source unit 10 (LED 12) with respect to the main board portion 21, is taken as the floor side direction, and the second direction, which is the direction opposite to the floor side direction (first direction) with respect to the main board portion 21, is taken as the ceiling side (i.e., the construction material side), at least a part of each of the pair of side board portions 23 is located on the floor side (first direction side) of the main board portion 21. In this embodiment, the entire side board portion 23 is located on the floor side of the main board portion 21. Therefore, the pair of protruding portions 20b, each of which is composed of a vertical board portion 22 and a horizontal board portion 23, is located on the floor side of the main board portion 21. As a result, a spatial area is formed on the ceiling side of each protruding portion 20b. The spatial area is an area surrounded by the protruding portion 20b on the ceiling side of the frame 20. In other words, this spatial area is an area surrounded by the vertical board portion 22 and the horizontal board portion 23 on the ceiling side of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the side plate portion 24 is provided on the side of the horizontal plate portion 23 opposite the standing plate portion 22, so that this spatial area is an area surrounded by the standing plate portion 22, the horizontal plate portion 23, and the side plate portion 24, and is a concave recessed portion recessed toward the floor side. As will be described in detail later, this spatial area may store internal electric wires, construction electric wires (external electric wires), structural members such as springs and screws, or functional parts. In particular, since the side plate portion 24 exists as the outer wall of this spatial area, the internal electric wires stored in the spatial area are less likely to protrude from the spatial area. This makes it possible to prevent the internal electric wires from protruding and becoming caught in the wires.
 また、この空間領域には、1本の器具内電線ではなく、複数本の器具内電線が収納されていてもよい。この空間領域に収納された1本又は複数本の器具内電線は、テープ又は金具等の固定部材によってフレーム20に固定される。この場合、この空間領域を利用してテープを貼り付けたり金具を取り付けたりするとよい。例えば、金具を用いて器具内電線を固定する場合、器具内電線が収納された空間領域に蓋をするようにして金具を空間領域に固定する。この場合、金具を立板部22と側板部24との間に突っ張るように配置するとよい。 Furthermore, this spatial area may house not only one internal wire, but multiple internal wires. The one or multiple internal wires housed in this spatial area are fixed to the frame 20 with a fixing member such as tape or metal fittings. In this case, this spatial area may be used to attach tape or attach metal fittings. For example, when fixing the internal wires using metal fittings, the metal fittings are fixed to the spatial area so as to cover the spatial area in which the internal wires are housed. In this case, the metal fittings may be positioned so as to be braced between the vertical plate portion 22 and the side plate portion 24.
 なお、器具内電線は、この空間領域に収納されていなくてもよい。この場合、器具内電線をフレーム20の主板部21の天井側の面に配置し、器具内電線をテープによって接着固定してもよい。ただし、テープが主板部21のみに貼り付けられていると、テープが剥がれやすい。そこで、この場合、この空間領域を利用してテープを貼り付けるとよい。例えば、主板部21の天井側の面に器具内電線を配置し、主板部21と立板部22とに跨るようにテープを貼り付けるとよい。これにより、向きが異なる2つの面にテープが貼り付けられるので、テープが剥がれることを抑制できる。 The internal wires do not have to be stored in this spatial area. In this case, the internal wires may be placed on the ceiling side of the main board 21 of the frame 20, and adhesively fixed with tape. However, if the tape is only attached to the main board 21, it is likely to peel off. Therefore, in this case, it is advisable to use this spatial area to attach the tape. For example, the internal wires may be placed on the ceiling side of the main board 21, and the tape may be attached so that it straddles the main board 21 and the standing board 22. In this way, the tape is attached to two surfaces with different orientations, which makes it possible to prevent the tape from peeling off.
 図3の拡大図に示すように、一対の横板部23の各々は、複数の板部によって構成されている。本実施の形態において、横板部23は、2つの板部によって構成されており、複数の板部として、主板部21と平行な平行板部23a(第1板部)と、主板部21に対して傾斜する傾斜板部23b(第2板部)とを有する。つまり、突出部20bは、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとを有する。平行板部23a及び傾斜板部23bは、いずれも平板状である。 As shown in the enlarged view of Figure 3, each of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 is composed of a plurality of plate portions. In this embodiment, the horizontal plate portion 23 is composed of two plate portions, and has the plurality of plate portions, which are a parallel plate portion 23a (first plate portion) parallel to the main plate portion 21, and an inclined plate portion 23b (second plate portion) inclined relative to the main plate portion 21. In other words, the protruding portion 20b has a parallel plate portion 23a and an inclined plate portion 23b. The parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b are both flat.
 横板部23において、平行板部23aは、フレーム20の短手方向(幅方向)に延在しており、傾斜板部23bは、フレーム20の短手方向に対して傾斜する方向に延在している。本実施の形態において、傾斜板部23bは、天井側に向かって広がるように傾斜している。したがって、立板部22と横板部23とで構成される突出部20bは、全体として外向きに傾斜するように構成されている。傾斜板部23bは、平行板部23aの外側に位置しており、側板部24の端部に接続されている。本実施の形態において、平行板部23aの長さは、傾斜板部23bの長さよりも長くなっている。 In the horizontal plate portion 23, the parallel plate portion 23a extends in the short side direction (width direction) of the frame 20, and the inclined plate portion 23b extends in a direction inclined with respect to the short side direction of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the inclined plate portion 23b is inclined so as to widen toward the ceiling. Therefore, the protruding portion 20b composed of the standing plate portion 22 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is configured to be inclined outward as a whole. The inclined plate portion 23b is located outside the parallel plate portion 23a and is connected to the end of the side plate portion 24. In this embodiment, the length of the parallel plate portion 23a is longer than the length of the inclined plate portion 23b.
 図3及び図4に示すように、フレーム20に形成された一対の突出部20bの少なくとも一部は、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口面よりも床側に位置している。つまり、一対の突出部20bの少なくとも一部は、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1よりも床側に位置している。本実施の形態では、一対の横板部23が器具本体2の凹部2aの開口面よりも床側に位置している。具体的には、横板部23の平行板部23a及び傾斜板部23bの両方が凹部2aの開口面よりも床側に位置している。 As shown in Figures 3 and 4, at least a portion of the pair of protrusions 20b formed on the frame 20 is located on the floor side of the opening surface of the recess 2a of the instrument body 2. In other words, at least a portion of the pair of protrusions 20b is located on the floor side of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the instrument body 2. In this embodiment, the pair of side plate portions 23 are located on the floor side of the opening surface of the recess 2a of the instrument body 2. Specifically, both the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the side plate portion 23 are located on the floor side of the opening surface of the recess 2a.
 なお、横板部23と立板部22とで構成される突出部20bは、内向きに傾斜するように構成されていてもよい。この場合、横板部23の傾斜板部23bは、平行板部23aの内側に位置し且つ主板部21の端部に接続され、立板部22は、横板部23の平行板部23aの外側に位置し且つ側板部24の端部に接続される。 The protruding portion 20b, which is composed of the horizontal plate portion 23 and the vertical plate portion 22, may be configured to be inclined inward. In this case, the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 is located inside the parallel plate portion 23a and is connected to the end of the main plate portion 21, and the vertical plate portion 22 is located outside the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23 and is connected to the end of the side plate portion 24.
 図3及び図4に示すように、一対の側板部24は、板状の側面部であり、フレーム20における一対の脚部(足)として形成されている。一対の側板部24の各々は、光源部10の光出射側とは反対側に向かって延在している。一対の側板部24は、器具本体2が設置される造営材に向かって延出する延出部である。本実施の形態において、器具本体2が設けられる造営材は天井であり、器具本体2は天井に設置される。したがって、一対の側板部24は、天井側(第2方向側)に向かって延在している。具体的には、一対の側板部24の各々は、Z軸方向に沿って直線状に延在している。 As shown in Figures 3 and 4, the pair of side plate portions 24 are plate-shaped side portions and are formed as a pair of legs (feet) on the frame 20. Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends toward the side opposite the light emission side of the light source unit 10. The pair of side plate portions 24 are extension portions that extend toward the construction material on which the fixture body 2 is installed. In this embodiment, the construction material on which the fixture body 2 is installed is the ceiling, and the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling. Therefore, the pair of side plate portions 24 extend toward the ceiling side (second direction side). Specifically, each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends linearly along the Z-axis direction.
 LED照明装置3が器具本体2に取り付けられた状態において、一対の側板部24は、器具本体2の凹部2aに収納されている。各側板部24は、凹部2aの側面部に対面している。一対の側板部24の各々は、一対の凹部2aの側面部(側壁)の各々に沿って延在している。図3に示すように、側板部24と凹部2aの側面部とは平行である。 When the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2, the pair of side plate portions 24 are housed in the recesses 2a of the fixture body 2. Each side plate portion 24 faces a side portion of the recess 2a. Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends along each of the side portions (side walls) of the pair of recesses 2a. As shown in FIG. 3, the side plate portions 24 and the side portions of the recesses 2a are parallel to each other.
 一対の側板部24の各々は、一対の突出部20bの各々から天井側に向かって延在している。本実施の形態において、一対の側板部24の各々は、横板部23の端部から天井側に延出している。一対の側板部24の一方は、一対の横板部23の一方の外側端部から天井側に向かって延在しており、一対の側板部24の他方は、一対の横板部23の他方の外側端部から天井側に向かって延在している。つまり、一対の側板部24は、フレーム20の短手方向における突出部20bの外側端部から天井側に向かって延在している。具体的には、一対の側板部24の各々は、横板部23の傾斜板部23bに接続されており、傾斜板部23bの端部から天井側に向かって延在している。 Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from each of the pair of protruding portions 20b toward the ceiling side. In this embodiment, each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the end of the horizontal plate portion 23 toward the ceiling side. One of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the outer end of one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling side, and the other of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the outer end of the other of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling side. In other words, the pair of side plate portions 24 extend from the outer end of the protruding portion 20b in the short direction of the frame 20 toward the ceiling side. Specifically, each of the pair of side plate portions 24 is connected to the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, and extends from the end of the inclined plate portion 23b toward the ceiling side.
 一対の側板部24の各々は、各横板部23の外側端部から主板部21の位置を超えて天井側に向かって延在している。したがって、各側板部24(延出部)の先端は、主板部21よりも天井側(第2方向側)に位置している。つまり、側板部24(延出部)の先端は、凹部20aの底部よりも天井側に位置している。本実施の形態において、側板部24は、横板部23の傾斜板部23bに接続されている。なお、側板部24は、フレーム20の長手方向の両端部には形成されておらず、フレーム20の長手方向の端部は開口している。 Each of the pair of side plate portions 24 extends from the outer end of each horizontal plate portion 23 beyond the position of the main plate portion 21 toward the ceiling side. Therefore, the tip of each side plate portion 24 (extension portion) is located closer to the ceiling (second direction side) than the main plate portion 21. In other words, the tip of the side plate portion 24 (extension portion) is located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a. In this embodiment, the side plate portion 24 is connected to the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23. Note that the side plate portion 24 is not formed on both ends of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction, and the ends of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction are open.
 図3の拡大図に示すように、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1(本実施の形態では、側板部24と傾斜板部23bとの接続部分)は、フレーム20における凹部20aの底部である主板部21よりも床側(第1方向側)に位置しているとよい。これにより、LED12から出射した光が、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで回り込みやすくなる。なお、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1が凹部20aの底部よりも天井側に位置していると、LED12から出射した光が天井側に回り込んでしまい、光漏れや光損失の原因となる。 As shown in the enlarged view of FIG. 3, the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 (in this embodiment, the connection portion between the side plate portion 24 and the inclined plate portion 23b) is preferably located closer to the floor (first direction side) than the main plate portion 21, which is the bottom of the recess 20a in the frame 20. This makes it easier for the light emitted from the LED 12 to wrap around to the spatial area formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30. Note that if the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a, the light emitted from the LED 12 will wrap around to the ceiling side, causing light leakage and light loss.
 また、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1(本実施の形態では、側板部24と傾斜板部23bとの接続部分)は、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1と略同じ高さであるが、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1は、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1よりも天井側に位置していてもよい。これにより、カバー部材30の外観に影が生じることを抑制できる。 In addition, the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 (in this embodiment, the connection portion between the side plate portion 24 and the inclined plate portion 23b) is at approximately the same height as the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2, but the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2. This makes it possible to prevent shadows from appearing on the exterior of the cover member 30.
 さらに、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1は、カバー部材30における取付部33と延設部32との接続部分よりも天井側(第2方向側)に位置しているとよい。これにより、カバー部材30の外観に影が生じることを抑制できる。なお、本実施の形態において、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1の位置は、カバー部材30における取付部33と延設部32との接続部分の位置と同じである。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 is located closer to the ceiling (second direction side) than the connection portion between the mounting portion 33 and the extension portion 32 in the cover member 30. This makes it possible to prevent shadows from appearing on the appearance of the cover member 30. In this embodiment, the position of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2 is the same as the position of the connection portion between the mounting portion 33 and the extension portion 32 in the cover member 30.
 このように、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1は、凹部20aの底部である主板部21の位置と、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1の位置又はカバー部材30における取付部33と延設部32との接続部分の位置との間の領域(図3の拡大図の領域R)に存在しているとよい。 In this way, the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 should be located in the area (area R in the enlarged view of Figure 3) between the position of the main plate portion 21, which is the bottom of the recess 20a, and the position of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2 or the position of the connection portion between the mounting portion 33 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30.
 また、側板部24の長さ(延出量)は、凹部20aの深さよりも長くなっている。すなわち、図3及び図4に示すように、凹部20aの深さをa[mm]とし、側板部24の長さをb[mm]とすると、b≧aの関係式を満たしているとよい。この場合、側板部24の長さbの上限は特に限定されるものではないが、凹部20aの深さaと側板部24の長さbとは、b≦2×aの関係式を満たしているとよい。つまり、凹部20aの深さと側板部24の長さとの比は、1:2以下であるとよい。b≧aの関係式を満たしていることで、フレーム20の強度が強くなってLED照明装置3全体の強度が向上する。これにより、施工時等においてLED照明装置3が取り扱いやすくなる。また、b≧aの関係式を満たしていることで、側板部24の長さが長くなる。これにより、スナップインによりカバー部材30を容易にフレーム20に取り付けることができる。また、b≧aの関係式を満たしていることで、フレーム20全体のZ軸方向の厚さを短くすることができ、フレーム20を薄型化することができる。なお、b≧aの関係式は、満たしていなくてもよい。 In addition, the length (extension) of the side plate portion 24 is longer than the depth of the recess 20a. That is, as shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, if the depth of the recess 20a is a [mm] and the length of the side plate portion 24 is b [mm], it is preferable that the relationship b ≧ a is satisfied. In this case, the upper limit of the length b of the side plate portion 24 is not particularly limited, but the depth a of the recess 20a and the length b of the side plate portion 24 are preferable to satisfy the relationship b ≦ 2 × a. In other words, the ratio of the depth of the recess 20a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is preferable to be 1:2 or less. By satisfying the relationship b ≧ a, the strength of the frame 20 is increased and the strength of the entire LED lighting device 3 is improved. This makes it easier to handle the LED lighting device 3 during construction, etc. In addition, by satisfying the relationship b ≧ a, the length of the side plate portion 24 is increased. This allows the cover member 30 to be easily attached to the frame 20 by snap-in. Furthermore, by satisfying the relationship b ≧ a, the thickness of the entire frame 20 in the Z-axis direction can be shortened, and the frame 20 can be made thinner. Note that the relationship b ≧ a does not have to be satisfied.
 また、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1が主板部21よりも天井側に位置していてもよい。この場合も、側板部24の長さbは凹部20aの深さaよりも長くなっているとよいが(つまり、b>aであるとよいが)、側板部24の長さbが凹部20aの深さaよりも短くなっていてもよい。この場合、側板部24の長さbの下限は特に限定されるものではない。なお、凹部20aの深さaは、3mm以上であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21. In this case, the length b of the side plate portion 24 should be longer than the depth a of the recess 20a (i.e., b>a), but the length b of the side plate portion 24 may be shorter than the depth a of the recess 20a. In this case, the lower limit of the length b of the side plate portion 24 is not particularly limited. It is preferable that the depth a of the recess 20a is 3 mm or more.
 図3及び図4に示すように、一対の側板部24の各々の先端部分には、折れ曲げられるように形成された折曲部24aが設けられている。折曲部24aは、側板部24の先端部を構成している。本実施の形態において、折曲部24aは、側板部24の先端部分を厚み方向に折り返すことで形成された折返部である。したがって、折曲部24aは、折り返された部分と、折り返された部分に対向する部分(折り返されていない部分)とによって構成されている。折曲部24aは、例えばヘミング加工により形成されたヘミング曲げ構造である。なお、折曲部24aは、ヘミング加工により形成されたものに限るものではなく、側板部24の先端部分をカールさせて巻き上げることで形成されたカール曲げ構造であってもよい。また、折曲部24aは、幅方向の内側に折り曲げられて形成されているが、これに限るものではなく、幅方向の外側に折り曲げられて形成されていてもよい。また、側板部24に折曲部24aが形成されていなくてもよい。 3 and 4, the tip of each of the pair of side plate portions 24 is provided with a bent portion 24a formed to be bent. The bent portion 24a constitutes the tip of the side plate portion 24. In this embodiment, the bent portion 24a is a folded portion formed by folding the tip of the side plate portion 24 in the thickness direction. Therefore, the bent portion 24a is composed of a folded portion and a portion (a portion that is not folded) that faces the folded portion. The bent portion 24a is a hemming bend structure formed by, for example, hemming. Note that the bent portion 24a is not limited to being formed by hemming, and may be a curl bend structure formed by curling and rolling up the tip of the side plate portion 24. In addition, the bent portion 24a is formed by folding inward in the width direction, but is not limited to this, and may be formed by folding outward in the width direction. In addition, the bent portion 24a may not be formed on the side plate portion 24.
 一対の側板部24の各々には、カバー部材30の取付部33が取り付けられる。本実施の形態において、カバー部材30は、スナップインによりフレーム20に取り付けられる。具体的には、カバー部材30の幅方向からカバー部材30の取付部33に設けられた当接部33aを側板部24の折曲部24aに係合させることで、カバー部材30をフレーム20に固定することができる。したがって、折曲部24aは、取付部33に当接する当接部である。 The mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 are attached to each of the pair of side plate portions 24. In this embodiment, the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 by snapping in. Specifically, the cover member 30 can be fixed to the frame 20 by engaging the abutment portions 33a provided on the mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 with the bent portions 24a of the side plate portions 24 from the width direction of the cover member 30. Therefore, the bent portions 24a are abutment portions that abut against the mounting portions 33.
 フレーム20に支持された光源部10は、カバー部材30で覆われている。カバー部材30は、光源部10のLED12を覆っている。本実施の形態において、カバー部材30は、光源部10における全てのLED12を覆っている。また、カバー部材30は、LED12だけではなく、光源部10の基板11も覆っており、複数のLED12を覆うように基板11と対向して配置されている。つまり、カバー部材30は、光源部10の全体を覆っている。このように、カバー部材30は、光源部10を覆うようにフレーム20に取り付けられている。 The light source unit 10 supported by the frame 20 is covered with a cover member 30. The cover member 30 covers the LEDs 12 of the light source unit 10. In this embodiment, the cover member 30 covers all of the LEDs 12 in the light source unit 10. The cover member 30 also covers not only the LEDs 12 but also the board 11 of the light source unit 10, and is disposed opposite the board 11 so as to cover the multiple LEDs 12. In other words, the cover member 30 covers the entire light source unit 10. In this way, the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 so as to cover the light source unit 10.
 カバー部材30は、透光性を有する透光カバーの一例であり、光源部10(LED12)から出射する光を透過する。本実施の形態において、カバー部材30は、透光性を有するだけではなく、拡散性を有する拡散カバーである。したがって、カバー部材30に入射したLED12の光は、カバー部材30で拡散(散乱)しながらカバー部材30を透過する。 The cover member 30 is an example of a translucent cover that has translucency, and transmits light emitted from the light source unit 10 (LEDs 12). In this embodiment, the cover member 30 is a diffusion cover that not only has translucency but also has diffusivity. Therefore, the light of the LEDs 12 that enters the cover member 30 passes through the cover member 30 while being diffused (scattered) by the cover member 30.
 図8に示すように、カバー部材30は、さらに、光源部10が配置されたフレーム20を覆っている。本実施の形態において、カバー部材30は、光源部10が配置されたフレーム20の全体を覆っている。なお、カバー部材30は、光源部10及びフレーム20と同様に、Y軸方向に長尺状に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 8, the cover member 30 further covers the frame 20 in which the light source unit 10 is arranged. In this embodiment, the cover member 30 covers the entire frame 20 in which the light source unit 10 is arranged. The cover member 30 is formed in an elongated shape in the Y-axis direction, similar to the light source unit 10 and the frame 20.
 カバー部材30は、フレーム20に取り付けられる。また、カバー部材30とフレーム20とによって筒体が構成されており、光源部10は、この筒体内に収納されている。 The cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. The cover member 30 and the frame 20 form a cylindrical body, and the light source unit 10 is stored inside this cylindrical body.
 図3及び図8に示すように、カバー部材30は、光源部10を覆う主部31と、カバー部材30の内方に向かって延出する延出部である延設部32と、フレーム20が取り付けられる取付部33とを有する。 As shown in Figures 3 and 8, the cover member 30 has a main portion 31 that covers the light source unit 10, an extension portion 32 that extends inward from the cover member 30, and an attachment portion 33 to which the frame 20 is attached.
 図3の拡大図に示すように、カバー部材30と器具本体2の凹部2aの内面との間に隙間GXが存在する。本実施の形態において、この隙間GXは、カバー部材30の取付部33と凹部2aの内壁面との間の隙間である。 As shown in the enlarged view of FIG. 3, a gap GX exists between the cover member 30 and the inner surface of the recess 2a of the device body 2. In this embodiment, this gap GX is the gap between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the inner wall surface of the recess 2a.
 主部31は、カバー部材30における本体部であり、光源部10のLED12から出射する光を透過させて外部に照射させる。主部31は、光源部10を覆っている。つまり、主部31は、光源部10に対向している。したがって、主部31は、基板11及びLED12と対向する面を有する。 The main part 31 is the main body of the cover member 30, and transmits the light emitted from the LEDs 12 of the light source unit 10 so that the light can be emitted to the outside. The main part 31 covers the light source unit 10. In other words, the main part 31 faces the light source unit 10. Therefore, the main part 31 has a surface that faces the substrate 11 and the LEDs 12.
 主部31は、カバー部材30の外観を構成している。図9に示すように、主部31は、Y軸方向に長尺状であり、樋状に形成されている。主部31は、例えば扁平状の略セミシリンドリカル形状である。したがって、主部31は、Y軸方向に延在する長尺矩形状の開口端面を有する。また、X軸方向に沿って切断したときの主部31の断面形状は、略円弧状に湾曲した湾曲形状を有する。なお、主部31の形状は、桶状のR形状に限るものではなく、コの字状等の角形状であってもよいし、側面の一部がくびれた角形状等であってもよいし、筒状であってもよい。 The main part 31 constitutes the exterior of the cover member 30. As shown in FIG. 9, the main part 31 is elongated in the Y-axis direction and formed in a gutter shape. The main part 31 has, for example, a flat, approximately semi-cylindrical shape. Therefore, the main part 31 has an elongated rectangular opening end face extending in the Y-axis direction. In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the main part 31 when cut along the X-axis direction has a curved shape that is curved in an approximately arc shape. Note that the shape of the main part 31 is not limited to a barrel-like R shape, and may be an angular shape such as a U-shape, a angular shape with a part of the side narrowed, or a cylindrical shape.
 本実施の形態において、カバー部材30をLED照明装置3の長手方向から見たときに、カバー部材30の外形は、全体としてD字状である。具体的には、LED照明装置3の長手方向から見たときに、主部31の外形は、全体としてD字状である。また、上記のように、LED照明装置3と器具本体2とからなるLED照明器具1の側面形状も全体としてD字状であり、LED照明装置3と器具本体2との境界が目立たなくなっている。このため、図3に示すように、Y軸方向から見たときに、カバー部材30の主部31の外面と器具本体2における傾斜面部2bの外面(傾斜面)とは面一になっている。つまり、主部31の外面と傾斜面部2bの外面とは連続しており、主部31の外面と傾斜面部2bの外面との境界には段差が無いか、段差があっても僅かである。 In this embodiment, when the cover member 30 is viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3, the outer shape of the cover member 30 is generally D-shaped. Specifically, when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3, the outer shape of the main part 31 is generally D-shaped. As described above, the side shape of the LED lighting device 1 consisting of the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is also generally D-shaped, and the boundary between the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is not noticeable. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 3, when viewed from the Y-axis direction, the outer surface of the main part 31 of the cover member 30 and the outer surface (inclined surface) of the inclined surface portion 2b in the fixture body 2 are flush with each other. In other words, the outer surface of the main part 31 and the outer surface of the inclined surface portion 2b are continuous, and there is no step at the boundary between the outer surface of the main part 31 and the outer surface of the inclined surface portion 2b, or even if there is a step, it is only slight.
 主部31は、フレーム20の突出部20bよりもフレーム20の短手方向の外側に位置する外側端部31aを有する。具体的には、外側端部31aは、主部31における取付部33よりも外側に位置する部分である。主部31の外側端部31aは、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1に対向している。なお、凹部2aの開口端縁2a1は、XY平面に平行な平坦面である。 The main portion 31 has an outer end portion 31a that is located outside the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 in the short direction of the frame 20. Specifically, the outer end portion 31a is a portion of the main portion 31 that is located outside the mounting portion 33. The outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31 faces the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2. The opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a is a flat surface parallel to the XY plane.
 延設部32は、光源部10に向かって延出している。本実施の形態において、延設部32は、主部31に接続されており、主部31から光源部10に向かって延出している。したがって、延設部32は、主部31からカバー部材30の内方に向かって延出している。具体的には、延設部32は、主部31の内面から光源部10側に向かって延在している。また、延設部32は、フレーム20の主板部21に向かって延出している。本実施の形態において、延設部32は、主部31から主板部21に向かって延出している。なお、延設部32が光源部10又は主板部21に向かって延出するとは、延設部32の一部が光源部10又は主板部21に向かって延出していればよい。延設部32は、厚みが一定で板状の板片であり、図8及び図9に示すように、Y軸方向に延在している。 The extension portion 32 extends toward the light source unit 10. In this embodiment, the extension portion 32 is connected to the main portion 31 and extends from the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10. Therefore, the extension portion 32 extends from the main portion 31 toward the inside of the cover member 30. Specifically, the extension portion 32 extends from the inner surface of the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10. The extension portion 32 also extends toward the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the extension portion 32 extends from the main portion 31 toward the main plate portion 21. Note that the extension portion 32 extending toward the light source unit 10 or the main plate portion 21 means that a part of the extension portion 32 extends toward the light source unit 10 or the main plate portion 21. The extension portion 32 is a plate-shaped piece with a constant thickness, and extends in the Y-axis direction as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
 延設部32は、一対設けられている。一対の延設部32は、フレーム20の短手方向において光源部10を挟んで設けられている。具体的には、一対の延設部32は、X軸方向において対向する位置に設けられている。本実施の形態において、一対の延設部32は、XZ断面において、カバー部材30の短手方向の中心を基準にして左右対称に形成されているが、これに限らない。 A pair of extension parts 32 are provided. The pair of extension parts 32 are provided on either side of the light source unit 10 in the short side direction of the frame 20. Specifically, the pair of extension parts 32 are provided at positions facing each other in the X-axis direction. In this embodiment, the pair of extension parts 32 are formed symmetrically on the XZ cross section with respect to the center of the short side direction of the cover member 30, but this is not limited to this.
 各延設部32は、フレーム20の突出部20bの少なくとも一部を覆っている。つまり、各延設部32は、突出部20bの少なくとも一部を覆って主板部21に向かっている。本実施の形態では、各延設部32は、突出部20bの全体を覆っている。したがって、各延設部32は、主部31から突出部20bを超えて延在している。 Each extension 32 covers at least a portion of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. In other words, each extension 32 covers at least a portion of the protruding portion 20b and faces the main plate portion 21. In this embodiment, each extension 32 covers the entire protruding portion 20b. Therefore, each extension 32 extends from the main portion 31 beyond the protruding portion 20b.
 また、延設部32は、突出部20bを覆うようにアーチ状に形成されている。したがって、延設部32は、主部31に向かって凸となるアーチ状である。これにより、光源部10から出射した光を延設部32で反射させることができるので、光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。また、フレーム20に突出部20bを形成すると、カバー部材30の外側端部に影が生じやすくなるが、突出部20bを覆うようにアーチ状の延設部32を設けることで、カバー部材30の外側端部に影が生じにくくすることができる。 The extension 32 is also formed in an arch shape so as to cover the protrusion 20b. Therefore, the extension 32 is arch-shaped so as to be convex toward the main portion 31. This allows the light emitted from the light source unit 10 to be reflected by the extension 32, improving the light extraction efficiency. Furthermore, when the protrusion 20b is formed on the frame 20, a shadow is likely to occur on the outer end of the cover member 30, but by providing the arch-shaped extension 32 so as to cover the protrusion 20b, it is possible to make it difficult for a shadow to occur on the outer end of the cover member 30.
 各延設部32は、突出部20bよりも外側に位置する外延設部32aと、外延設部32aから突出部20bの少なくとも一部を覆って光源部10に向かって延在する内延設部32bとを有する。本実施の形態において、内延設部32bは、突出部20bの全体を覆っている。外延設部32aは、フレーム20の横板部23よりもフレーム20の短手方向の外側に位置している。 Each extension portion 32 has an outer extension portion 32a located outside the protrusion 20b, and an inner extension portion 32b extending from the outer extension portion 32a toward the light source unit 10, covering at least a portion of the protrusion 20b. In this embodiment, the inner extension portion 32b covers the entire protrusion 20b. The outer extension portion 32a is located outside the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in the short direction of the frame 20.
 外延設部32aは、取付部33よりも外側に位置する部分であり、内延設部32bは、取付部33よりも内側に位置する部分である。この場合、図3に示すように、外延設部32aは、平板状に形成された部分であり、内延設部32bは、フレーム20の横板部23を境界にして折れ曲がるように形成された部分である。内延設部32bは、フレーム20の突出部20bを覆うようにして折れ曲がっている。 The outer extension portion 32a is a portion located outside the mounting portion 33, and the inner extension portion 32b is a portion located inside the mounting portion 33. In this case, as shown in FIG. 3, the outer extension portion 32a is a portion formed in a flat plate shape, and the inner extension portion 32b is a portion formed so as to bend at the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20. The inner extension portion 32b is bent so as to cover the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
 また、各延設部32は、主部31の内面からLED12側に向かって延在している。各延設部32は、主部31の内面におけるフレーム20の突出部20bのうち最も床側(第1方向側)に位置する部位よりも天井側(第2方向側)の位置から突出部20bを覆うように光源部10側に向かって延在している。本実施の形態において、フレーム20の突出部20bのうち最も床側に位置する部位は、横板部23の平行板部23aである。つまり、各延設部32は、各突出部20bの平行板部23aよりも天井側の位置から光源部10側に向かって延在している。具体的には、各延設部32は、主部31の外側端部31aの先端に接続されている。したがって、各延設部32において、外延設部32aが主部31の外側端部31aの先端に接続されており、外延設部32aは、主部31の外側端部31aから光源部10側に向かって延在している。 Furthermore, each extension portion 32 extends from the inner surface of the main portion 31 toward the LED 12 side. Each extension portion 32 extends from a position on the ceiling side (second direction side) of the portion of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 located furthest from the floor side (first direction side) on the inner surface of the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10 side so as to cover the protruding portion 20b. In this embodiment, the portion of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 located furthest from the floor side is the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23. In other words, each extension portion 32 extends from a position on the ceiling side of the parallel plate portion 23a of each protruding portion 20b toward the light source unit 10 side. Specifically, each extension portion 32 is connected to the tip of the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31. Therefore, in each extension portion 32, the outer extension portion 32a is connected to the tip of the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31, and the outer extension portion 32a extends from the outer end portion 31a of the main portion 31 toward the light source unit 10.
 このように、延設部32は、フレーム20の横板部23のうち最も床側に位置する部位よりも天井側の位置からフレーム20の突出部20bを覆うようにして光源部10側に向かって延在している。これにより、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍において、フレーム20の突出部20bよりも外側の天井側に向かって広がる空間領域を形成することができる。この結果、床側に突出する突出部20bをフレーム20に設けたとしても、LED12から出射した光のうちカバー部材30の主部31を透過せずに主部31の内面で反射した光を、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで回り込ませることができる。このため、LED12から出射した光をカバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aにまで十分に行きわたらせることができるので、カバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aの近傍まで十分に光らせることができる。したがって、幅方向(X軸方向)の全体にわたってカバー部材30を光らせることができ、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなることを抑制することができる。つまり、フレーム20の突出部20bによるカバー部材30の幅方向の端部の暗がりを低減することができる。 In this way, the extension portion 32 extends toward the light source unit 10 from a position on the ceiling side of the portion of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 that is located closest to the floor, covering the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. This allows a spatial area to be formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30 that extends toward the ceiling outside the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. As a result, even if the frame 20 is provided with a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor side, the light emitted from the LED 12 that does not pass through the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 and is reflected on the inner surface of the main portion 31 can be made to go around to the spatial area formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30. Therefore, the light emitted from the LED 12 can be sufficiently distributed to the outer end 31a of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30, so that the light can be sufficiently illuminated up to the vicinity of the outer end 31a of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30. Therefore, the cover member 30 can be illuminated over the entire width direction (X-axis direction), and the widthwise ends of the cover member 30 can be prevented from becoming dark. In other words, the darkness of the widthwise ends of the cover member 30 caused by the protrusions 20b of the frame 20 can be reduced.
 また、カバー部材30に延設部32を設けることで、LED照明装置3から出射する照明光の天井側への光束(上方光束)を低減することもできる。この結果、LED照明装置3から出射する照明光の床側への光束を増加させることができるので、LED照明装置3の床側への光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。また、床側への光束を増加させることで、LED照明器具1の直下照度を向上させることができる。これにより、複数のLED照明器具1を設置する場合、LED照明器具1の設置台数を削減することができる。 Furthermore, by providing the extension portion 32 on the cover member 30, the luminous flux (upward luminous flux) of the illumination light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 toward the ceiling side can be reduced. As a result, the luminous flux of the illumination light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be increased, so the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be improved. Furthermore, by increasing the luminous flux toward the floor side, the direct illuminance of the LED lighting fixture 1 can be improved. As a result, when multiple LED lighting fixtures 1 are installed, the number of installed LED lighting fixtures 1 can be reduced.
 延設部32の外延設部32aは、床側の方向又は天井側の方向において(つまりZ方向において)、凹部2aの内側面と取付部33との間の隙間GXと重なる部位を有する。また、外延設部32aは、凹部2aの開口端縁2a1に対向している。つまり、Z軸方向において、外延設部32aは、開口端縁2a1と重なっている。したがって、外延設部32aは、隙間GXを跨るように形成されている。 The outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 has a portion that overlaps with the gap GX between the inner surface of the recess 2a and the mounting portion 33 in the direction toward the floor or ceiling (i.e., in the Z direction). The outer extension portion 32a also faces the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a. In other words, in the Z-axis direction, the outer extension portion 32a overlaps with the opening edge 2a1. Therefore, the outer extension portion 32a is formed to span the gap GX.
 各延設部32の外延設部32aにおける開口端縁2a1に対向する部分と主部31の外側端部31aとは、取付部33から外側に突出する突出部を形成している。具体的には、この突出部は、XZ断面において、断面V字形状に形成されている。なお、外延設部32aは、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口面の幅方向外側端部よりも外側に飛び出していない。具体的には、外延設部32aは、凹部2aの開口端縁2a1よりもY軸方向の外側に飛び出していない。具体的には、外延設部32aと主部31の外側端部31aの接続部分(V字の頂点)は、器具本体2の傾斜面部2bとほぼ同一面に存在している。これにより、器具本体2の傾斜面部2bとカバー部材30の主部31の表面とが連続する一つの面となるので、LED照明装置3の意匠性が向上する。 The portion of the outer extension 32a of each extension 32 facing the opening edge 2a1 and the outer end 31a of the main part 31 form a protrusion that protrudes outward from the mounting part 33. Specifically, this protrusion is formed in a V-shape in the XZ cross section. The outer extension 32a does not protrude outward from the widthwise outer end of the opening surface of the recess 2a of the device body 2. Specifically, the outer extension 32a does not protrude outward in the Y-axis direction from the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a. Specifically, the connection portion (the apex of the V) between the outer extension 32a and the outer end 31a of the main part 31 is approximately on the same plane as the inclined surface 2b of the device body 2. As a result, the inclined surface 2b of the device body 2 and the surface of the main part 31 of the cover member 30 become one continuous surface, improving the design of the LED lighting device 3.
 各延設部32における外延設部32aは、内延設部32bと主部31とを連結する部分である。したがって、外延設部32aの一方の端部は、内延設部32bに接続されており、外延設部32aの他方の端部は、主部31の内面に接続されている。 The outer extension portion 32a of each extension portion 32 is a portion that connects the inner extension portion 32b and the main portion 31. Therefore, one end of the outer extension portion 32a is connected to the inner extension portion 32b, and the other end of the outer extension portion 32a is connected to the inner surface of the main portion 31.
 外延設部32aは、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1に当接しうる当たり部である。LED照明装置3が器具本体2の凹部2aに収納された状態において、外延設部32aは、開口端縁2a1に当接していてもよいし、開口端縁2a1に当接していなくてもよい。つまり、外延設部32aと開口端縁2a1との間に隙間が存在していてもよいし、外延設部32aと開口端縁2a1とが接触していてもよい。本実施の形態において、外延設部32aは、開口端縁2a1に当接している。 The outer extension portion 32a is a contact portion that can come into contact with the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. When the LED lighting device 3 is stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, the outer extension portion 32a may or may not come into contact with the opening edge 2a1. In other words, there may be a gap between the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1, or the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 may be in contact. In this embodiment, the outer extension portion 32a comes into contact with the opening edge 2a1.
 本実施の形態では、LED照明装置3を弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)で引き上げて器具本体2に取り付ける際、外延設部32aが器具本体2の開口端縁2a1に当接することでLED照明装置3が器具本体2に取り付けられる。このため、外延設部32aと開口端縁2a1とは当接していることが望ましい。ただし、フレーム20又はカバー部材30等の各種部品の反り・ねじれ・うなり、又は、LED照明器具1の施工時のバラツキ(ボルト締付でのひずみ、配線によるバラツキなど)等によって、外延設部32aと開口端縁2a1との間に隙間が生じる場合もある。 In this embodiment, when the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) and attached to the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 by the outer extension portion 32a abutting against the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2. For this reason, it is desirable that the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 abut. However, a gap may occur between the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 due to warping, twisting, or groaning of various parts such as the frame 20 or the cover member 30, or variations during installation of the LED lighting fixture 1 (distortion due to bolt tightening, variations due to wiring, etc.).
 なお、外延設部32aは、主部31の一部であってもよい。この場合、延設部32は、内延設部32bのみで構成される。 The outer extension portion 32a may be part of the main portion 31. In this case, the extension portion 32 is composed only of the inner extension portion 32b.
 延設部32の少なくとも一部は、フレーム20の一部に沿った形状を有している。本実施の形態では、延設部32の少なくとも一部は、フレーム20の突出部20bに沿った形状を有する。具体的には、上記のように、延設部32の内延設部32bがフレーム20の突出部20bに沿った形状を有している。具体的には、内延設部32bは、フレーム20の突出部20bの傾斜板部23bに沿った形状を有する。 At least a part of the extension portion 32 has a shape that follows a part of the frame 20. In this embodiment, at least a part of the extension portion 32 has a shape that follows the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. Specifically, as described above, the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 has a shape that follows the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. Specifically, the inner extension portion 32b has a shape that follows the inclined plate portion 23b of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
 図3に示すように、内延設部32bは、床側に向かって突出するように屈曲している。つまり、内延設部32bは、フレーム20の突出部20bと同様に、床側に向かって突出する突出部を有するように形成されている。フレーム20の突出部20bは、この内延設部32bの屈曲する部分(突出部分)に向かって突出している。したがって、フレーム20の突出部20bは、内延設部32bの突出部分に嵌るように形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the inner extension 32b is bent so as to protrude toward the floor. In other words, the inner extension 32b is formed to have a protruding portion that protrudes toward the floor, similar to the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. The protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 protrudes toward the bent portion (protruding portion) of this inner extension 32b. Therefore, the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 is formed to fit into the protruding portion of the inner extension 32b.
 また、内延設部32bの少なくとも一部は、フレーム20に当接しうる。後述するように、本実施の形態では、内延設部32bの先端部がフレーム20の主板部21に接している。なお、カバー部材30は、基本的には、内延設部32bの先端部と取付部33の先端部(当接部33a)との2箇所のみでフレーム20に接触しているので、内延設部32bとフレーム20の突出部20bとの間には隙間が存在している。ただし、部品バラツキ又は施工バラツキ等によっては、内延設部32bと突出部20bの一部とが接触する場合もある。なお、内延設部32bと突出部20bとを意図的に接触させてもよい。 Also, at least a portion of the inner extension portion 32b can abut against the frame 20. As described later, in this embodiment, the tip of the inner extension portion 32b abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Note that the cover member 30 basically contacts the frame 20 only at two points, the tip of the inner extension portion 32b and the tip of the mounting portion 33 (abutment portion 33a), so there is a gap between the inner extension portion 32b and the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. However, depending on component variations or construction variations, there may be cases where the inner extension portion 32b and a portion of the protruding portion 20b come into contact. Note that the inner extension portion 32b and the protruding portion 20b may be intentionally brought into contact with each other.
 各延設部32の光源部10側の先端部は、フレーム20の突出部20bよりもフレーム20の中央側に位置している。具体的には、延設部32の内延設部32bの先端部は、突出部20bの側方に位置している。 The tip of each extension 32 on the light source unit 10 side is located closer to the center of the frame 20 than the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. Specifically, the tip of the inner extension 32b of the extension 32 is located to the side of the protruding portion 20b.
 内延設部32bは、フレーム20の突出部20bに対向する第1板部32b1と、突出部20bを超えた位置から光源部10側に向かって延在する第2板部32b2と、第2板部32b2から天井側に向かって立設する第3板部32b3とを有する。 The inner extension 32b has a first plate 32b1 that faces the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, a second plate 32b2 that extends beyond the protruding portion 20b toward the light source unit 10, and a third plate 32b3 that stands upright from the second plate 32b2 toward the ceiling.
 第1板部32b1は、突出部20bを構成する横板部23と対向しており、横板部23と同様に、傾斜板部と平行板部とによって構成されている。 The first plate portion 32b1 faces the horizontal plate portion 23 that constitutes the protrusion 20b, and like the horizontal plate portion 23, is composed of an inclined plate portion and a parallel plate portion.
 第2板部32b2は、突出部20b(横板部23)を超えた位置からフレーム20の主板部21に傾斜するように延在する傾斜板部である。なお、第2板部32b2は、傾斜していなくてもよい。例えば、第2板部32b2は、フレーム20の主板部21と平行であってもよい。 The second plate portion 32b2 is an inclined plate portion that extends from a position beyond the protruding portion 20b (horizontal plate portion 23) so as to be inclined toward the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Note that the second plate portion 32b2 does not have to be inclined. For example, the second plate portion 32b2 may be parallel to the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
 第3板部32b3は、第2板部32b2の先端部から天井側に向かって立設する立板部である。つまり、第3板部32b3は、フレーム20の主板部21に立設している。具体的には、第3板部32b3は、フレーム20の主板部21に対して垂直に形成された垂直部である。第3板部32b3は、内延設部32bの先端部となる。つまり、第3板部32b3の先端部は、延設部32の光源部10側の先端部である。なお、第3板部32b3の高さ(長さ)は、フレーム20の主板部21に形成された突出部20bの高さ(本実施の形態では、横板部23の位置)よりも低くなっている。 The third plate portion 32b3 is a vertical plate portion that stands from the tip of the second plate portion 32b2 toward the ceiling side. In other words, the third plate portion 32b3 stands on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, the third plate portion 32b3 is a vertical portion formed perpendicular to the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. The third plate portion 32b3 is the tip of the inner extension portion 32b. In other words, the tip of the third plate portion 32b3 is the tip of the extension portion 32 on the light source unit 10 side. The height (length) of the third plate portion 32b3 is lower than the height of the protrusion portion 20b formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 (in this embodiment, the position of the horizontal plate portion 23).
 内延設部32bは、カバー部材30の短手方向の内側部分の傾斜がカバー部材30の短手方向の傾斜よりも緩やかになっている。つまり、光源部10側の部分の傾斜が取付部33側の部分の傾斜よりも緩やかになっている。具体的には、内延設部32bの第2板部32b2(傾斜板部)の傾斜は、内延設部32bの第1板部32b1の傾斜板部の傾斜よりも緩やかになっている。つまり、内延設部32bの第2板部32b2(傾斜板部)の傾斜角は、内延設部32bの第1板部32b1の傾斜板部の傾斜角よりも小さい。 The inclination of the inner part of the inner extension portion 32b in the short side direction of the cover member 30 is gentler than the inclination of the short side direction of the cover member 30. In other words, the inclination of the part on the light source unit 10 side is gentler than the inclination of the part on the mounting unit 33 side. Specifically, the inclination of the second plate portion 32b2 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b is gentler than the inclination of the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b. In other words, the inclination angle of the second plate portion 32b2 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b is smaller than the inclination angle of the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b.
 延設部32は、フレーム20に押し付けられた状態で当接する当接部を有する。本実施の形態において、この当接部は、内延設部32bに設けられている。具体的には、当接部は、内延設部32bの第3板部32b3である。つまり、当接部である第3板部32b3は、フレーム20の主板部21に当接している。第3板部32b3(当接部)は、フレーム20に押し付けられている。フレーム20に押し付けられた延設部32は、弾性変形している。つまり、延設部32が弾性変形することで、その反力によって第3板部32b3(当接部)がフレーム20に押し付けられている。 The extension portion 32 has an abutment portion that abuts against the frame 20 when pressed against it. In this embodiment, this abutment portion is provided on the inner extension portion 32b. Specifically, the abutment portion is the third plate portion 32b3 of the inner extension portion 32b. In other words, the third plate portion 32b3, which is the abutment portion, abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. The third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion) is pressed against the frame 20. The extension portion 32 pressed against the frame 20 is elastically deformed. In other words, as the extension portion 32 elastically deforms, the reaction force presses the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion) against the frame 20.
 各延設部32の光源部10側の先端部は、フレーム20の突出部20bよりもフレーム20の中央側に位置している。具体的には、各延設部32の内延設部32bにおける第3板部32b3の先端が、フレーム20の横板部23の内側端部よりもフレーム20の中央側に位置している。 The tip of each extension 32 on the light source unit 10 side is located closer to the center of the frame 20 than the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. Specifically, the tip of the third plate portion 32b3 in the inner extension portion 32b of each extension 32 is located closer to the center of the frame 20 than the inner end of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
 内延設部32bにおける第3板部32b3は、先端が基板11に向かって延在するように形成されている。本実施の形態では、第3板部32b3は、基板11に向かって基板11側に傾斜するように形成されている。 The third plate portion 32b3 in the inner extension portion 32b is formed so that its tip extends toward the substrate 11. In this embodiment, the third plate portion 32b3 is formed so that it is inclined toward the substrate 11.
 延設部32は、フレーム20の主板部21に当接する当接部32cを有する。延設部32の当接部32cは、フレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接している。本実施の形態において、当接部32cは、延設部32の先端部である。したがって、延設部32の先端部がフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接している。具体的には、当接部32cは、内延設部32bの先端部である。つまり、当接部32cは、内延設部32bの第3板部32b3である。この場合、当接部32cである第3板部32b3の先端部の端面がフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接している。 The extension portion 32 has an abutment portion 32c that abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. The abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against it. In this embodiment, the abutment portion 32c is the tip of the extension portion 32. Therefore, the tip of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against it. Specifically, the abutment portion 32c is the tip of the inner extension portion 32b. In other words, the abutment portion 32c is the third plate portion 32b3 of the inner extension portion 32b. In this case, the end face of the tip of the third plate portion 32b3, which is the abutment portion 32c, abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against it.
 フレーム20に押し付けられた延設部32は、弾性変形している。つまり、延設部32が弾性変形することで、その反力によって当接部32c(第3板部32b3)がフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられている。したがって、延設部32は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前とカバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後とでは、フレーム20に対する姿勢が異なっている。 The extension portion 32 pressed against the frame 20 is elastically deformed. In other words, as the extension portion 32 elastically deforms, the reaction force presses the abutment portion 32c (third plate portion 32b3) against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Therefore, the attitude of the extension portion 32 relative to the frame 20 is different before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
 各延設部32は、LED12の指向特性(配光角)よりも外側に配置されているとよい。例えば、LED12の配光角(1/2ビーム角)は、120°であるので、一対の延設部32における一対の第2板部32b2の開き角(第2板部32b2の傾斜角)は、120°以上であるとよい。これにより、LED12から出射した光のカバー部材30での損失を少なくして、LED12から出射した光の多くがカバー部材30を透過して外部に出射する。つまり、カバー部材30の光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。一対の第2板部32b2の開き角は、160°以上であるとよい。なお、一対の第2板部32b2の開き角の上限は、一例として、170°である。なお、2色成型により延設部32を白色(高反射の不透過)にすることで、さらに光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。 Each extension 32 may be disposed outside the directional characteristics (light distribution angle) of the LED 12. For example, since the light distribution angle (1/2 beam angle) of the LED 12 is 120°, the opening angle (tilt angle of the second plate 32b2) of the pair of extensions 32 may be 120° or more. This reduces the loss of light emitted from the LED 12 in the cover member 30, and most of the light emitted from the LED 12 passes through the cover member 30 and is emitted to the outside. In other words, the light extraction efficiency of the cover member 30 can be improved. The opening angle of the pair of second plate parts 32b2 may be 160° or more. The upper limit of the opening angle of the pair of second plate parts 32b2 is, for example, 170°. The light extraction efficiency can be further improved by making the extension 32 white (highly reflective and non-transmissive) by two-color molding.
 各延設部32とフレーム20との間には、空間領域S1が存在している。具体的には、各延設部32における内延設部32bとフレーム20の主板部21との間に空間領域S1が存在している。空間領域S1には、各種部品をネジ止めしたときネジ足又はネジ頭が収納されたり、フレーム20と他の金属部品とをかしめたときのカシメ部が収納されたりしていてもよい。本実施の形態では、図4に示すように、この空間領域S1には、電源装置4とフレーム20とを固定するためのネジ50のネジ足が収納されている。 A spatial region S1 exists between each extension portion 32 and the frame 20. Specifically, the spatial region S1 exists between the inner extension portion 32b of each extension portion 32 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. The spatial region S1 may house the screw base or screw head when various components are screwed together, or the crimped portion when the frame 20 and other metal components are crimped together. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, the spatial region S1 houses the screw base of a screw 50 for fixing the power supply unit 4 to the frame 20.
 また、その他に、空間領域S1には、機能部品が収納されていてもよいし、LED照明装置3を製造する際に工場で配線処理される器具内電線が収納されていてもよい。 In addition, the spatial region S1 may house functional components or internal electrical wires that are wired in the factory when the LED lighting device 3 is manufactured.
 空間領域S1に収納される機能部品は、例えば機能拡張モジュールである。機能拡張モジュールは、一例として、人感センサや明るさセンサの各種センサを備えるセンサユニット、無線信号を受信するアンテナ及び制御回路を有する無線モジュール、赤外線信号を受信する受光素子及び制御回路を有する赤外線モジュール、プルスイッチ、又は、基板11に実装されたLED12(第1光源)とは別の第2光源等である。無線信号又は赤外線信号は、例えば、LED12を点灯及び消灯したり調光・調色したりするためのリモコン信号、又は、LED照明装置3の各種設定を行うための設定信号等である。また、第2光源は、モニタ表示用の光源(モニタランプ)、カバー部材30から出射する照明光の配光を制御するための光源(例えばワイド配光にするための光源)、演出するためのカラー光源(例えば、赤色、青色及び緑色等のLED光源)、又は、非常時に点灯する非常用光源等である。なお、第2光源として非常用光源を用いる場合は、第2光源を覆うカバー及び/又はカバー部材30は、ガラス等の難燃性材料によって構成されているとよい。なお、無線とは、特定の周波数帯域に限定されるものではなく、電波や光(赤外線を含む)等も含む広義の無線を意味していてもよい。無線モジュールにおけるアンテナは、例えば、パターンアンテナ、チップアンテナ、棒アンテナ又は板アンテナ等であるが、これらに限定されるものではない。また、無線モジュールは、アンテナ領域と制御領域とを有していてもよい。無線モジュールと電源装置との接続は、電線の両端コネクタであってもよいし、無線モジュール及び電源装置の一方のみがコネクタであってもよい。また、無線モジュールと電源装置4との接続は、電線による有線接続ではなく、無線通信による無線接続であってもよい。 The functional parts stored in the spatial region S1 are, for example, function expansion modules. Examples of the function expansion module include a sensor unit equipped with various sensors such as a human sensor and a brightness sensor, a wireless module having an antenna and a control circuit for receiving wireless signals, an infrared module having a light receiving element and a control circuit for receiving infrared signals, a pull switch, or a second light source other than the LED 12 (first light source) mounted on the substrate 11. The wireless signal or infrared signal is, for example, a remote control signal for turning on and off the LED 12 or adjusting the brightness and color, or a setting signal for performing various settings of the LED lighting device 3. The second light source is a light source for monitor display (monitor lamp), a light source for controlling the light distribution of the illumination light emitted from the cover member 30 (for example, a light source for wide light distribution), a color light source for directing (for example, LED light sources of red, blue, green, etc.), or an emergency light source that is turned on in an emergency. In addition, when an emergency light source is used as the second light source, the cover and/or cover member 30 covering the second light source may be made of a flame-retardant material such as glass. Note that wireless is not limited to a specific frequency band, but may refer to wireless in a broad sense including radio waves and light (including infrared rays). The antenna in the wireless module may be, for example, a pattern antenna, a chip antenna, a rod antenna, or a plate antenna, but is not limited to these. The wireless module may have an antenna area and a control area. The connection between the wireless module and the power supply device may be a connector on both ends of an electric wire, or only one of the wireless module and the power supply device may be a connector. The connection between the wireless module and the power supply device 4 may be a wireless connection via wireless communication, rather than a wired connection via an electric wire.
 空間領域S1に収納される器具内電線は、例えば、電源装置4に接続された電線又は複数の光源部10同士を接続する電線等である。このうち、電源装置4に接続される電線としては、電源装置4と光源部10とを接続する電力供給線、電源装置4と電源端子台8とを接続する電源線、電源装置4と調光用端子台9とを接続する調光制御線、及び、後述する機能拡張モジュール(センサ等)に接続された制御線等がある。 The internal electric wires stored in the spatial region S1 are, for example, electric wires connected to the power supply unit 4 or electric wires connecting the multiple light source units 10 together. Of these, the electric wires connected to the power supply unit 4 include a power supply line connecting the power supply unit 4 and the light source units 10, a power line connecting the power supply unit 4 and the power terminal block 8, a dimming control line connecting the power supply unit 4 and the dimming terminal block 9, and a control line connected to a function expansion module (sensor, etc.) described later.
 カバー部材30の取付部33は、光源部10の光出射側とは反対側に延在している。具体的には、取付部33は、延設部32に接続されており、延設部32の一部から天井側に向かって延在している。取付部33は、フレーム20の一対の側板部24に取り付けられる。 The mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 extends on the side opposite the light emission side of the light source unit 10. Specifically, the mounting portion 33 is connected to the extension portion 32 and extends from a part of the extension portion 32 toward the ceiling side. The mounting portion 33 is attached to a pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20.
 また、空間領域S1に虫等の異物が侵入したとしても、空間領域S1と主部31との距離が長いので、空間領域S1に存在する異物によって影が生じにくい。また、フレーム20の傾斜板部23bと内延設部32bとの間に隙間領域は、主部31までの距離が近いために、この隙間領域に虫が存在すると影になりやすいものの、この隙間領域は小さいので虫がたまりにくくなっている。また、仮にこの隙間領域に虫が侵入したとしても、虫は推進性能を有するため、虫は、この隙間領域から空間領域S1に向かって進むことになり、影が生じにくい空間領域S1に入ることになる。なお、空間領域S1の入口(隙間領域の出口)が狭くなっているので、一旦虫が空間領域S1に入ると、虫は空間領域S1から出ることがない。つまり、影が生じにくい空間領域S1に虫を留めることができる。なお、延設部32が白樹脂等の不透光性材料によって構成されている場合は、この限りではない。 Even if a foreign object such as an insect enters the spatial region S1, the distance between the spatial region S1 and the main portion 31 is long, so that the foreign object present in the spatial region S1 is unlikely to cast a shadow. In addition, the gap region between the inclined plate portion 23b of the frame 20 and the inner extension portion 32b is close to the main portion 31, so if an insect is present in this gap region, it is likely to cast a shadow, but since this gap region is small, it is difficult for insects to accumulate. Even if an insect enters this gap region, since the insect has propulsion ability, the insect will move from this gap region toward the spatial region S1 and enter the spatial region S1 where shadows are unlikely to be generated. In addition, since the entrance (exit of the gap region) of the spatial region S1 is narrow, once the insect enters the spatial region S1, it will not exit the spatial region S1. In other words, the insect can be kept in the spatial region S1 where shadows are unlikely to be generated. In addition, this does not apply if the extension portion 32 is made of an opaque material such as white resin.
 本実施の形態において、取付部33は、フレーム20を挟むように一対設けられている。一対の取付部33は、カバー部材30における一対の脚部(足)として形成されている。一対の取付部33のZ軸方向の長さは、同じである。なお、図8及び図9に示すように、一対の取付部33の各々は、Y軸方向に沿って長尺状に形成されている。一対の取付部33のY軸方向の長さも互いに同じである。 In this embodiment, a pair of mounting portions 33 are provided to sandwich the frame 20. The pair of mounting portions 33 are formed as a pair of legs (feet) on the cover member 30. The pair of mounting portions 33 have the same length in the Z-axis direction. As shown in Figures 8 and 9, each of the pair of mounting portions 33 is formed in an elongated shape along the Y-axis direction. The pair of mounting portions 33 also have the same length in the Y-axis direction.
 カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた状態において、一対の取付部33の各々は、弾性変形している。詳細は後述するが、各取付部33は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前とカバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後とでは、各側板部24に対する姿勢が異なっている。 When the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, each of the pair of mounting portions 33 is elastically deformed. As will be described in detail later, the posture of each mounting portion 33 relative to each side plate portion 24 is different before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
 図3及び図8に示すように、一対の取付部33の各々は、フレーム20の一対の側板部24に当接する当接部33aを有する。つまり、取付部33は、当接部33aにおいてフレーム20の側板部24と接触している。本実施の形態において、取付部33における当接部33aは、取付部33の先端部である。したがって、取付部33の先端部がフレーム20の側板部24に接触している。また、本実施の形態において、取付部33における当接部33aは、フレーム20の側板部24の先端部に係合する係合部である。したがって、取付部33の先端部は、フレーム20の側板部24の先端部に係合している。 As shown in Figures 3 and 8, each of the pair of mounting portions 33 has an abutment portion 33a that abuts against a pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20. That is, the mounting portions 33 contact the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 at the abutment portions 33a. In this embodiment, the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portions 33 is the tip portion of the mounting portions 33. Therefore, the tip portion of the mounting portions 33 contacts the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20. Also, in this embodiment, the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portions 33 is an engagement portion that engages with the tip portions of the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20. Therefore, the tip portion of the mounting portions 33 engages with the tip portions of the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20.
 本実施の形態において、係合部である当接部33aは、例えば、取付部33の先端部をL字状に折り曲げられた折曲部である。この当接部33aにフレーム20の側板部24の先端部に設けられた折曲部24aが係合することで、カバー部材30の一対の取付部33とフレーム20の一対の側板部24とが互いに係止して固定される。これにより、カバー部材30の一対の取付部33は、フレーム20を抱え込むようにしてフレーム20に固定される。 In this embodiment, the abutment portion 33a, which is the engagement portion, is, for example, a bent portion formed by bending the tip of the mounting portion 33 into an L shape. The bent portion 24a provided at the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 engages with this abutment portion 33a, so that the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 and the pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 are engaged and fixed to each other. As a result, the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 are fixed to the frame 20 in a manner that embraces the frame 20.
 また、フレーム20の側板部24とカバー部材30の取付部33とは、ネジで固定されていてもよい。この場合、ネジは、側板部24と取付部33とが重なった部分に、取付部33の外側からねじ込まれる。あるいは、フレーム20とカバー部材30とは、カシメ構造によって固定されていてもよい。例えば、フレーム20の側板部24の一部をかしめてカバー部材30の取付部33に固定することで、フレーム20とカバー部材30とを固定してもよい。また、金具等の別部品によってフレーム20とカバー部材30とを固定してもよい。 Also, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be fixed with a screw. In this case, the screw is screwed into the portion where the side plate portion 24 and the mounting portion 33 overlap from the outside of the mounting portion 33. Alternatively, the frame 20 and the cover member 30 may be fixed with a crimping structure. For example, the frame 20 and the cover member 30 may be fixed by crimping a part of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 to the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30. The frame 20 and the cover member 30 may also be fixed with a separate part such as a metal fitting.
 なお、本実施の形態では、上記のように、スナップインによりカバー部材30の幅方向からカバー部材30の取付部33をフレーム20の側板部24に嵌め合わせることでカバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けたが、これに限らない。例えば、フレーム20の長手方向の端部からカバー部材30を挿入してカバー部材30をスライドさせることでカバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けてもよい。 In the present embodiment, as described above, the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 by snapping the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 into the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 from the width direction of the cover member 30, but this is not limited to the above. For example, the cover member 30 may be attached to the frame 20 by inserting the cover member 30 from the end of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction and sliding the cover member 30.
 また、本実施の形態において、取付部33の先端部に形成された当接部33aは、傾斜するように折り曲げられた形状であるが、これに限らない。また、当接部33aは、先端が折り返されるように形成されていてもよい。この場合、当接部33aは、断面形状が略コの字状又は略U字状の凹部である。 In addition, in this embodiment, the abutment portion 33a formed at the tip of the attachment portion 33 is bent at an angle, but this is not limited to this. The abutment portion 33a may also be formed so that the tip is folded back. In this case, the abutment portion 33a has a cross-sectional shape that is a recessed portion that is approximately U-shaped or C-shaped.
 カバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20との間には、空間である第1の隙間G1が存在している。具体的には、第1の隙間G1は、延設部32とフレーム20の突出部20bとの間に存在している。 A first gap G1, which is a space, exists between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20. Specifically, the first gap G1 exists between the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b of the frame 20.
 第1の隙間G1には、突出部20bの頂部と延設部32との間の隙間が含まれている。本実施の形態において、突出部20bの頂部は、横板部23の平行板部23aであり、突出部20bは、延設部32の内延設部32bで覆われている。したがって、第1の隙間G1は、延設部32の内延設部32bと、フレーム20の横板部23における平行板部23aとの間に存在している。 The first gap G1 includes the gap between the top of the protrusion 20b and the extension portion 32. In this embodiment, the top of the protrusion 20b is the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23, and the protrusion 20b is covered by the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32. Therefore, the first gap G1 exists between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
 また、第1の隙間G1には、さらに、突出部20bにおける頂部以外の部分と延設部32との間の隙間が含まれている。具体的には、第1の隙間G1は、延設部32の内延設部32bと横板部23の平行板部23aとの間に存在しているだけではなく、延設部32の内延設部32bと横板部23の傾斜板部23bとの間にも存在している。 The first gap G1 also includes the gap between the portion of the protrusion 20b other than the top and the extension portion 32. Specifically, the first gap G1 exists not only between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23, but also between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23.
 本実施の形態において、第1の隙間G1は、延設部32の内延設部32bと突出部20bとの間の全域にわたって存在している。したがって、延設部32と突出部20bとは、接触していない。具体的には、LED照明装置3が器具本体2の凹部2aに収納された状態においても、延設部32と突出部20bとは、接触していない。 In this embodiment, the first gap G1 exists over the entire area between the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b. Therefore, the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b are not in contact with each other. Specifically, even when the LED lighting device 3 is stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, the extension portion 32 and the protrusion portion 20b are not in contact with each other.
 図3の拡大図に示すように、カバー部材30の延設部32には、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起34が設けられている。突起34は、延設部32の内延設部32bに設けられている。具体的には、突起34は、内延設部32bの第1板部32b1に設けられている。第1の隙間G1に位置する突起34は、延設部32とフレーム20の横板部23における傾斜板部23bとの間に位置している。 As shown in the enlarged view of FIG. 3, the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 has a protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1. The protrusion 34 is provided on the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32. Specifically, the protrusion 34 is provided on the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b. The protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1 is located between the extension portion 32 and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
 突起34は、延設部32から突出部20bに向かって突出する凸部である。具体的には、突起34は、突出部20bにおける横板部23の傾斜板部23bに向かって突出しており、傾斜板部23bに対向している。この場合、突起34は、フレーム20とカバー部材30とが所定の基準位置(設計上の位置)に存在する場合、突起34の先端がフレーム20に接触しないように設けられている。したがって、突起34の先端と突出部20bとの間には第1の隙間G1が存在している。具体的には、突起34の先端と傾斜板部23bとの間に第1の隙間G1が存在している。なお、突起34の先端がフレーム20に接触しないように設けられているので、突起34が設けられていない部分の第1の隙間G1の幅(延設部32と突出部20bとの間隔)は、突起34の高さよりも長くなっている。 The protrusion 34 is a convex portion that protrudes from the extension portion 32 toward the protruding portion 20b. Specifically, the protrusion 34 protrudes toward the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 in the protruding portion 20b, and faces the inclined plate portion 23b. In this case, the protrusion 34 is provided so that the tip of the protrusion 34 does not contact the frame 20 when the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are in a predetermined reference position (design position). Therefore, a first gap G1 exists between the tip of the protrusion 34 and the protruding portion 20b. Specifically, a first gap G1 exists between the tip of the protrusion 34 and the inclined plate portion 23b. Since the tip of the protrusion 34 is provided so as not to contact the frame 20, the width of the first gap G1 (the distance between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b) in the portion where the protrusion 34 is not provided is longer than the height of the protrusion 34.
 突起34は、延設部32と一体に形成されている。本実施の形態において、突起34は、Y軸方向に延在する突条のリブである。この場合、Y軸方向に延在する突起34は、カバー部材30の長手方向の全長にわたって設けられていてもよいし、カバー部材30の長手方向の全長のうちの一部に1つ又は複数設けられていてもよい。一例として、突起34の断面形状は、三角形であるが、これに限るものではない。例えば、突起34の断面形状は、半円形等であってもよい。また、突起34は、Y軸方向に延在するリブであったが、これに限るものではない。例えば、突起34は、三角錐状又は半球状等のドットであってもよい。この場合、ドットである突起34は、Y軸方向に沿って離散的に複数設けられていてもよい。また、突起34の高さは、延設部32の厚さよりも小さくなっているが、これに限るものではない。 The protrusion 34 is formed integrally with the extension portion 32. In this embodiment, the protrusion 34 is a rib of a protruding stripe extending in the Y-axis direction. In this case, the protrusion 34 extending in the Y-axis direction may be provided over the entire length of the cover member 30 in the longitudinal direction, or one or more protrusions may be provided in a part of the entire length of the cover member 30 in the longitudinal direction. As an example, the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 34 is triangular, but is not limited to this. For example, the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 34 may be semicircular, etc. In addition, the protrusion 34 is a rib extending in the Y-axis direction, but is not limited to this. For example, the protrusion 34 may be a dot in the shape of a triangular pyramid or a hemisphere. In this case, the protrusions 34 that are dots may be provided in a discrete manner along the Y-axis direction. In addition, the height of the protrusion 34 is smaller than the thickness of the extension portion 32, but is not limited to this.
 また、カバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24との間には、空間である第2の隙間G2が存在している。第2の隙間G2は、取付部33の内側面と側板部24の外側面との間の全域にわたって存在している。したがって、取付部33の内側面と側板部24の外側面とは、接触していない。 In addition, a second gap G2, which is a space, exists between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. The second gap G2 exists over the entire area between the inner surface of the mounting portion 33 and the outer surface of the side plate portion 24. Therefore, there is no contact between the inner surface of the mounting portion 33 and the outer surface of the side plate portion 24.
 なお、第1の隙間G1の幅と第2の隙間G2の幅とは、同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。また、第1の隙間G1の幅と第2の隙間G2の幅とは、延設部32の厚さ及びフレーム20を構成する金属板の厚さよりも大きくなっているが、これに限るものではない。 The width of the first gap G1 and the width of the second gap G2 may be the same or different. In addition, the width of the first gap G1 and the width of the second gap G2 are larger than the thickness of the extension portion 32 and the thickness of the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20, but are not limited to this.
 カバー部材30は、アクリルやポリカーボネート等の透光性樹脂材料又はガラス材料等の透光性を有する材料で構成されている。本実施の形態において、カバー部材30は、透光性樹脂材料によって構成されている。この場合、カバー部材30は、光拡散材が内部に分散された乳白色のカバー部材とすることができる。このようなカバー部材30は、光拡散材を混合した透光性樹脂材料を所定形状に樹脂成型することによって作製することができる。光拡散材としては、シリカ粒子等の光反射性微粒子を用いることができる。 The cover member 30 is made of a translucent resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate, or a material having translucency such as a glass material. In this embodiment, the cover member 30 is made of a translucent resin material. In this case, the cover member 30 can be a milky white cover member with a light diffusing material dispersed inside. Such a cover member 30 can be produced by resin molding a translucent resin material mixed with a light diffusing material into a predetermined shape. Light reflective fine particles such as silica particles can be used as the light diffusing material.
 なお、カバー部材30としては、内部に光拡散材を分散させるのではなく、透明カバーの表面(内面又は外面)に光拡散材等を含む乳白色の光拡散膜を形成することによって構成されていてもよい。また、カバー部材30は、光拡散材を用いるのではなく、拡散加工を施すことによって光拡散性を有するように構成されていてもよい。例えば、カバー部材30は、シボ加工等の表面処理を施すことによって透明カバーの表面に微小凹凸を形成したり、透明カバーの表面にドットパターンを印刷したりすることによって光拡散性を有するように構成されていてもよい。なお、カバー部材30は、拡散加工する場合であっても、光拡散性を高めるために、さらに光拡散材を含有させてもよい。 In addition, the cover member 30 may be configured by forming a milky light diffusion film containing a light diffusion material on the surface (inner or outer surface) of the transparent cover, rather than dispersing a light diffusion material inside. Also, the cover member 30 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by performing a diffusion process, rather than using a light diffusion material. For example, the cover member 30 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by forming minute irregularities on the surface of the transparent cover by performing a surface treatment such as embossing, or by printing a dot pattern on the surface of the transparent cover. In addition, even when the cover member 30 is subjected to a diffusion process, it may further contain a light diffusion material to enhance light diffusion properties.
 本実施の形態において、カバー部材30を構成する主部31、延設部32及び取付部33は、一体に形成されている。したがって、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33は、同じ材料によって構成されている。なお、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33は、いずれも同じ材料強度であるが、これに限らない。例えば、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33の材料強度は異なっていてもよい。この場合、主部31の材料強度は、延設部32の材料強度及び取付部33の材料強度よりも大きくなっているとよい。この構成により、主部31が変形することを抑制できる。つまり、主部31の形状が安定する。これにより、カバー部材30の変形による光学性能への影響を小さくすることができる。 In this embodiment, the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 that constitute the cover member 30 are integrally formed. Therefore, the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are made of the same material. Note that the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 all have the same material strength, but this is not limited to this. For example, the material strengths of the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 may be different. In this case, it is preferable that the material strength of the main portion 31 is greater than the material strength of the extension portion 32 and the material strength of the mounting portion 33. This configuration can suppress deformation of the main portion 31. In other words, the shape of the main portion 31 is stabilized. This can reduce the impact of deformation of the cover member 30 on the optical performance.
 また、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、0.5mm以上5mm以下である。一例として、主部31の厚みを1mm以下にしてもよい。なお、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33は、いずれも同じ厚みであるが、これに限らない。例えば、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33の厚みは異なっていてもよい。この場合、主部31の厚みは、延設部32の厚み及び取付部33の厚みよりも大きくするとよい。この構成により、主部31が変形することを抑制できる。つまり、主部31の形状が安定する。これにより、カバー部材30の変形による光学性能への影響を小さくすることができる。 Furthermore, the thicknesses of the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are not particularly limited, but are, for example, 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less. As an example, the thickness of the main portion 31 may be 1 mm or less. Note that the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are all the same thickness, but this is not limited to this. For example, the thicknesses of the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 may be different. In this case, it is preferable that the thickness of the main portion 31 is greater than the thickness of the extension portion 32 and the thickness of the mounting portion 33. With this configuration, deformation of the main portion 31 can be suppressed. In other words, the shape of the main portion 31 is stabilized. This makes it possible to reduce the effect of deformation of the cover member 30 on the optical performance.
 また、本実施の形態において、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33は、同じ樹脂材料によって構成されていたが、これに限るものではない、主部31、延設部32及び取付部33は、2種類以上の材料によって構成されていてもよい。この場合、主部31と延設部32とを異なる樹脂材料によって構成することができる。例えば、主部31を透光性樹脂材料によって構成し、延設部32の一部又は全部を白色又は乳白色の樹脂材料によって構成することができる。また、取付部33は、主部31又は延設部32と同じ樹脂材料によって構成する。具体的には、主部31、取付部33、延設部32の外延設部32a及び延設部32の内延設部32bの第2板部32b2を透光性樹脂材料で構成し、延設部32の内延設部32bの第1板部32b1及び第3板部32b3を白色又は乳白色の樹脂材料によって構成することができる。このように、延設部32の一部又は全部を白色又は乳白色にすることで、延設部32(例えば内延設部32b)に反射機能を持たせることができる。これにより、LED12から出射する光のうち延設部32に到達する光を内延設部32bで反射させて主部31に入射させることができる。この結果、LED照明装置3の光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。したがって、LED照明器具1の直下照度を向上させることができるので、複数のLED照明器具1を設置する場合、LED照明器具1の設置台数を削減することができる。また、取付部33を白色又は乳白色にすることで器具本体2の内部に光が漏れることを低減することができる。このように部分的に白色又は乳白色の樹脂材料で構成されたカバー部材30は、2色成形により形成することができる。なお、延設部32を2色2層によって成型してもよい。例えば、延設部32のベース層を主部31と同じ透光性樹脂材料で構成し、延設部32の表面層(ベース層に積層された層)を白色又は乳白色の樹脂材料で構成してもよい。 In addition, in this embodiment, the main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 are made of the same resin material, but this is not limited thereto. The main portion 31, the extension portion 32, and the mounting portion 33 may be made of two or more types of materials. In this case, the main portion 31 and the extension portion 32 can be made of different resin materials. For example, the main portion 31 can be made of a translucent resin material, and part or all of the extension portion 32 can be made of a white or milky white resin material. The mounting portion 33 is made of the same resin material as the main portion 31 or the extension portion 32. Specifically, the main portion 31, the mounting portion 33, the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32, and the second plate portion 32b2 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 can be made of a translucent resin material, and the first plate portion 32b1 and the third plate portion 32b3 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 can be made of a white or milky white resin material. In this way, by making a part or all of the extension portion 32 white or milky white, the extension portion 32 (for example, the inner extension portion 32b) can have a reflecting function. As a result, the light emitted from the LED 12 that reaches the extension portion 32 can be reflected by the inner extension portion 32b and made to enter the main portion 31. As a result, the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 can be improved. Therefore, since the direct illuminance of the LED lighting device 1 can be improved, when multiple LED lighting devices 1 are installed, the number of LED lighting devices 1 installed can be reduced. In addition, by making the mounting portion 33 white or milky white, it is possible to reduce the leakage of light into the inside of the device body 2. The cover member 30 thus partially made of a white or milky white resin material can be formed by two-color molding. The extension portion 32 may be molded by two colors and two layers. For example, the base layer of the extension portion 32 may be made of the same translucent resin material as the main portion 31, and the surface layer of the extension portion 32 (layer laminated on the base layer) may be made of a white or milky white resin material.
 カバー部材30は、当該カバー部材30の長手方向の両端部が閉塞されている。本実施の形態において、カバー部材30の長手方向の両端部は、エンドキャップ40により閉塞されている。具体的には、カバー部材30とフレーム20とが固定されることで長尺状の筒体が構成されており、この筒体の長手方向の両端部の各々にエンドキャップ40が取り付けられている。カバー部材30とフレーム20との間には、空間領域S2が形成されている。この空間領域S2は、虫や埃等の異物が侵入しないように構成された領域(防虫領域)であり、カバー部材30の主部31とフレーム20の主板部21とによって囲まれた領域である。具体的には、空間領域S2は、カバー部材30の主部31及び延設部32とフレーム20の主板部21とエンドキャップ40とによって閉じられた領域である。光源部10は、この空間領域S2に配置されている。 The cover member 30 has both ends in the longitudinal direction closed. In this embodiment, both ends in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30 are closed by end caps 40. Specifically, a long cylindrical body is formed by fixing the cover member 30 and the frame 20, and end caps 40 are attached to both ends in the longitudinal direction of the cylindrical body. A spatial region S2 is formed between the cover member 30 and the frame 20. This spatial region S2 is an area (insect-proof area) configured to prevent foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering, and is an area surrounded by the main part 31 of the cover member 30 and the main plate part 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, the spatial region S2 is an area closed by the main part 31 and the extension part 32 of the cover member 30, the main plate part 21 of the frame 20, and the end caps 40. The light source unit 10 is disposed in this spatial region S2.
 エンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30とフレーム20とで構成される筒体の内部に埃や虫等の異物が侵入することを抑制するための部品である。エンドキャップ40は、フレーム20とカバー部材30とで構成される筒体の開口端部を封鎖するように設けられている。つまり、エンドキャップ40は、フレーム20とカバー部材30とで構成される筒体の開口端部に蓋をするように筒体に取り付けられており、筒体の開口端部を閉塞している。これにより、フレーム20とカバー部材30とで構成される筒体の内部に埃や虫等の異物が入ることを抑制することができる。つまり、空間領域S2に、埃や虫等の異物が入ることを抑制することができる。 The end cap 40 is a component for preventing foreign objects such as dust and insects from entering the interior of the cylinder formed by the cover member 30 and the frame 20. The end cap 40 is provided to close the open end of the cylinder formed by the frame 20 and the cover member 30. In other words, the end cap 40 is attached to the cylinder formed by the frame 20 and the cover member 30 so as to cover the open end of the cylinder, closing off the open end of the cylinder. This makes it possible to prevent foreign objects such as dust and insects from entering the interior of the cylinder formed by the frame 20 and the cover member 30. In other words, it is possible to prevent foreign objects such as dust and insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 エンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30の長手方向の端部に設けられたカバーエンドである。エンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30の長手方向の両端部の各々に設けられている。エンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30の長手方向の端部に直接又は間接的に接続されている。 The end caps 40 are cover ends provided at the longitudinal ends of the cover member 30. The end caps 40 are provided at both longitudinal ends of the cover member 30. The end caps 40 are directly or indirectly connected to the longitudinal ends of the cover member 30.
 図9に示すように、カバー部材30の長手方向の一方の端部に設けられたエンドキャップ40は、第1エンドキャップ40aであり、カバー部材30の長手方向の他方の端部に設けられたエンドキャップ40は、第2エンドキャップ40bである。本実施の形態において、第1エンドキャップ40aと第2エンドキャップ40bとは、同じ部品である。つまり、第2エンドキャップ40bの形状は、第1エンドキャップ40aの形状と同じである。これにより、コストを削減することができる。なお、第1エンドキャップ40aと第2エンドキャップ40bとは、カバー部材30の長手方向(Y軸方向)において、逆向きの関係で配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 9, the end cap 40 provided at one end in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30 is a first end cap 40a, and the end cap 40 provided at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30 is a second end cap 40b. In this embodiment, the first end cap 40a and the second end cap 40b are the same part. In other words, the shape of the second end cap 40b is the same as the shape of the first end cap 40a. This allows costs to be reduced. The first end cap 40a and the second end cap 40b are arranged in an opposite relationship in the longitudinal direction (Y-axis direction) of the cover member 30.
 図5に示すように、エンドキャップ40は、板状の主部41と、カバー部材30に直接又は間接的に接続される接続部42と、主部41から突出する突出片43とを有する。 As shown in FIG. 5, the end cap 40 has a plate-shaped main portion 41, a connection portion 42 that is directly or indirectly connected to the cover member 30, and a protruding piece 43 that protrudes from the main portion 41.
 主部41は、エンドキャップ40の本体部を構成しており、主として、カバー部材30とフレーム20とで構成される筒体の開口端部に蓋をする機能を有する。本実施の形態において、板状の主部41の全部又は一部は、透光性を有する。このように、主部41が透光性を有することで、光源部10からの光を透過させることができる。つまり、光源部10のLED12から出射する光は、主部41を透過してエンドキャップ40の外部に取り出される。 The main portion 41 constitutes the main body of the end cap 40, and mainly functions to cover the open end of the cylinder formed by the cover member 30 and the frame 20. In this embodiment, all or a part of the plate-shaped main portion 41 is translucent. In this way, the main portion 41 being translucent allows light from the light source unit 10 to pass through. In other words, the light emitted from the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 passes through the main portion 41 and is extracted to the outside of the end cap 40.
 具体的には、エンドキャップ40は、全体が透光性を有している。したがって、主部41の全体と接続部42の全体とが透光性を有する。透光性を有するエンドキャップ40は、透明であってもよいし、拡散性を有していてもよい。透光性及び拡散性を有するエンドキャップ40を用いることで、エンドキャップ40に入射したLED12の光は、エンドキャップ40で拡散(散乱)しながらエンドキャップ40を透過する。 Specifically, the end cap 40 is entirely translucent. Therefore, the entire main portion 41 and the entire connecting portion 42 are translucent. The translucent end cap 40 may be transparent or may have diffusive properties. By using an end cap 40 that is translucent and diffusive, the light of the LED 12 that enters the end cap 40 passes through the end cap 40 while being diffused (scattered) by the end cap 40.
 エンドキャップ40は、アクリルやポリカーボネート等の透光性樹脂材料又はガラス材料等の透光性を有する材料で構成されている。本実施の形態において、エンドキャップ40は、透光性樹脂材料によって構成されている。この場合、エンドキャップ40は、光拡散材が内部に分散された拡散部材とすることができる。このようなエンドキャップ40は、光拡散材を混合した透光性樹脂材料を所定形状に樹脂成型することによって作製することができる。光拡散材としては、シリカ粒子等の光反射性微粒子を用いることができる。 The end cap 40 is made of a translucent resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate, or a translucent material such as a glass material. In this embodiment, the end cap 40 is made of a translucent resin material. In this case, the end cap 40 can be a diffusing member having a light diffusing material dispersed therein. Such an end cap 40 can be produced by resin molding a translucent resin material mixed with a light diffusing material into a predetermined shape. Light reflective fine particles such as silica particles can be used as the light diffusing material.
 なお、透光性及び拡散性を有するエンドキャップ40としては、内部に光拡散材を分散させるのではなく、透明なエンドキャップの表面(内面又は外面)に光拡散材等を含む乳白色の光拡散膜を形成することによって構成されていてもよい。また、エンドキャップ40は、光拡散材を用いるのではなく、拡散加工を施すことによって光拡散性を有するように構成されていてもよい。例えば、エンドキャップ40は、シボ加工等の表面処理を施すことによって透明なエンドキャップの表面に微小凹凸を形成したり、透明なエンドキャップの表面にドットパターンを印刷したりすることによって光拡散性を有するように構成されていてもよい。なお、エンドキャップ40は、拡散加工を施す場合であっても、光拡散性を高めるために、さらに光拡散材を含有させてもよい。 In addition, the end cap 40 having translucency and diffusibility may be constructed by forming a milky light diffusion film containing a light diffusion material on the surface (inner or outer surface) of a transparent end cap, rather than dispersing a light diffusion material inside. Also, the end cap 40 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by performing a diffusion process, rather than using a light diffusion material. For example, the end cap 40 may be configured to have light diffusion properties by performing a surface treatment such as embossing to form minute irregularities on the surface of the transparent end cap, or by printing a dot pattern on the surface of the transparent end cap. In addition, even when the end cap 40 is subjected to a diffusion process, it may further contain a light diffusion material to enhance light diffusion properties.
 エンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30と同じ材料によって構成されていてもよいし、カバー部材30と異なる材料によって構成されていてもよい。 The end cap 40 may be made of the same material as the cover member 30, or may be made of a different material than the cover member 30.
 また、主部41は、透光性を有していなくてもよい。この場合、エンドキャップ40の全体が透光性を有していなくてもよい。例えば、不透光性のエンドキャップ40としては、遮光性(光吸収性)又は光反射性を有するものが例示される。この場合、エンドキャップ40は、例えば、白色、黒色又は有色の樹脂材料によって構成される。また、エンドキャップ40は、透光性を有する部分と不透光性とを有する部分とを有していてもよい。 Furthermore, the main portion 41 does not have to be translucent. In this case, the entire end cap 40 does not have to be translucent. For example, an example of an opaque end cap 40 is one that has light blocking properties (light absorbing properties) or light reflecting properties. In this case, the end cap 40 is made of, for example, a white, black, or colored resin material. Furthermore, the end cap 40 may have a translucent portion and an opaque portion.
 主部41の正面視形状は、例えば、全体として扁平状の蒲鉾形状である。したがって、主部41のZ軸方向における一方側の外形は、カバー部材30の形状に沿うように円弧状に湾曲した湾曲形状になっている。板状の主部41の厚みは、一定である。一例として、主部41の厚みは、1mm~5mmであるが、これに限らない。なお、主部41の厚みは、主部41の全領域で一定としたが、これに限らない。 The shape of the main part 41 when viewed from the front is, for example, a flattened kamaboko shape overall. Therefore, the outer shape of one side of the main part 41 in the Z-axis direction is curved in an arc shape to match the shape of the cover member 30. The thickness of the plate-shaped main part 41 is constant. As an example, the thickness of the main part 41 is 1 mm to 5 mm, but is not limited to this. Note that the thickness of the main part 41 is constant over the entire area of the main part 41, but is not limited to this.
 本実施の形態において、LED照明装置3の長手方向から見たときに、エンドキャップ40は、全体としてD字状である。具体的には、LED照明装置3の長手方向から見たときに、主部41は、全体としてD字状である。また、上記のように、LED照明装置3と器具本体2とからなるLED照明器具1の側面形状も全体としてD字状であり、LED照明装置3と器具本体2との境界が目立たなくなっている。このため、Y軸方向から見たときに、エンドキャップ40の主部41の外面と器具本体2における傾斜面部2bの外面(傾斜面)とは面一になっている。つまり、主部41の外面と傾斜面部2bの外面とは連続しており、主部41の外面と傾斜面部2bの外面との境界には段差が無いか、段差があっても僅かである。なお、Y軸方向において、エンドキャップ40の主部41の外面とカバー部材30の主部31の外面とも連続していて面一になっている。 In this embodiment, the end cap 40 is generally D-shaped when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the main part 41 is generally D-shaped when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the LED lighting device 3. As described above, the side shape of the LED lighting device 1 consisting of the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is also generally D-shaped, and the boundary between the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2 is not noticeable. Therefore, when viewed from the Y-axis direction, the outer surface of the main part 41 of the end cap 40 and the outer surface (inclined surface) of the inclined surface part 2b in the fixture body 2 are flush with each other. In other words, the outer surface of the main part 41 and the outer surface of the inclined surface part 2b are continuous, and there is no step at the boundary between the outer surface of the main part 41 and the outer surface of the inclined surface part 2b, or if there is a step, it is only slight. In addition, in the Y-axis direction, the outer surface of the main part 41 of the end cap 40 and the outer surface of the main part 31 of the cover member 30 are also continuous and flush with each other.
 主部41は、当該主部41の厚み方向の面として外側面41aと内側面41bとを有する。エンドキャップ40において、内側面41bは、LED12側の端であり、外側面41aは、LED12側とは反対側の面である。上記のように、本実施の形態では、主部41の全体が透光性を有するので、LED12から出射して主部41に入射する光は主部41の全体を透過する。したがって、主部41の内側面41bは、LED12の光が入射する光入射面となり、主部41の外側面41aは、LED12の光が外部に出射する光出射面となる。 The main portion 41 has an outer surface 41a and an inner surface 41b as surfaces in the thickness direction of the main portion 41. In the end cap 40, the inner surface 41b is the end on the LED 12 side, and the outer surface 41a is the surface opposite the LED 12 side. As described above, in this embodiment, the entire main portion 41 is translucent, so that light emitted from the LED 12 and entering the main portion 41 passes through the entire main portion 41. Therefore, the inner surface 41b of the main portion 41 is the light entrance surface where the light of the LED 12 enters, and the outer surface 41a of the main portion 41 is the light exit surface where the light of the LED 12 exits to the outside.
 主部41は、内側に凹むように全体として凹状に湾曲している。一例として、主部41における外側面41a及び内側面41bは、パラボラ形状である。また、本実施の形態において、主部41は、Z軸方向である高さ方向では上側部分(天井側部分)が下側部分(床側部分)よりも内側に後退するように全体的に傾斜し、かつ、X軸方向である幅方向では中央部分が周辺部分よりも内側に後退するように、全体的に湾曲した形状になっている。 The main portion 41 is curved in a concave shape overall, recessed inwards. As an example, the outer surface 41a and the inner surface 41b of the main portion 41 are parabolic. In this embodiment, the main portion 41 is generally inclined such that the upper portion (ceiling side portion) is recessed inwards from the lower portion (floor side portion) in the height direction, which is the Z-axis direction, and has an overall curved shape such that the central portion is recessed inwards from the peripheral portions in the width direction, which is the X-axis direction.
 なお、主部41は、内側に後退するように(つまり内側に凸となるように)湾曲した形状でなくてもよい。例えば、主部41は、外側に凸となるように湾曲した形状であってもよい。また、主部41は、湾曲した形状でなくてもよい。例えば、主部41は、傾斜した板状の傾斜板であってもよいし、傾斜せずにZ軸方向に平行な板状の垂直板であってもよい。 The main portion 41 does not have to be curved so that it recedes inward (i.e., convex inward). For example, the main portion 41 may be curved so that it convex outward. The main portion 41 does not have to be curved. For example, the main portion 41 may be an inclined plate, or a vertical plate that is not inclined and is parallel to the Z-axis direction.
 接続部42は、主部41の床側の端部に形成されている。接続部42は、主部41の内側面41bに立設するように形成されている。接続部42は、主部41の外周部のうちの湾曲部分に形成されている。つまり、接続部42は、カバー部材30の主部31に対応する部分に形成されている。本実施の形態において、接続部42は、カバー部材30に直接接続されている。具体的には、接続部42は、カバー部材30の主部31と嵌合している。 The connection part 42 is formed at the end of the main part 41 on the floor side. The connection part 42 is formed to stand on the inner surface 41b of the main part 41. The connection part 42 is formed in a curved portion of the outer periphery of the main part 41. In other words, the connection part 42 is formed in a portion that corresponds to the main part 31 of the cover member 30. In this embodiment, the connection part 42 is directly connected to the cover member 30. Specifically, the connection part 42 is fitted into the main part 31 of the cover member 30.
 突出片43は、主部41の天井側の端部に形成されている。突出片43は、主部41の内側面41bに立設するように形成されている。突出片43は、フレーム20の主板部21に対向するように突出している。主板部21はX軸方向に延在しているので、図9に示すように、突出片43もX軸方向に延在している。 The protruding piece 43 is formed at the end of the main part 41 on the ceiling side. The protruding piece 43 is formed to stand upright on the inner surface 41b of the main part 41. The protruding piece 43 protrudes to face the main plate part 21 of the frame 20. Since the main plate part 21 extends in the X-axis direction, as shown in Figure 9, the protruding piece 43 also extends in the X-axis direction.
 図5に示すように、主部41における天井側の端部には、弾性部材44が設けられている。弾性部材44は、突出片43の主板部21側部分に取り付けられている。弾性部材44は、例えば樹脂材料等によって構成された弾性体であり、弾性変形する。本実施の形態において、弾性部材44は、エラストマーによって構成されている。一例として、弾性部材44は、シリコンゴムによって構成されており、ゴム弾性を有する。なお、エラストマーで構成された弾性部材44は、ソリッド成型品に限らず、発泡成形品であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 5, an elastic member 44 is provided at the end of the main portion 41 on the ceiling side. The elastic member 44 is attached to the main plate portion 21 side portion of the protruding piece 43. The elastic member 44 is an elastic body made of, for example, a resin material, and is elastically deformable. In this embodiment, the elastic member 44 is made of an elastomer. As an example, the elastic member 44 is made of silicone rubber and has rubber elasticity. Note that the elastic member 44 made of an elastomer is not limited to being a solid molded product, and may also be a foam molded product.
 弾性部材44は、パッキン部材として機能し、エンドキャップ40の天井側部分とフレーム20の主板部21との隙間を埋めるように設けられている。主板部21はX軸方向に延在しているので、図9に示すように、弾性部材44もX軸方向に延在している。本実施の形態において、弾性部材44は、薄板状に形成されている。図5に示すように、薄板状の弾性部材44は、傾斜する状態でエンドキャップ40の天井側部分とフレーム20の主板部21との隙間に設けられている。弾性部材44を設けることで、カバー部材30とフレーム20との間の空間領域S2に虫等の異物が侵入することを抑制する効果(防虫効果)を高めることができる。なお、本実施の形態では、弾性部材44を設けたが、弾性部材44は、設けられていなくてもよい。この場合、エンドキャップ40とフレーム20との隙間はなるべく小さくなっているとよい。 The elastic member 44 functions as a packing member and is provided to fill the gap between the ceiling side portion of the end cap 40 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Since the main plate portion 21 extends in the X-axis direction, as shown in FIG. 9, the elastic member 44 also extends in the X-axis direction. In this embodiment, the elastic member 44 is formed in a thin plate shape. As shown in FIG. 5, the thin plate-shaped elastic member 44 is provided in the gap between the ceiling side portion of the end cap 40 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 in an inclined state. By providing the elastic member 44, it is possible to enhance the effect of suppressing the intrusion of foreign objects such as insects into the space region S2 between the cover member 30 and the frame 20 (insect-repellent effect). Note that, although the elastic member 44 is provided in this embodiment, the elastic member 44 does not have to be provided. In this case, it is preferable that the gap between the end cap 40 and the frame 20 is as small as possible.
 なお、本実施の形態では、接続部42とカバー部材30とは接していたが、これに限らない。例えば、接続部42とカバー部材30との間に、接続部42を囲むようにリング状のパッキン部材を配置してもよい。この場合、パッキン部材は、主部41の内側面41bの外周端部とカバー部材30の主部31の端面との間に挿入される。 In this embodiment, the connection portion 42 and the cover member 30 are in contact with each other, but this is not limited to the above. For example, a ring-shaped packing member may be disposed between the connection portion 42 and the cover member 30 so as to surround the connection portion 42. In this case, the packing member is inserted between the outer peripheral end of the inner surface 41b of the main portion 41 and the end face of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30.
 このように構成されるエンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30に固定される。この場合、エンドキャップ40は、カバー部材30との間に隙間が生じないように設けられる。具体的には、エンドキャップ40は、接続部42がカバー部材30の内面に接するようにしてカバー部材30の開口端部に嵌め込まれている。これにより、エンドキャップ40の主部41の外周端縁とカバー部材30の外周面とが連続した面となる。 The end cap 40 configured in this manner is fixed to the cover member 30. In this case, the end cap 40 is provided so that no gap is created between it and the cover member 30. Specifically, the end cap 40 is fitted into the open end of the cover member 30 so that the connection portion 42 contacts the inner surface of the cover member 30. This makes the outer peripheral edge of the main portion 41 of the end cap 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the cover member 30 form a continuous surface.
 エンドキャップ40とカバー部材30とは、接着剤により固着されていてもよいし、超音波溶着によって固着されていてもよい。また、エンドキャップ40及びカバー部材30に爪部や凹部等の係止構造を設けて、エンドキャップ40とカバー部材30とを接合させてもよい。 The end cap 40 and the cover member 30 may be fixed with an adhesive or by ultrasonic welding. In addition, the end cap 40 and the cover member 30 may be provided with a locking structure such as a claw portion or a recess portion to join the end cap 40 and the cover member 30.
 なお、図3及び図4に示すように、フレーム20の天井側には、空間領域S3が形成されている。つまり、器具本体2とフレーム20との間に空間領域S3が存在している。空間領域S3は、器具本体2の凹部2aの一部又は全部でもある。 As shown in Figures 3 and 4, a spatial region S3 is formed on the ceiling side of the frame 20. In other words, the spatial region S3 exists between the fixture body 2 and the frame 20. The spatial region S3 is also a part or the entirety of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
 この空間領域S3には、電源装置4が配置されている。つまり、電源装置4は、フレーム20の天井側に配置されている。本実施の形態において、電源装置4の中心位置は、LED照明装置3の短手方向における中心位置からずれており、電源装置4は、空間領域S3において、LED照明装置3の短手方向(フレーム20の短手方向)に偏って配置されている。具体的には、電源装置4は、引っ掛け金具5側(図4において左側)に偏っている。また、フレーム20の側板部24が短くなっており、電源装置4の回路基板4aは、回路ケース4c内において、フレーム20の側板部24の先端よりも天井側に位置している。 The power supply device 4 is disposed in this spatial region S3. That is, the power supply device 4 is disposed on the ceiling side of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the center position of the power supply device 4 is offset from the center position in the short side direction of the LED lighting device 3, and the power supply device 4 is disposed biased in the short side direction of the LED lighting device 3 (short side direction of the frame 20) in the spatial region S3. Specifically, the power supply device 4 is biased toward the hook metal fitting 5 side (left side in FIG. 4). In addition, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is shortened, and the circuit board 4a of the power supply device 4 is located on the ceiling side of the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 within the circuit case 4c.
 また、電源装置4の回路ケース4cのフレーム20側の部分が開放しているので、横板部23の第2方向側は、電源装置4の回路ケース4cに向かって開放している。したがって、フレーム20の突出部20bで構成される空間領域と回路ケース4cの内部の空間領域とは連通している。これにより、フレーム20の突出部20bにより形成される空間領域を有効に活用することができる。 In addition, because the portion of the circuit case 4c of the power supply unit 4 facing the frame 20 is open, the second direction side of the horizontal plate portion 23 is open toward the circuit case 4c of the power supply unit 4. Therefore, the spatial area formed by the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 and the spatial area inside the circuit case 4c are in communication. This allows the spatial area formed by the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 to be effectively utilized.
 器具本体2とフレーム20との間の空間領域S3には、LED照明装置3に用いられる電線が配置されていてもよい。LED照明装置3に用いられる電線としては、LED照明器具1を天井等に設置する際に配線処理される工事用電線(工事用配線)と、LED照明装置3を製造する際に工場で配線処理される器具内電線(器具内配線)とがある。 In the spatial region S3 between the fixture body 2 and the frame 20, wires used in the LED lighting device 3 may be arranged. The wires used in the LED lighting device 3 include construction wires (construction wiring) that are wired when the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed on a ceiling or the like, and internal fixture wires (internal fixture wiring) that are wired in the factory when the LED lighting device 3 is manufactured.
 工事用電線としては、VVFケーブル等の電源線及び調光信号線等の信号線等がある。電源線及び信号線等の工事用電線は、例えば、天井から引き出されており、LED照明器具1の施工時にLED照明器具1の所定の箇所に接続される。例えば、VVFケーブル等の電源線は、電源端子台8に接続され、調光用信号線は、調光用端子台9に接続される。空間領域S3に配置される器具内電線としては、上述の器具内電線がある。また、空間領域S3には、上述の機能拡張モジュール等の機能部品が収納されていてもよい。 The construction wires include power wires such as VVF cables and signal wires such as dimming signal wires. The construction wires such as power wires and signal wires are, for example, pulled out from the ceiling and connected to predetermined locations on the LED lighting fixture 1 when the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed. For example, the power wire such as the VVF cable is connected to the power terminal block 8, and the dimming signal wire is connected to the dimming terminal block 9. The internal fixture wires arranged in the spatial region S3 include the internal fixture wires described above. In addition, functional components such as the function expansion module described above may be stored in the spatial region S3.
 なお、LED照明器具1内に送り配線が設置される場合もあるため、LED照明装置3と器具本体2の凹部2aとの間に空間領域S3には、VVFケーブル等の電源線が少なくとも1本通るスペースがあることが望ましい。また、送り配線は、器具本体2側で保持(仮保持又は配置)できるようにしてもよいし、LED照明装置3側で保持(仮保持・配置)できるようにしてもよい。 In addition, since there may be cases where a lead wire is installed inside the LED lighting fixture 1, it is desirable that there is space in the spatial region S3 between the LED lighting device 3 and the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 for at least one power line such as a VVF cable to pass through. In addition, the lead wire may be held (temporarily held or arranged) on the fixture body 2 side, or may be held (temporarily held and arranged) on the LED lighting device 3 side.
 一例として、図4には、工事用電線としてVVFケーブル61及び信号線62が空間領域S3に配置された例が示されている。この場合、本実施の形態では、電源装置4が空間領域S3において偏って配置されているので、フレーム20の一対の横板部23のうちの一方(図4では、右側の横板部23)の天井側が開放されている。これにより、図4に示すように、空間領域S3における電源装置4が存在する領域では、LED照明装置3の短手方向における一方側の領域が他方側の領域よりも大きくなっている。つまり、空間領域S3における電源装置4の両側のうちの一方側は、広い領域になっており、空間領域S3における電源装置4の両側のうちの他方側は、狭い領域になっている。このため、工事用電線については、電源装置4の両側の2つの領域のうちの広い領域に配置するとよい。特に、本実施の形態では、フレーム20の側板部24の長さ(高さ)が短くなっているので、側板部24周辺における空間領域S3の上下方向のスペースをさらに広くすることができる。このため、この広くなった空間領域S3を有効活用して工事用電線を配置することができる。例えば、工事用電線を空間領域S3の器具本体2側の天井側端部に寄せて配置することができる。このように、広い空間領域S3を有効活用して工事用電線を配置することができるので、工事用電線が干渉してLED照明装置3が浮いてしまって器具本体2とLED照明装置3との間に隙間が生じることを抑制できる。 As an example, FIG. 4 shows an example in which a VVF cable 61 and a signal line 62 are arranged in the space area S3 as construction wires. In this case, in the present embodiment, the power supply device 4 is arranged offset in the space area S3, so that the ceiling side of one of the pair of horizontal plate parts 23 of the frame 20 (the right horizontal plate part 23 in FIG. 4) is open. As a result, as shown in FIG. 4, in the area in the space area S3 where the power supply device 4 exists, the area on one side in the short direction of the LED lighting device 3 is larger than the area on the other side. In other words, one side of the two sides of the power supply device 4 in the space area S3 is a wide area, and the other side of the two sides of the power supply device 4 in the space area S3 is a narrow area. For this reason, it is preferable to arrange the construction wires in the wider area of the two areas on both sides of the power supply device 4. In particular, in this embodiment, the length (height) of the side plate part 24 of the frame 20 is short, so that the space in the vertical direction of the space area S3 around the side plate part 24 can be further widened. Therefore, the construction wires can be arranged by effectively utilizing this expanded spatial area S3. For example, the construction wires can be arranged close to the ceiling end of the spatial area S3 on the side of the fixture body 2. In this way, the construction wires can be arranged by effectively utilizing the large spatial area S3, which prevents the LED lighting device 3 from floating due to interference from the construction wires, resulting in a gap between the fixture body 2 and the LED lighting device 3.
 また、空間領域S3における広い領域と狭い領域とに、工事用電線を分けて配置してもよい。この場合、比較的に太い線であるVVFケーブル61は、電源装置4の両側の2つの領域のうちの広い領域に配置し、比較的に細い線である信号線62は、電源装置4の両側の2つの領域のうちの狭い領域に配置してもよい。 The construction wires may also be arranged in separate wide and narrow areas of the spatial area S3. In this case, the VVF cable 61, which is a relatively thick wire, may be arranged in the wide area of the two areas on either side of the power supply unit 4, and the signal line 62, which is a relatively thin wire, may be arranged in the narrow area of the two areas on either side of the power supply unit 4.
 なお、電源装置4は、フレーム20の幅方向に偏って配置されておらず、フレーム20の幅方向の中央に配置されていてもよい。この場合、工事用電線及び器具内電線を電源装置4の両側に配置してもよい。つまり、電源装置4の両側に、配線挿通部が設けられていてもよい。 The power supply unit 4 does not have to be positioned offset in the width direction of the frame 20, but may be positioned in the center of the frame 20 in the width direction. In this case, the construction wires and the internal wires of the fixture may be positioned on both sides of the power supply unit 4. In other words, wiring insertion portions may be provided on both sides of the power supply unit 4.
 また、空間領域S3には、機能拡張モジュール等の機能部品が配置されていてもよい。この場合、機能拡張モジュールは、LED照明装置3(例えば電源装置4の端部)に設けられていてもよいし、LED照明装置3と離間して器具本体2に取り付けられていてもよい。また、機能拡張モジュールは、LED照明器具1に予め設置されているのではなく、施工業者が後付けできるようになっていてもよいし、別機能に交換できる互換性があってもよい。 Furthermore, functional components such as a function expansion module may be disposed in the spatial region S3. In this case, the function expansion module may be provided in the LED lighting device 3 (for example, at the end of the power supply device 4), or may be attached to the fixture body 2 at a distance from the LED lighting device 3. Furthermore, the function expansion module may not be pre-installed in the LED lighting fixture 1, but may be able to be retrofitted by the installer, or may be compatible so that it can be replaced with a different function.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、図3及び図4に示されるように、フレーム20に形成された突出部20bによって突出部20bの天井側に空間領域が形成されている。この空間領域にも、機能部品又は器具内電線等の部品を収納することができる。なお、この空間領域の活用方法は、機能部品又は器具内電線等の部品を収納することに限るものではなく、この空間領域は、金具類のセンター合わせ、金具類の位置決め、金具類のガイド又はアース導通等に利用することもできる。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, as shown in Figs. 3 and 4, a spatial area is formed on the ceiling side of the protrusion 20b formed on the frame 20 by the protrusion 20b. This spatial area can also store components such as functional parts or internal electric wires. Note that the method of using this spatial area is not limited to storing components such as functional parts or internal electric wires, and this spatial area can also be used for centering metal fittings, positioning metal fittings, guiding metal fittings, earthing conductivity, etc.
 このように構成されるLED照明装置3は、器具本体2の凹部2aに収納されて器具本体2に取り付けられる。具体的には、LED照明装置3は、図3、図6及び図7に示される引っ掛け金具5及び弾性保持部材6を用いて器具本体2に取り付けられる。引っ掛け金具5及び弾性保持部材6は、フレーム20に固定されている。 The LED lighting device 3 configured in this manner is stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 and attached to the fixture body 2. Specifically, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 using the hook fitting 5 and elastic retaining member 6 shown in Figures 3, 6, and 7. The hook fitting 5 and elastic retaining member 6 are fixed to the frame 20.
 図3に示すように、引っ掛け金具5は、フレーム20の天井側に配置されている。引っ掛け金具5は、板金製の板部材である。引っ掛け金具5は、フレーム20の端部に固定されている。一例として、引っ掛け金具5は、ネジ等の固定部材によってフレーム20に固定されており、フレーム20から外側にはみ出すように延在している。引っ掛け金具5は、器具本体2に引っ掛けられる。本実施の形態では、器具本体2の凹部2aの内壁面にスリット2c(図2参照)が設けられており、引っ掛け金具5は、このスリット2cに引っ掛けられる。 As shown in FIG. 3, the hook fitting 5 is disposed on the ceiling side of the frame 20. The hook fitting 5 is a plate member made of sheet metal. The hook fitting 5 is fixed to the end of the frame 20. As an example, the hook fitting 5 is fixed to the frame 20 by a fixing member such as a screw, and extends outward from the frame 20. The hook fitting 5 is hooked to the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, a slit 2c (see FIG. 2) is provided on the inner wall surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and the hook fitting 5 is hooked to this slit 2c.
 弾性保持部材6は、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けるための部品である。本実施の形態において、弾性保持部材6は、例えばキックバネ等のスプリングであり、LED照明装置3は、弾性保持部材6の弾性力によって器具本体2側に引き上げられる。弾性保持部材6は、フレーム20の主板部21の天井側面(背面)に取り付けられている。具体的には、弾性保持部材6は、フレーム20の幅方向の端部に固定されている。本実施の形態において、弾性保持部材6は、フレーム20の幅方向において、引っ掛け金具5とは反対側に固定されている。この場合、弾性保持部材6は、ネジ等の固定部材によってフレーム20に固定されている。具体的には、弾性保持部材6は、取付ネジによってフレーム20に固定された保持金具6c(図7参照)に固定されている。弾性保持部材6は、器具本体2に着脱可能に取り付けられる。本実施の形態において、弾性保持部材6は、器具本体2に固定された受け金具7に着脱可能に係止されている。 The elastic holding member 6 is a part for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the elastic holding member 6 is, for example, a spring such as a kick spring, and the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up toward the fixture body 2 by the elastic force of the elastic holding member 6. The elastic holding member 6 is attached to the ceiling side (back) of the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the end portion in the width direction of the frame 20. In this embodiment, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the opposite side of the hook metal fitting 5 in the width direction of the frame 20. In this case, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the frame 20 by a fixing member such as a screw. Specifically, the elastic holding member 6 is fixed to the holding metal fitting 6c (see FIG. 7) fixed to the frame 20 by a mounting screw. The elastic holding member 6 is detachably attached to the fixture body 2. In this embodiment, the elastic holding member 6 is detachably engaged with the receiving metal fitting 7 fixed to the fixture body 2.
 なお、図2に示すように、引っ掛け金具5及び弾性保持部材6は、フレーム20の長手方向の両端部に2つずつ設けられているが、これに限らない。また、引っ掛け金具5及び弾性保持部材6は、フレーム20の短手方向に対向する位置に設けられているが、これに限らない。 As shown in FIG. 2, the hook fittings 5 and the elastic retaining members 6 are provided in pairs at both ends of the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction, but this is not limited to this. Also, the hook fittings 5 and the elastic retaining members 6 are provided in positions that face each other in the lateral direction of the frame 20, but this is not limited to this.
 次に、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けるときの取付方法について、図10を用いて説明する。図10は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1において、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けるときの取付方法を説明するための図である。 Next, the method for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 will be described with reference to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the method for attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 in the LED lighting fixture 1 according to the embodiment.
 天井100に設置された器具本体2にLED照明装置3を取り付ける場合、まず、図10の(a)に示すように、器具本体2に設けられたスリット2c(図2参照)に引っ掛け金具5を引っ掛けてLED照明装置3を片持ち状態で吊り下げるとともに電源装置4と天井から引き出された電源線とを結線し、キックバネである弾性保持部材6の一方の端部を器具本体2に固定された受け金具7に係止させる。 When attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 installed on the ceiling 100, first, as shown in FIG. 10(a), the hook bracket 5 is hooked to the slit 2c (see FIG. 2) provided in the fixture body 2 to hang the LED lighting device 3 in a cantilevered state, and the power supply unit 4 is connected to the power line drawn from the ceiling, and one end of the elastic holding member 6, which is a kick spring, is engaged with the receiving bracket 7 fixed to the fixture body 2.
 次いで、図10の(b)に示すように、引っ掛け金具5をスリット2cの奥に押し込みながら引っ掛け金具5を支点としてLED照明装置3を回転させることでLED照明装置3を器具本体2の凹部2a内に押し上げていく。 Next, as shown in FIG. 10(b), the hook 5 is pushed deep into the slit 2c while rotating the LED lighting device 3 around the hook 5 as a fulcrum, pushing the LED lighting device 3 up into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
 このとき、本実施の形態では、電源装置4がフレーム20の幅方向の一方側に偏って配置されている。具体的には、電源装置4は、LED照明装置3を回転させるときの回転軸側に寄せて配置されている。このように、重量のある電源装置4を回転軸側に寄せて配置することで、小さな力でLED照明装置3を回転させることができる。 In this embodiment, the power supply unit 4 is positioned offset to one side in the width direction of the frame 20. Specifically, the power supply unit 4 is positioned closer to the rotation axis when rotating the LED lighting device 3. In this way, by positioning the heavy power supply unit 4 closer to the rotation axis, it is possible to rotate the LED lighting device 3 with a small force.
 そして、LED照明装置3を回転させてLED照明装置3を器具本体2の凹部2aに押し込むことで、図10の(c)に示すように、LED照明装置3を器具本体2の凹部2aに嵌め込むことができる。このとき、弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)のバネ弾性力によってLED照明装置3が引き上げられるので、延設部32の外延設部32aが器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1に当接する。これにより、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けることができる。 Then, by rotating the LED lighting device 3 and pushing it into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 can be fitted into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 as shown in FIG. 10(c). At this time, the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the spring elastic force of the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring), so that the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 abuts against the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. This allows the LED lighting device 3 to be attached to the fixture body 2.
 なお、LED照明装置3を器具本体2から取り外す際は、上記とは逆の動作をすることで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2から取り外すことができる。例えば、LED照明装置3を引き下げながら回転させることで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2から取り外すことができる。 When removing the LED lighting device 3 from the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 can be removed from the fixture body 2 by performing the above steps in reverse. For example, the LED lighting device 3 can be removed from the fixture body 2 by rotating it while pulling it down.
 ここで、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3(ライトバー)の製造方法について、図11を用いて説明する。特に、LED照明装置3を組み立てる際に、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けるときの工程を中心に説明する。図11は、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3の製造方法において、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けるときの様子を説明するための図である。図11において、実線部分は、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けた後の状態を示しており、破線部分は、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付ける前のカバー部材30における延設部32及び取付部33の位置を示している。 Here, a manufacturing method for the LED lighting device 3 (light bar) according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 11. In particular, the process of attaching the cover member 30 to the frame 20 when assembling the LED lighting device 3 will be described. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the state when the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 in the manufacturing method for the LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment. In FIG. 11, the solid lines indicate the state after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, and the dashed lines indicate the positions of the extension portion 32 and the attachment portion 33 on the cover member 30 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
 LED照明装置3を組み立てる際、まず、光源部10をフレーム20に固定する(光源部固定工程)。例えば、LED12が実装された基板11をフレーム20の主板部21に形成された爪片21aに係止させることで基板11を主板部21に固定する。これにより、光源部10をフレーム20に固定することができる。 When assembling the LED lighting device 3, first, the light source unit 10 is fixed to the frame 20 (light source unit fixing process). For example, the board 11 on which the LEDs 12 are mounted is engaged with a tab 21a formed on the main board 21 of the frame 20, thereby fixing the board 11 to the main board 21. This allows the light source unit 10 to be fixed to the frame 20.
 その後、光源部10が固定されたフレーム20にカバー部材30を取り付ける(カバー部材取付工程)。本実施の形態では、カバー部材30の幅方向からカバー部材30の取付部33をフレーム20の側板部24に嵌め合わせることでカバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付ける。具体的には、カバー部材30の一方の取付部33をフレーム20の一方の側板部24に係止させ、この係止させた部分を支点としてカバー部材30を回転させることで、カバー部材30の他方の取付部33をフレーム20の他方の側板部24に嵌め合わせる。これにより、カバー部材30をフレーム20に嵌め込むことができる。 Then, the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 to which the light source unit 10 is fixed (cover member attachment process). In this embodiment, the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 by fitting the attachment portion 33 of the cover member 30 into the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 from the width direction of the cover member 30. Specifically, one attachment portion 33 of the cover member 30 is engaged with one side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, and the cover member 30 is rotated around this engaged portion as a fulcrum, so that the other attachment portion 33 of the cover member 30 is engaged with the other side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. This allows the cover member 30 to be fitted into the frame 20.
 この工程では、カバー部材30の延設部32の一部をフレーム20に押し付けて当接させる。本実施の形態では、延設部32の第3板部32b3の先端面をフレーム20の主板部21の表面に押し付ける。 In this process, a portion of the extension 32 of the cover member 30 is pressed against and brought into contact with the frame 20. In this embodiment, the tip surface of the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension 32 is pressed against the surface of the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
 このとき、図11に示されるように、延設部32は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前とカバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後とで、フレーム20に対する姿勢が異なっている。具体的には、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付ける前とカバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けた後とで主部31の位置を一致させたときに、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前の状態での延設部32の第3板部32b3(当接部32c)の位置は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後の状態での第3板部32b3(当接部32c)の位置よりも天井側に位置している。これにより、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けたときに、延設部32は、外延設部32aと内延設部32bとの連結点又は外延設部32aと主部31との連結点を支点として変形し、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3が主板部21に当接する。具体的には、延設部32の第3板部32b3の先端面が主板部21の表面に押し付けられる。このとき、延設部32が押し戻されて弾性変形することになる。つまり、延設部32がたわむことになる。この結果、延設部32の第3板部32b3が当接部32cとなってフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接する。 At this time, as shown in Figure 11, the attitude of the extension portion 32 relative to the frame 20 is different before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. Specifically, when the position of the main portion 31 is aligned before and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, the position of the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion 32c) of the extension portion 32 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 is located closer to the ceiling than the position of the third plate portion 32b3 (abutment portion 32c) after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. As a result, when the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, the extension portion 32 deforms with the connection point between the outer extension portion 32a and the inner extension portion 32b or the connection point between the outer extension portion 32a and the main portion 31 as a fulcrum, and the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, abuts against the main plate portion 21. Specifically, the tip surface of the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32 is pressed against the surface of the main plate portion 21. At this time, the extension portion 32 is pushed back and elastically deformed. In other words, the extension portion 32 is deflected. As a result, the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32 becomes the abutment portion 32c and abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 in a pressed state.
 このようにして組み合わされたフレーム20とカバー部材30との間には、第1の隙間G1と第2の隙間G2とが存在しており、カバー部材30とフレーム20とは2箇所のみで接触している。具体的には、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aとフレーム20の側板部24の先端部とが接触しているとともに、カバー部材30の延設部32の当接部32c(内延設部32bの先端部)とフレーム20の主板部21とが接触している。 Between the frame 20 and cover member 30 assembled in this manner, a first gap G1 and a second gap G2 exist, and the cover member 30 and frame 20 are in contact at only two points. Specifically, the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is in contact with the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, and the abutment portion 32c (the tip of the inner extension portion 32b) of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is in contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20.
 なお、カバー部材30の延設部32には突起34が設けられているが、フレーム20とカバー部材30とが組み合わされた状態において、突起34の先端は、フレーム20の突出部20bに接触していない。 Note that a protrusion 34 is provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30, but when the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are combined, the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
 以上のようにして、LED照明装置3を製造することができる。なお、その後、LED照明装置3を天井等に設置された器具本体2に取り付ける場合は、上述のように、図10に示す方法によって施工することができる。 The LED lighting device 3 can be manufactured in the manner described above. If the LED lighting device 3 is subsequently to be attached to the fixture body 2 installed on a ceiling or the like, it can be installed using the method shown in FIG. 10 as described above.
 以上説明したように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1は、LED12が配置された基板11と、基板11が取り付けられた長尺状で板状のフレーム20と、LED12を覆うようにフレーム20に取り付けられたカバー部材30とを備えている。そして、フレーム20は、基板11が配置される凹部20aと、フレーム20の短手方向において凹部20aの両側に位置し且つフレーム20の長手方向に沿って延在する一対の横板部23と、一対の横板部23から天井側に延出する延出部である側板部24とを有しており、側板部24の先端は、フレーム20の凹部20aの底部よりも天井側に位置している。 As described above, the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to this embodiment include a substrate 11 on which the LEDs 12 are arranged, a long, plate-like frame 20 to which the substrate 11 is attached, and a cover member 30 attached to the frame 20 so as to cover the LEDs 12. The frame 20 has a recess 20a in which the substrate 11 is arranged, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23 located on both sides of the recess 20a in the short direction of the frame 20 and extending along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20, and side plate portions 24 which are extensions extending from the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling, with the tip of the side plate portion 24 located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a of the frame 20.
 このように、本実施の形態では、フレーム20に凹部20aが形成されているので、凹部20aの側方には横板部23で構成された突出部20bが形成される。これにより、フレーム20の強度を高くすることができる。しかも、本実施の形態では、横板部23から天井側に延出する側板部24の先端を凹部20aの底部よりも天井側に位置するように延出させている。これにより、フレーム20の強度をさらに高くすることができる。 In this manner, in this embodiment, a recess 20a is formed in the frame 20, and a protrusion 20b composed of a horizontal plate portion 23 is formed on the side of the recess 20a. This increases the strength of the frame 20. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the tip of the side plate portion 24 extending from the horizontal plate portion 23 toward the ceiling extends so that it is positioned closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a. This further increases the strength of the frame 20.
 したがって、フレームの側板部24の長さを短くしてフレーム20を薄型化しても、必要とされるフレーム20の強度を容易に確保することができる。つまり、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くすることで低下した分のフレーム20の強度を、床側に突出する突出部20bを形成することで補うことができる。これにより、板状のフレーム20であっても、フレーム20の強度を確保しながらフレーム20を薄型化することができる。つまり、フレーム20の強度の確保とフレーム20の薄型化との両立を図ることができる。 Therefore, even if the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame is shortened to make the frame 20 thinner, the required strength of the frame 20 can be easily ensured. In other words, the strength of the frame 20 reduced by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be compensated for by forming a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor. This makes it possible to make the frame 20 thinner while ensuring the strength of the frame 20, even in the case of a plate-shaped frame 20. In other words, it is possible to achieve both ensuring the strength of the frame 20 and making it thinner.
 また、フレーム20に突出部20bを設けてフレーム20の強度が向上することで、フレーム20及び/又はカバー部材30に反りやうねりが生じたとしても、フレーム20とカバー部材30とが接触しにくい。さらに、フレーム20に突出部20bを設けることで、LED12の光を床側に集光することができる。 In addition, by providing the protrusions 20b on the frame 20, the strength of the frame 20 is improved, so that even if the frame 20 and/or the cover member 30 are warped or swollen, the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are less likely to come into contact with each other. Furthermore, by providing the protrusions 20b on the frame 20, the light from the LEDs 12 can be concentrated on the floor side.
 また、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1において、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さをa[mm]とし、一対の側板部24(延出部)の一方の長さをb[mm]とし、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さをL[ft]とすると、b/a≦(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たしているとよい。 Furthermore, in the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to the embodiment, if the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm], the length of one of the pair of side plate portions 24 (extension portions) is b [mm], and the length of the LED lighting device 3 in the longitudinal direction is L [ft], it is preferable that the relationship b/a≦(3/8)×L is satisfied.
 この構成により、LED照明装置3の長さにかかわらず、フレーム20の強度を確保しながらフレーム20を薄型化することができる。 This configuration allows the frame 20 to be made thinner while still maintaining its strength, regardless of the length of the LED lighting device 3.
 この場合、b/a≦(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たしているだけではなく、さらに、(3/8)×L-1≦b/aの関係式を満たしているとよい。 In this case, it is preferable that not only the relationship b/a≦(3/8)×L is satisfied, but also the relationship (3/8)×L-1≦b/a is satisfied.
 この構成により、フレーム20を薄型化してもフレーム20が変形することを抑制できるとともに、フレーム20を薄型化によってフレーム20と器具本体2の凹部2aとで囲まれる空間領域S3(フレーム20の背面のスペース)を広くすることができる。つまり、任意の長さのLED照明装置3について、フレーム20の背面のスペースを確保しながら、フレーム20の強度の確保とフレーム20の薄型化との両立を図ることができる。 This configuration makes it possible to suppress deformation of the frame 20 even when the frame 20 is thinned, and by thinning the frame 20, it is possible to widen the spatial region S3 (the space behind the frame 20) surrounded by the frame 20 and the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In other words, for an LED lighting device 3 of any length, it is possible to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while also thinning the frame 20, while still ensuring the space behind the frame 20.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3のカバー部材30においては、延設部32の当接部32cがフレーム20の主板部21に当接するとともに、取付部33の当接部33aがフレーム20の側板部24に当接している一方で、カバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20との間には第1の隙間G1が存在している。つまり、延設部32の当接部32cを主板部21に当接させるとともに取付部33の当接部33aを側板部24に当接させて、第1の隙間G1を介してフレーム20の突出部20bに対してカバー部材30の延設部32を浮かせている。 In addition, in the cover member 30 of the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, and the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 abuts against the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, while a first gap G1 exists between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20. In other words, the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 abuts against the main plate portion 21 and the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 abuts against the side plate portion 24, so that the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is raised above the protrusion portion 20b of the frame 20 via the first gap G1.
 このように、カバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20との間に、空間(空気層)となる第1の隙間G1が存在していることで、カバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20とが面接触して異音が生じることを防止することができる。 In this way, the presence of the first gap G1, which serves as a space (air layer), between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20 makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20, thereby preventing abnormal noise.
 この点について、以下補足説明する。組み合わされたフレーム20とカバー部材30とにおいて、仮に上下方向のどこにも隙間が存在しないと、上下方向に短い区間(つまりフレーム20の高さ)でフレーム20とカバー部材30とをきつく嵌め込むことになるので、異音発生の大きな原因となる。そこで、本実施の形態では、フレーム20の突出部20bとカバー部材30の延設部32との間に意図的な隙間として上下方向に第1の隙間G1を設けている。これにより、上下方向に短い区間でのフレーム20とカバー部材30とのきつい嵌め込み状態を無くすことができるので、異音を低減することができる。また、本実施の形態では、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に設置する際に弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)でフレーム20を上方に引き上げているので、フレーム20の突出部20bとカバー部材30の延設部32との間の上下方向の隙間(第1の隙間G1)が開きやすくなる。この結果、異音低減の効果が得られやすくなる。なお、LED照明装置3の幅方向(左右方向)では、カバー部材30における一対の取付部33の間隔(ピッチ)が長いので、カバー部材30の主部31と取付部33等でも全体的にたわむことになるので(つまり単位長さ当たりのたわみとしては小さくなるため)、カバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24とが面接触してもその接触圧は、上下方向におけるカバー部材30の一部とフレーム20の一部とが面接触したときの接触圧よりも小さい。このため、幅方向の接触による異音の影響度は、上下方向の接触による異音の影響度よりも小さい。したがって、後述するように、カバー部材30とフレーム20とが所定の基準位置からずれて片寄の状態になって仮にカバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24とが面接触しても、異音発生の影響度としては小さい。 A supplementary explanation of this point is given below. If there is no gap anywhere in the vertical direction between the combined frame 20 and cover member 30, the frame 20 and cover member 30 will be tightly fitted in a short vertical section (i.e., the height of the frame 20), which is a major cause of abnormal noise. Therefore, in this embodiment, a first gap G1 is provided in the vertical direction as an intentional gap between the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30. This makes it possible to eliminate the tight fitting state between the frame 20 and the cover member 30 in a short vertical section, thereby reducing abnormal noise. In addition, in this embodiment, the frame 20 is pulled upward by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) when the LED lighting device 3 is installed on the fixture body 2, so that the vertical gap (first gap G1) between the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is easily opened. As a result, the effect of reducing abnormal noise is easily obtained. In addition, in the width direction (left-right direction) of the LED lighting device 3, the interval (pitch) between the pair of mounting parts 33 in the cover member 30 is long, so the main part 31 and mounting parts 33 of the cover member 30 will bend overall (i.e., the deflection per unit length will be small), so even if the mounting parts 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate parts 24 of the frame 20 are in surface contact, the contact pressure is smaller than the contact pressure when a part of the cover member 30 and a part of the frame 20 are in surface contact in the vertical direction. Therefore, the influence of abnormal noise caused by contact in the width direction is smaller than the influence of abnormal noise caused by contact in the vertical direction. Therefore, as described below, even if the cover member 30 and the frame 20 are shifted from the predetermined reference position and in a biased state, and the mounting parts 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate parts 24 of the frame 20 are in surface contact, the influence of abnormal noise generation is small.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、フレーム20が突出部20bを有しており、カバー部材30の延設部32は、突出部20bを覆っている。そして、第1の隙間G1は、延設部32と突出部20bとの間に存在している。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the frame 20 has a protruding portion 20b, and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 covers the protruding portion 20b. The first gap G1 exists between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b.
 この構成により、カバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20の突出部20bとが面接触して異音が生じることを防止することができる。 This configuration prevents surface contact between the extension 32 of the cover member 30 and the protrusion 20b of the frame 20, which would cause abnormal noise.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起34がカバー部材30の延設部32に設けられている。この場合、突起34は、突起34の先端がフレーム20に接触しないような設計になっている。つまり、突起34は、フレーム20とカバー部材30とが所定の基準位置に存在する場合、突起34の先端がフレーム20に接触していない。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, a protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1 is provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30. In this case, the protrusion 34 is designed so that the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the frame 20. In other words, when the frame 20 and the cover member 30 are in a predetermined reference position, the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the frame 20.
 この構成により、カバー部材30とフレーム20にバラツキが生じてカバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20とが近づいたとしても、延設部32に設けられた突起34の先端が突出部20bに当たることになるので、突起34が設けられていない部分では、延設部32と突出部20bとの間の隙間(第1の隙間G1)を維持することができる。これにより、延設部32と突出部20bとが面接触して異音が生じることを抑制することができる。 With this configuration, even if variation occurs between the cover member 30 and the frame 20 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20 come close to each other, the tip of the protrusion 34 provided on the extension portion 32 will come into contact with the protruding portion 20b, so in the area where the protrusion 34 is not provided, the gap (first gap G1) between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b can be maintained. This makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b and to prevent abnormal noise.
 なお、カバー部材30とフレーム20のバラツキの要因としては、(a)カバー部材30及び/又はフレーム20の寸法バラツキ(例えば0.2mm~0.5mm)、(b)カバー部材30とフレーム20の反り、ねじれ、うねり、(c)カバー部材30とフレーム20とにおける幅方向でのそもそもの片寄、(d)LED照明装置3を器具本体2に設置する際の施工時のバラツキ等が考えられる。また、(d)の施工時のバラツキとしては、弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)によるLED照明装置3の引き上げ時の反りやねじれ、VVFケーブルによる押さえつけ、カバー部材30とフレーム20との隙間による幅方向での片寄り、ボルト締め上げ時における変形等が考えられる。このうち、カバー部材30とフレーム20とにおける片寄りが最も大きなバラツキの要因となる。 The causes of variation in the cover member 30 and the frame 20 include (a) dimensional variation in the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20 (e.g., 0.2 mm to 0.5 mm), (b) warping, twisting, and undulation of the cover member 30 and the frame 20, (c) original offset in the width direction between the cover member 30 and the frame 20, and (d) variation during construction when the LED lighting device 3 is installed on the fixture body 2. The variation during construction (d) includes warping and twisting when the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the elastic retaining member 6 (kick spring), pressure from the VVF cable, offset in the width direction due to the gap between the cover member 30 and the frame 20, and deformation when the bolts are tightened. Of these, offset between the cover member 30 and the frame 20 is the largest cause of variation.
 また、突起34は、リブ又はドットであるので、突起34が突出部20bに接触したとしても、突起34と突出部20bとは、面接触せず、線接触又は点接触となる。このため、仮に突起34と突出部20bとが接触したとしても、異音が生じることを抑制できる。なお、異音は、面接触、線接触及び点接触のうち、面接触の場合に最も発生しやすく、線接触及び点接触の場合は発生しにくい。また、線接触と点接触とでは、線接触の方が異音が発生しやすく、点接触の場合は異音が発生しにくい。つまり、異音の発生しやすさは、面接触≧線接触>点接触となる。 In addition, since the protrusions 34 are ribs or dots, even if the protrusions 34 come into contact with the protruding portion 20b, the protrusions 34 and the protruding portion 20b do not come into surface contact, but rather into line or point contact. For this reason, even if the protrusions 34 and the protruding portion 20b come into contact, it is possible to prevent abnormal noise from being generated. Of the three types of contact, surface contact is most likely to generate abnormal noise, and line and point contact are least likely to generate abnormal noise. In addition, between line and point contact, line contact is more likely to generate abnormal noise, and point contact is less likely to generate abnormal noise. In other words, the likelihood of abnormal noise being generated is surface contact ≧ line contact > point contact.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、カバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24との間に、空間(空気層)となる第2の隙間G2が存在している。具体的には、第2の隙間G2は、取付部33の内側面と側板部24の外側面との間に存在している。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, a second gap G2 that serves as a space (air layer) exists between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. Specifically, the second gap G2 exists between the inner surface of the mounting portion 33 and the outer surface of the side plate portion 24.
 この構成により、カバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24とが面接触して異音が生じることを防止することができる。 This configuration makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, which would cause abnormal noise.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、カバー部材30の延設部32の当接部32cがフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接している。この構成により、以下の効果を奏する。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the contact portion 32c of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is in contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 while being pressed against the main plate portion 21. This configuration provides the following effects.
 カバー部材30の延設部32の当接部32cがフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接していないと、カバー部材30及び/又はフレーム20の寸法バラツキによって、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端部とフレーム20の主板部21との間に隙間が生じることがある。この結果、この隙間から空間領域S2に虫や埃等の異物が侵入するおそれがある。また、カバー部材30の延設部32の当接部32cがフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接していないと、幅方向からカバー部材30をフレーム20に嵌め込むと、延設部32の先端部がフレーム20から離れる方向に延設部32が変形し、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端部とフレーム20の主板部21との間に隙間が生じることがある。この結果、この隙間から空間領域S2に虫や埃等の異物が侵入するおそれがある。 If the contact portion 32c of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is not pressed against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, a gap may be formed between the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 due to dimensional variations in the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20. As a result, foreign objects such as insects and dust may enter the space area S2 through this gap. Also, if the contact portion 32c of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is not pressed against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, when the cover member 30 is fitted into the frame 20 from the width direction, the extension portion 32 may deform in a direction in which the tip of the extension portion 32 moves away from the frame 20, and a gap may be formed between the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. As a result, foreign objects such as insects and dust may enter the space area S2 through this gap.
 これに対して、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3が当接部32cとなってフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられた状態で当接している。これにより、カバー部材30の延設部32の当接部32cとフレーム20の主板部21とが離れないので、カバー部材30及び/又はフレーム20に寸法バラツキが生じても、延設部32の先端部とフレーム20との間に隙間が生じることを抑制することができる。つまり、カバー部材30及び/又はフレーム20の寸法バラツキを吸収することができる。このように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端部とフレーム20の主板部21との間に隙間が生じることがないので、空間領域S2に虫や埃等の異物が侵入することを抑制できる。つまり、フレーム20の主板部21に当接する延設部32が防虫構造として機能する。 In contrast, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, becomes the abutment portion 32c and abuts against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 in a pressed state. As a result, the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 do not separate, so that even if the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20 have dimensional variations, it is possible to prevent a gap from being generated between the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20. In other words, it is possible to absorb the dimensional variations of the cover member 30 and/or the frame 20. In this way, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, a gap does not occur between the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, so that it is possible to prevent foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering the spatial region S2. In other words, the extension portion 32 abutting against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 functions as an insect-proof structure.
 特に、カバー部材30及びフレーム20は2フィートを超える長尺状であるので、フレーム20及び/又はカバー部材30には、反り、うねり又はねじれ等が生じやすい。このため、従来のLED照明装置では、カバー部材30の長手方向において、延設部32の先端部の一部とフレーム20との間に部分的に隙間が生じやすく、カバー部材30の長手方向に沿って延設部32が接触してほしい部位の直線性を保つことができないことがある。 In particular, because the cover member 30 and frame 20 are long, exceeding 2 feet, the frame 20 and/or cover member 30 are prone to warping, undulation, twisting, etc. For this reason, in conventional LED lighting devices, gaps tend to form between part of the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20 in the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30, and it may not be possible to maintain linearity in the area where the extension portion 32 is desired to come into contact along the longitudinal direction of the cover member 30.
 これに対して、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3が当接部32cとなってフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられている。これにより、カバー部材30の長手方向に全長にわたって延設部32の先端部とフレーム20との間に隙間が生じることを抑制することができる。 In contrast, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, serves as the abutment portion 32c and is pressed against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. This makes it possible to prevent a gap from occurring between the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20 over the entire length of the cover member 30 in the longitudinal direction.
 また、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付ける施工の際又はLED照明装置3を清掃したり交換したりする際に、LED照明装置3がねじられたりカバー部材30の主部31が押さえ付けられたりする等してLED照明装置3に応力が加わって、一対の延設部32が開く方向に変形することがある。つまり、延設部32の先端部がフレーム20から離れる方向に延設部32が変形することがある。この場合、延設部32とフレーム20との間の空間領域(本実施の形態の空間領域S1に相当)に虫や埃等の異物が溜まっていると、その異物が落下してカバー部材30とフレーム20との間の空間領域(防虫領域)に入り込んでしまうことがある。 Furthermore, when the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 or when the LED lighting device 3 is cleaned or replaced, the LED lighting device 3 may be twisted or the main part 31 of the cover member 30 may be pressed, etc., and stress may be applied to the LED lighting device 3, causing the pair of extension parts 32 to deform in the direction of opening. In other words, the extension parts 32 may deform in the direction in which their tips move away from the frame 20. In this case, if foreign objects such as insects or dust have accumulated in the spatial region between the extension parts 32 and the frame 20 (corresponding to the spatial region S1 in this embodiment), the foreign objects may fall and enter the spatial region (insect-proof region) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
 これに対して、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3が当接部32cとなってフレーム20の主板部21に押し付けられている。これにより、LED照明装置3に応力が加わったとしても、延設部32の先端部とフレーム20との間に隙間が生じない。これにより、延設部32とフレーム20との間の空間領域S1に虫や埃等の異物が溜まっていたとしても、その異物が落下してカバー部材30とフレーム20との間の空間領域S2(防虫領域)に入り込んでしまうことを抑制できる。 In contrast, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, serves as the abutment portion 32c and is pressed against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. As a result, even if stress is applied to the LED lighting device 3, no gap is created between the tip of the extension portion 32 and the frame 20. As a result, even if foreign objects such as insects or dust have accumulated in the space region S1 between the extension portion 32 and the frame 20, the foreign objects can be prevented from falling and entering the space region S2 (insect-proof region) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
 このように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端部とフレーム20とが接触した状態を保つことができるので、カバー部材30とフレーム20との間の空間領域S2(防虫領域)に虫や埃等の異物が侵入することを抑制することができる。さらに、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端部とフレーム20の主板部21とが接触することで、LED照明装置3の床側への光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 In this way, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 can be kept in contact with the frame 20, so that it is possible to prevent foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering the spatial region S2 (insect-proof region) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20. Furthermore, the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 comes into contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, so that it is possible to increase the efficiency of light extraction to the floor side of the LED lighting device 3.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3(当接部32c)は、平坦面である主板部21の表面に当接している。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the third plate portion 32b3 (contact portion 32c), which is the tip of the extension portion 32, contacts the surface of the main plate portion 21, which is a flat surface.
 これにより、延設部32の先端部とフレーム20の主板部21との接触面積を稼ぐことができるので、カバー部材30とフレーム20との間の空間領域S2に虫や埃等の異物が侵入することを一層抑制することができる。 This increases the contact area between the tip of the extension 32 and the main plate 21 of the frame 20, further preventing insects, dust, and other foreign objects from entering the space S2 between the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3において、延設部32は、外延設部32aを有する。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the extension portion 32 has an outer extension portion 32a.
 この構成により、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に収納する際に弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)によってLED照明装置3を引き上げるときに、延設部32を天井側に押し付ける力が作用して、延設部32の外延設部32aが器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1に当接する。これにより、延設部32の内延設部32bがフレーム20に対して更に押し付けるので、延設部32がフレーム20の主板部21を押し付ける力が大きくなる。このため、延設部32と主板部21との密着度を向上させることができる。したがって、カバー部材30とフレーム20との間の空間領域S2に虫や埃等の異物が侵入することを一層抑制できる。つまり、防虫効果を高めることができる。さらに、弾性保持部材6によってLED照明装置3が引き上げられることで、延設部32の外延設部32aと器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1とを密着させることができる。 With this configuration, when the LED lighting device 3 is lifted by the elastic retaining member 6 (kick spring) to store the LED lighting device 3 in the fixture body 2, a force is applied to press the extension portion 32 toward the ceiling, and the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 abuts against the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. As a result, the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 presses further against the frame 20, so that the force with which the extension portion 32 presses against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 increases. This improves the degree of adhesion between the extension portion 32 and the main plate portion 21. This further prevents foreign objects such as insects and dust from entering the space region S2 between the cover member 30 and the frame 20. In other words, the insect-proofing effect can be improved. Furthermore, the LED lighting device 3 is lifted by the elastic retaining member 6, so that the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 and the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 can be brought into close contact with each other.
 また、本実施の形態では、延設部32だけではなく、取付部33についても、カバー部材30の取付け前後でフレーム20に対する姿勢が異なっている。具体的には、取付部33は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前とカバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後とで、フレーム20の側板部24に対する姿勢が異なっている。より具体的には、取付部33は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前では、フレーム20の側板部24に対して傾斜している。そして、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後では、取付部33は、フレーム20の側板部24に対して平行になっている。 In addition, in this embodiment, not only the extension portion 32 but also the mounting portion 33 has a different attitude relative to the frame 20 before and after the cover member 30 is attached. Specifically, the mounting portion 33 has a different attitude relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. More specifically, the mounting portion 33 is inclined relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. Then, after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, the mounting portion 33 is parallel to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20.
 これにより、取付部33が側板部24を押し付けることを抑制できるので、取付部33と側板部24とが面接触することを抑制し、第2の隙間G2を維持することができる。したがって、取付部33と側板部24とが面接触して異音が生じることを抑制できる。 This prevents the mounting portion 33 from pressing against the side plate portion 24, preventing surface contact between the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 and maintaining the second gap G2. This prevents surface contact between the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 from generating abnormal noise.
 この場合、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前とカバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後との間の延設部32の変形量(たわみ量)は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前とカバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後との間の取付部33の変形量(たわみ量)とほぼ同じであるとよい。具体的には、カバー部材30の取付け前後において、延設部32における第3板部32b3の先端の最大移動量と取付部33の先端の最大移動量とがほぼ同じになっているとよい。 In this case, it is preferable that the deformation (deflection) of the extension portion 32 between before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 is approximately the same as the deformation (deflection) of the attachment portion 33 between before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20 and after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. Specifically, it is preferable that the maximum amount of movement of the tip of the third plate portion 32b3 in the extension portion 32 and the maximum amount of movement of the tip of the attachment portion 33 are approximately the same before and after the cover member 30 is attached.
 これにより、取付部33と側板部24との面接触により異音が生じることを一層抑制することができる。 This further reduces the occurrence of abnormal noise caused by surface contact between the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3において、カバー部材30の取付け前後における延設部32の変形量(たわみ量)は、延設部32が弾性変形する範囲内になっている。ただし、樹脂製の延設部32が弾性変形する範囲内の応力よりも小さな応力が加わった場合であったとしても、その応力が常にかかった状態でLED照明装置3を使用し続けると、フレーム20に延設部32を押し付けることで延設部32にクリープ破壊が生じて延設部32が割れてしまうおそれがある。このため、カバー部材30の取付け前後における延設部32の変形量(たわみ量)は、延設部32が応力割れしない程度の範囲内であるとよい。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 before and after the attachment of the cover member 30 is within the range in which the extension 32 elastically deforms. However, even if a stress smaller than the stress within the range in which the resin extension 32 elastically deforms is applied, if the LED lighting device 3 is continued to be used with that stress constantly applied, the extension 32 may be pressed against the frame 20, causing creep failure in the extension 32 and causing the extension 32 to crack. For this reason, it is preferable that the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 before and after the attachment of the cover member 30 be within a range in which the extension 32 does not crack due to stress.
 具体的には、この延設部32の変形量(たわみ量)は、0.5mm以上、好ましくは、1.0mm以上であるとよい。また、カバー部材30の取付け前後における延設部32のたわみ角は、2°以上、好ましくは、4°以上であることが好ましい。ただし、延設部32の変形量(たわみ量)又はたわみ角が大きすぎると、延設部32とフレーム20の突出部20bとの面接触により異音が発生するおそれがある。このため、延設部32の変形量(たわみ量)は、2.5mm以下であるとよく、延設部32のたわみ角は、10°以下であるとよい。 Specifically, the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 should be 0.5 mm or more, preferably 1.0 mm or more. The deflection angle of the extension 32 before and after the cover member 30 is attached should be 2° or more, preferably 4° or more. However, if the deformation (deflection) or deflection angle of the extension 32 is too large, there is a risk of abnormal noise being generated due to surface contact between the extension 32 and the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. For this reason, the deformation (deflection) of the extension 32 should be 2.5 mm or less, and the deflection angle of the extension 32 should be 10° or less.
 また、図11では、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前において、取付部33は、フレーム20の側板部24に対して傾斜していたが、これに限らない。具体的には、図12の破線部分で示すように、取付部33は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられる前では、フレーム20の側板部24に対して平行であってもよい。これにより、取付部33は、カバー部材30がフレーム20に取り付けられた後では、弾性変形し、フレーム20の側板部24に対して傾斜する。なお、図12においても、図11と同様に、実線部分は、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付けた後の状態を示しており、破線部分は、カバー部材30をフレーム20に取り付ける前のカバー部材30における延設部32及び取付部33の位置を示している。 11, before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, the attachment portion 33 is inclined relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, but this is not limited to the above. Specifically, as shown by the dashed line in FIG. 12, the attachment portion 33 may be parallel to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. As a result, the attachment portion 33 elastically deforms and inclines relative to the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20. Note that in FIG. 12, as in FIG. 11, the solid line portion indicates the state after the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20, and the dashed line portion indicates the positions of the extension portion 32 and the attachment portion 33 on the cover member 30 before the cover member 30 is attached to the frame 20.
 このように、幅方向からカバー部材30をフレーム20に嵌め込むことで、カバー部材30の取付部33の先端部がフレーム20の側板部24側に移動するように取付部33が傾斜する。これにより、第2の隙間G2を維持したままフレーム20の側板部24が取付部33によって押し付けられるので、取付部33と側板部24とを強固に係止させることができる。したがって、カバー部材30がフレーム20から外れてしまうことを抑制できる。 In this way, by fitting the cover member 30 into the frame 20 from the width direction, the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is inclined so that the tip of the mounting portion 33 moves toward the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. As a result, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is pressed by the mounting portion 33 while maintaining the second gap G2, so that the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 can be firmly engaged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cover member 30 from coming off the frame 20.
 また、カバー部材30とフレーム20とにおける上記(a)~(d)のバラツキ等によって、カバー部材30とフレーム20とがずれてしまうことがある。例えば、カバー部材30に対してフレーム20がX軸方向に相対的にずれて片寄の状態になると、図13に示すように、カバー部材30の一対の取付部33のうちの一方の取付部33(図13では左側の取付部33)がフレーム20の側板部24に接触することがある。つまり、図13の左側の取付部33と側板部24との間の第2の隙間G2が存在しなくなっている。 Furthermore, the cover member 30 and the frame 20 may become misaligned due to the above-mentioned variations (a) to (d) between the cover member 30 and the frame 20. For example, if the frame 20 becomes misaligned relative to the cover member 30 in the X-axis direction and becomes offset, as shown in Figure 13, one of the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 (the left mounting portion 33 in Figure 13) may come into contact with the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. In other words, the second gap G2 between the left mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 in Figure 13 no longer exists.
 この場合であっても、カバー部材30の一対の延設部32の各々とフレーム20の一対の突出部20bの各々との間には第1の隙間G1が維持されて第1の隙間G1が存在している。これにより、カバー部材30の延設部32とフレーム20の突出部20bとが面接触して異音が生じることを防止することができる。なお、図13では、カバー部材30の一対の取付部33のうちの他方の取付部33(図13では右側の取付部33)は、フレーム20の側板部24に接触していない。つまり、図13の右側の取付部33と側板部24との間の第2の隙間G2が維持されている。 Even in this case, the first gap G1 is maintained between each of the pair of extensions 32 of the cover member 30 and each of the pair of protrusions 20b of the frame 20, and the first gap G1 exists. This makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the extensions 32 of the cover member 30 and the protrusions 20b of the frame 20, which would otherwise cause abnormal noise. In FIG. 13, the other of the pair of mounting portions 33 of the cover member 30 (the right mounting portion 33 in FIG. 13) is not in contact with the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. In other words, the second gap G2 is maintained between the right mounting portion 33 in FIG. 13 and the side plate portion 24.
 また、図13のようにフレーム20及びカバー部材30の少なくとも一方がフレーム20の幅方向にずれてカバー部材30とフレーム20とが片寄の状態(所定の基準位置からずれた状態)になった場合には、カバー部材30の突起34とフレーム20の横板部23(傾斜板部23b)とが接触してもよい。この場合、一対の延設部32の各々に設けられた突起34については、一対の突起34の一方が一対の突出部20bの一方における傾斜板部23bに接触したとしても、一対の突起34の他方は、一対の突出部20bの他方における傾斜板部23bに接触しないようになっている。図13では、左側の突起34が横板部23に接触し、右側の突起34は横板部23に接触していない状態を示している。このように突起34と横板部23とが接触したとしても面接触にはならないので、延設部32と横板部23とが面接触する場合と比べて異音を低減することができる。なお、カバー部材30とフレーム20とが片寄とならずに通常の位置に存在する場合には、左側の突起34も右側の突起34も横板部23に接触していない。 Also, as shown in FIG. 13, when at least one of the frame 20 and the cover member 30 is shifted in the width direction of the frame 20 and the cover member 30 and the frame 20 are in a biased state (a state shifted from a predetermined reference position), the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 and the horizontal plate portion 23 (inclined plate portion 23b) of the frame 20 may come into contact. In this case, the protrusions 34 provided on each of the pair of extension portions 32 are configured so that even if one of the pair of protrusions 34 comes into contact with the inclined plate portion 23b of one of the pair of protrusions 20b, the other of the pair of protrusions 34 does not come into contact with the inclined plate portion 23b of the other of the pair of protrusions 20b. FIG. 13 shows a state in which the protrusion 34 on the left side comes into contact with the horizontal plate portion 23 and the protrusion 34 on the right side does not come into contact with the horizontal plate portion 23. Even if the protrusion 34 comes into contact with the horizontal plate portion 23 in this way, it does not come into surface contact, so that abnormal noise can be reduced compared to when the extension portion 32 and the horizontal plate portion 23 come into surface contact. When the cover member 30 and the frame 20 are not offset and are in their normal positions, neither the left nor right protrusions 34 are in contact with the horizontal plate portion 23.
 また、図13のように延設部32及び取付部33のうち延設部32のみに突起34が設けられている場合(取付部33に突起34が設けられていない場合)に片寄の状態になると、取付部33と側板部24とが面接触する可能性はあるが、上記のように、カバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24とが面接触したときの接触圧は、幅方向の接触圧であって、上下方向においてカバー部材30の一部とフレーム20の一部とが面接触したときの接触圧よりも小さい。このため、異音発生の影響は小さい。なお、図13において、後述するようにカバー部材30の取付部33に突起34を設けることで、取付部33と側板部24とが面接触することを回避できるので、さらに異音を低減することができる。また、フレーム20の突出部20bとカバー部材30の延設部32とが接触したときに、仮に上下方向で面接触すると、上記のように異音発生の影響度は小さくはないが、本実施の形態では、突出部20bと延設部32との間に第1の隙間G1が存在し、さらに突起34も形成されているので、突出部20bと延設部32とは面接触せずに線接触にとどまる。これにより、異音の発生を効果的に低減することができる。 Also, when the projection 34 is provided only on the extension portion 32 of the extension portion 32 and the mounting portion 33 as shown in FIG. 13 (when the projection 34 is not provided on the mounting portion 33), there is a possibility that the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 may come into surface contact when the extension portion 32 and the mounting portion 33 are in a biased state. However, as described above, the contact pressure when the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 come into surface contact is a contact pressure in the width direction, which is smaller than the contact pressure when a part of the cover member 30 and a part of the frame 20 come into surface contact in the vertical direction. Therefore, the effect of abnormal noise generation is small. Note that in FIG. 13, by providing the projection 34 on the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 as described later, surface contact between the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 can be avoided, and abnormal noise can be further reduced. In addition, if the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension 32 of the cover member 30 come into contact with each other and make surface contact in the vertical direction, the impact of the generation of abnormal noise would not be small as described above. However, in this embodiment, the first gap G1 exists between the protrusion 20b and the extension 32, and a protrusion 34 is also formed, so that the protrusion 20b and the extension 32 remain in line contact rather than surface contact. This effectively reduces the generation of abnormal noise.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1において、フレーム20は、床側に突出する突出部20bを有しており、カバー部材30は、主部31の内面における突出部20bのうち最も床側(第1方向側)に位置する部位よりも天井側(第2方向側)の位置から突出部20bの少なくとも一部を覆うようにして光源部10に向かって延在する延設部32を有している。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to this embodiment, the frame 20 has a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor, and the cover member 30 has an extension portion 32 that extends toward the light source unit 10 from a position closer to the ceiling (second direction side) than the portion of the protruding portion 20b on the inner surface of the main portion 31 that is located closest to the floor (first direction side) and covers at least a portion of the protruding portion 20b.
 床側に突出する突出部20bをフレーム20に設けると、フレーム20の強度を高くすることができるものの、カバー部材30の外側端部31aに光源部10(LED12)の光が届きにくくなり、カバー部材30の幅方向(短手方向)の中央部分と比べてカバー部材30の外側端部31aが暗くなる。 Providing a protrusion 20b that protrudes toward the floor on the frame 20 increases the strength of the frame 20, but makes it difficult for the light from the light source unit 10 (LED 12) to reach the outer end 31a of the cover member 30, making the outer end 31a of the cover member 30 darker than the central portion in the width direction (short direction) of the cover member 30.
 そこで、本実施の形態では、突出部20bを覆う延設部32をカバー部材30に設けている。この構成により、図14に示すように、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍において、フレーム20の突出部20bよりも外側に天井側に向かって広がる空間領域を形成することができる。これにより、床側に突出する突出部20bをフレーム20に設けたとしても、光源部10から出射した光のうちカバー部材30の主部31を透過せずに主部31の内面で反射した光を、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで回り込ませることができる。この結果、LED12から出射した光をカバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aにまで十分に行きわたらせることができるので、カバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aの近傍まで十分に光らせることができる。したがって、カバー部材30の幅方向(X軸方向)の全体にわたって主部31を光らせることができるので、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなることを抑制することができる。つまり、フレーム20の突出部20bによるカバー部材30の幅方向の端部の暗がりを低減することができる。このように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3によれば、フレーム20の強度を確保しつつ、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの暗がりを低減して床側に向けての光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 Therefore, in this embodiment, an extension 32 that covers the protrusion 20b is provided on the cover member 30. With this configuration, as shown in FIG. 14, a spatial area that extends toward the ceiling side outside the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 can be formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30. As a result, even if the frame 20 is provided with the protrusion 20b that protrudes toward the floor side, the light emitted from the light source unit 10 that does not pass through the main part 31 of the cover member 30 and is reflected on the inner surface of the main part 31 can be made to go around to the spatial area formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30. As a result, the light emitted from the LED 12 can be sufficiently spread to the outer end 31a of the main part 31 of the cover member 30, so that the light can be sufficiently illuminated up to the vicinity of the outer end 31a of the main part 31 of the cover member 30. Therefore, since the main part 31 can be illuminated over the entire width direction (X-axis direction) of the cover member 30, it is possible to prevent the end of the cover member 30 in the width direction from becoming dark. In other words, it is possible to reduce the shadowing at the widthwise end of the cover member 30 caused by the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. In this way, with the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, it is possible to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while reducing the shadowing at the outer end 31a of the cover member 30, thereby increasing the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side.
 しかも、本実施の形態では、カバー部材30には、延設部32だけではなく取付部33も設けられている。これにより、光源部10の光を延設部32で反射させるだけではなく、光源部10の光を延設部32及び取付部33に導光させたりすることができる。したがって、光源部10から出射した光のうちカバー部材30の主部31を透過せずに主部31の内面で反射した光を、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで容易に回り込ませることができる。この結果、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの暗がりを一層低減して床側に向けての光取り出し効率をさらに高くすることができる。 Moreover, in this embodiment, the cover member 30 is provided with not only the extension portion 32 but also the attachment portion 33. This allows not only the light of the light source unit 10 to be reflected by the extension portion 32, but also the light of the light source unit 10 to be guided to the extension portion 32 and the attachment portion 33. Therefore, the light emitted from the light source unit 10 that does not pass through the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 and is reflected on the inner surface of the main portion 31 can be easily guided around to the spatial region formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30. As a result, the darkness of the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30 can be further reduced, and the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side can be further increased.
 なお、カバー部材30における一対の延設部32の間においてフレーム20の光源部10側に存在する部品(爪片21a、ハーネス等の電線、基板を連結する連結コネクタ等のコネクタ、無線モジュール、ピン、回路部品、2次側配線レス用の金具等)は、フレーム20の主板部21から床側に向かって突出する部分を有する突出部品であり、光源部10から出射する光を遮光するおそれがある。この結果、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率が低下するおそれがある。そこで、これらの突出部品は、カバー部材30の延設部32の最頂部の高さ位置(図14に示されるラインLaの位置)よりも天井側に位置しているとよい。つまり、突出部品は、ラインLaよりも床側にはみ出さない方がよい。これにより、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率が低下することを抑制することができる。この場合、突出部品は、光源部10のLED12とカバー部材30の延設部32の最頂部とを結ぶ線(図14に示されるラインLbの位置)よりも天井側に位置しているとさらによい。つまり、突出部品は、ラインLbよりも床側にはみ出さない方がよい。これにより、光源部10から出射する光が突出部品によって遮光されることを抑制できるので、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率が低下することをさらに抑制できる。また、突出部品は、光源部10のLED12の光出射面の高さ位置よりも天井側に位置しているとさらによい。つまり、突出部品は、LED12の光出射面よりも床側にはみ出さない方がよい。これにより、光源部10から出射する光が突出部品によって遮光されることを一層抑制できるので、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率が低下することを一層抑制できる。 The parts (claw pieces 21a, wires such as harnesses, connectors such as connectors for connecting boards, wireless modules, pins, circuit parts, metal fittings for secondary wiring-less, etc.) present on the light source unit 10 side of the frame 20 between a pair of extension parts 32 of the cover member 30 are protruding parts having a part protruding from the main board part 21 of the frame 20 toward the floor side, and may block the light emitted from the light source unit 10. As a result, the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side may decrease. Therefore, it is preferable that these protruding parts are located on the ceiling side of the height position of the top of the extension part 32 of the cover member 30 (the position of line La shown in FIG. 14). In other words, it is preferable that the protruding parts do not protrude toward the floor side of line La. This makes it possible to suppress a decrease in the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side. In this case, it is more preferable that the protruding parts are located on the ceiling side of the line (the position of line Lb shown in FIG. 14) connecting the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 and the top of the extension part 32 of the cover member 30. In other words, it is better that the protruding parts do not protrude on the floor side of line Lb. This can prevent the light emitted from the light source unit 10 from being blocked by the protruding parts, so that the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be further prevented from decreasing. In addition, it is more preferable that the protruding parts are located on the ceiling side of the height position of the light emission surface of the LED 12 of the light source unit 10. In other words, it is better that the protruding parts do not protrude on the floor side of the light emission surface of the LED 12. This can further prevent the light emitted from the light source unit 10 from being blocked by the protruding parts, so that the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be further prevented from decreasing.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1では、カバー部材30の延設部32が外延設部32aと内延設部32bとを有しており、外延設部32aは、Z軸方向において、カバー部材30と器具本体2の凹部2aの内面との間に隙間GXと重なる部位を有する。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to this embodiment, the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 has an outer extension portion 32a and an inner extension portion 32b, and the outer extension portion 32a has a portion that overlaps with the gap GX between the cover member 30 and the inner surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 in the Z-axis direction.
 この構成により、カバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aの近傍まで十分に光らせることができる。これにより、カバー部材30の幅方向(X軸方向)の全体にわたって主部31を光らせることができる。したがって、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなることをさらに抑制することができる。 This configuration allows the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 to be sufficiently illuminated up to the vicinity of the outer end portion 31a. This allows the main portion 31 to be illuminated throughout the entire width direction (X-axis direction) of the cover member 30. This further prevents the ends of the cover member 30 in the width direction from becoming dark.
 特に、本実施の形態におけるLED照明装置3は、床側に突出する突出部20bをフレーム20の幅方向の端部に設けたことでカバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなりやすい構造になっているが、延設部32の外延設部32aを隙間GXに重ねることで、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなることを効果的に抑制できる。 In particular, the LED lighting device 3 in this embodiment has a structure in which the end of the width direction of the cover member 30 is likely to become dark due to the protrusion 20b that protrudes toward the floor side being provided at the end of the width direction of the frame 20, but by overlapping the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 with the gap GX, it is possible to effectively prevent the end of the width direction of the cover member 30 from becoming dark.
 しかも、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、上記のように、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍において、フレーム20の突出部20bよりも外側に天井側に向かって広がる空間領域が形成されている。これにより、光源部10から出射した光をこの空間領域に回り込ませることができる。したがって、カバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aが暗く感じることを一層抑制することができる。 Moreover, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, as described above, a spatial region is formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30, extending outward from the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 toward the ceiling. This allows the light emitted from the light source unit 10 to be guided around this spatial region. This further prevents the outer end 31a of the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 from appearing dark.
 次に、フレーム20に突出部20bとフレーム20の強度との関係について説明する。具体的には、フレーム20に突出部20bを設けることでフレーム20の強度を高くすることができる点について、本発明者らは、フレーム20の突出部20bの形状とフレーム20の強度との関係を検討したので、その検討結果について、図15を用いて説明する。図15は、フレーム20の突出部20bの形状とフレーム20の強度との関係を示す図である。 Next, the relationship between the protrusion 20b on the frame 20 and the strength of the frame 20 will be explained. Specifically, the present inventors have investigated the relationship between the shape of the protrusion 20b on the frame 20 and the strength of the frame 20, in order to increase the strength of the frame 20 by providing the protrusion 20b on the frame 20, and the results of this investigation will be explained using Figure 15. Figure 15 is a diagram showing the relationship between the shape of the protrusion 20b on the frame 20 and the strength of the frame 20.
 図15に示すように、フレーム20の強度(剛性)は、断面2次モーメントで評価した。また、図15に示される断面2次モーメントの値は、各フレーム20の半断面での計算結果を示しており、全断面の数値は2倍になる。各フレーム20の寸法については、半断面の幅を30mmとし、凹部20aの深さを3mmとし、板厚を0.5mmとした。なお、各フレーム20において、凹部20aの深さをaとし、凹部20aの幅をw1とし、フレーム20の全幅w3とすると(図4参照)、aとw1とw3との比は、a:w1:w3=1:10:20で統一した。 As shown in Figure 15, the strength (rigidity) of the frame 20 was evaluated by the moment of area. The values of the moment of area shown in Figure 15 show the results of calculations for a half section of each frame 20, and the values for the full section are doubled. The dimensions of each frame 20 were: the width of the half section was 30 mm, the depth of the recess 20a was 3 mm, and the plate thickness was 0.5 mm. In each frame 20, the depth of the recess 20a was a, the width of the recess 20a was w1, and the full width of the frame 20 was w3 (see Figure 4), and the ratio of a to w1 to w3 was standardized as a:w1:w3 = 1:10:20.
 図15において、パターン1は、側板部24(足)が存在しない形態であり、パターン2は、側板部24の長さが凹部20aの底部までの形態であり、パターン3は、凹部2aの深さと側板部24の長さとの比が1:1の形態であり、パターン4は、凹部2aの深さと側板部24の長さとの比が1:1.5の形態であり、パターン5は、凹部2aの深さと側板部24の長さとの比が1:2の形態である。 In FIG. 15, pattern 1 is a configuration in which there is no side plate portion 24 (leg), pattern 2 is a configuration in which the length of the side plate portion 24 reaches the bottom of the recess 20a, pattern 3 is a configuration in which the ratio of the depth of the recess 2a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is 1:1, pattern 4 is a configuration in which the ratio of the depth of the recess 2a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is 1:1.5, and pattern 5 is a configuration in which the ratio of the depth of the recess 2a to the length of the side plate portion 24 is 1:2.
 また、構造1は、パターン1~5において、フレーム20の横板部23が傾斜板部23bのみで構成されている形態である。構造2は、パターン1~5において、フレーム20の横板部23が平行板部23aのみで構成されている形態である。構造3は、パターン1~5において、フレーム20の横板部23が平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとで構成されている形態である。なお、図3及び図4に示されるフレーム20の形状は、構造3のパターン3~5であるが、本実施の形態のフレームには、構造1のパターン3~5及び構造2のパターン4~5に示される形態のフレームも含まれる。 In addition, Structure 1 is a configuration in which the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in patterns 1 to 5 is composed only of the inclined plate portion 23b. Structure 2 is a configuration in which the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in patterns 1 to 5 is composed only of the parallel plate portion 23a. Structure 3 is a configuration in which the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 in patterns 1 to 5 is composed of the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b. Note that the shape of the frame 20 shown in Figures 3 and 4 is patterns 3 to 5 of Structure 3, but the frame of this embodiment also includes frames in the configurations shown in patterns 3 to 5 of Structure 1 and patterns 4 to 5 of Structure 2.
 図15に示すように、パターン1、2とパターン3~5とを比較して分かるように、フレーム20の側板部24の先端が凹部20aを超えることで、断面2次モーメントの値が大幅に大きくなることが分かる。つまり、フレーム20の側板部24の先端が凹部20aを超えることで、フレーム20の強度が大幅に向上する。 As shown in Figure 15, by comparing patterns 1 and 2 with patterns 3 to 5, it can be seen that the value of the second moment of area increases significantly when the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 exceeds the recess 20a. In other words, the strength of the frame 20 is greatly improved when the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 exceeds the recess 20a.
 また、構造1と構造2とを比較して分かるように、横板部23を傾斜板部23bのみとするよりも平行板部23aのみとした方が断面2次モーメントの値が大幅に大きくなることが分かる。さらに、構造2と構造3とを比較して分かるように、横板部23を平行板部23aのみとするよりも平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとで構成した方が断面2次モーメントの値が大きくなることが分かる。 In addition, as can be seen by comparing Structure 1 with Structure 2, the value of the geometrical moment of inertia is significantly greater when the horizontal plate portion 23 is made up of only the parallel plate portion 23a than when it is made up of only the inclined plate portion 23b. Furthermore, as can be seen by comparing Structure 2 with Structure 3, the value of the geometrical moment of inertia is greater when the horizontal plate portion 23 is made up of both the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b than when it is made up of only the parallel plate portion 23a.
 このように、本実施の形態のフレーム20の形状(つまり、構造1のパターン3~5、構造2のパターン4~5、構造3のパターン3~5)にすることで、断面2次モーメントの値が20以上となり、フレーム20の強度を大幅に向上させることができる。つまり、図3及び図4に示されるフレーム20のように、側板部24の先端が凹部20aの底部(つまり主板部21)よりも天井側に位置することで、フレーム20の強度を大幅に向上させることができる。 In this way, by using the shape of the frame 20 of this embodiment (i.e., patterns 3-5 of structure 1, patterns 4-5 of structure 2, and patterns 3-5 of structure 3), the value of the second moment of area becomes 20 or more, and the strength of the frame 20 can be significantly improved. In other words, as with the frame 20 shown in Figures 3 and 4, by positioning the tip of the side plate portion 24 closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a (i.e., the main plate portion 21), the strength of the frame 20 can be significantly improved.
 さらに、本発明者らは、本実施の形態のフレーム20について、フレーム20が変形しにくい凹部20aの深さの寸法と側板部24の長さの寸法とを検討した。このとき、本発明者らは、フレーム20が変形しにくい凹部20aの深さの寸法と側板部24の長さの寸法とが、フレーム20の長手方向の長さに依存することも見出した。 Furthermore, the inventors have considered the depth dimension of the recess 20a and the length dimension of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 of this embodiment, which make the frame 20 less likely to deform. In this process, the inventors have also found that the depth dimension of the recess 20a and the length dimension of the side plate portion 24, which make the frame 20 less likely to deform, depend on the longitudinal length of the frame 20.
 具体的には、本発明者らは、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さをa[mm]とし、フレーム20の側板部24の長さをb[mm]とし、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さをL[ft(フィート)]として、図16に示すように、L=2フィート(2×304.8mm)の場合と、L=4フィート(4×304.8mm)の場合と、L=8フィート(8×304.8mm)の場合とについて、フレーム20が変形しないa及びbの寸法を検討した。 Specifically, the inventors have considered the dimensions a and b at which the frame 20 does not deform when L = 2 feet (2 x 304.8 mm), L = 4 feet (4 x 304.8 mm), and L = 8 feet (8 x 304.8 mm), assuming the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 to be a [mm], the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 to be b [mm], and the longitudinal length of the LED lighting device 3 to be L [ft (feet)], as shown in Figure 16.
 その結果、L=2フィートの場合は、b/a=0.75とすることで、フレーム20が変形しないことが分かった。また、L=4フィートの場合は、b/a=1.5とすることで、フレーム20が変形しないことが分かった。また、L=8フィートの場合は、b/a=3.0とすることで、十分な強度を得ることができてフレーム20が変形しないことが分かった。なお、図16の(a)は、a:b=1:0.75の場合のフレーム20の断面形状を示しており、図16の(b)は、a:b=1:1.5の場合のフレーム20の断面形状を示しており、図16の(c)は、a:b=1:3の場合のフレーム20の断面形状を示している。 As a result, it was found that when L = 2 feet, the frame 20 does not deform when b/a = 0.75. Also, when L = 4 feet, it was found that the frame 20 does not deform when b/a = 1.5. Also, when L = 8 feet, it was found that a sufficient strength was obtained and the frame 20 does not deform when b/a = 3.0. Note that FIG. 16(a) shows the cross-sectional shape of the frame 20 when a:b = 1:0.75, FIG. 16(b) shows the cross-sectional shape of the frame 20 when a:b = 1:1.5, and FIG. 16(c) shows the cross-sectional shape of the frame 20 when a:b = 1:3.
 また、図17は、この結果をプロットしたグラフであり、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さLと、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さに対するフレーム20の側板部24の長さ(b/a)との関係を示す図である。 Figure 17 is a graph plotting these results, showing the relationship between the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3 and the length (b/a) of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 relative to the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20.
 図17には、L=2フィート、4フィート、8フィートの各々の場合について、フレーム20が変形しない最小のb/aの値を示す3点がプロットされている。具体的には、(L、b/a)=(2、0.75)、(4、1.5)、(8、3)の3点がプロットされている。図17に示される直線F1は、この3点を通る直線であり、b/a=(3/8)×L[ft]の一次関数になっている。したがって、フレーム20が変形しないようにするには、この直線F1よりも上側の領域のb/aを選択すればよい。つまり、b/a≧(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たすことで、フレーム20が変形しないようにすることができる。なお、b/a≧(3/8)×Lの式はあくまでも概算の数値であるので、数値をある程度丸めて用いてもよい。このことは、以下も同様である。また、bとaとに関する数式及び比率等も同様であり、数値をある程度丸めて用いてもよい。 17 plots three points that indicate the minimum b/a value at which the frame 20 does not deform for each of the cases where L = 2 feet, 4 feet, and 8 feet. Specifically, three points are plotted: (L, b/a) = (2, 0.75), (4, 1.5), and (8, 3). The straight line F1 shown in FIG. 17 passes through these three points, and is a linear function of b/a = (3/8) x L [ft]. Therefore, to prevent the frame 20 from deforming, b/a in the region above this straight line F1 should be selected. In other words, by satisfying the relational expression b/a ≥ (3/8) x L, the frame 20 can be prevented from deforming. Note that the expression b/a ≥ (3/8) x L is merely an approximate value, and the value may be rounded to a certain extent. This also applies below. The same applies to the formulas and ratios relating to b and a, and the value may be rounded to a certain extent.
 ここで、b/a≧(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たすようにするには、側板部24の長さを長くすることが考えられる。つまり、側板部24の長さを長くすればするほど、フレーム20の強度を高くすることができる。 Here, in order to satisfy the relational expression b/a≧(3/8)×L, it is possible to increase the length of the side plate portion 24. In other words, the longer the length of the side plate portion 24 is, the stronger the frame 20 can be.
 しかしながら、側板部24の長さを長くすると、フレーム20の高さが高くなってしまい、フレーム20を薄型化できなくなる。この結果、LED照明器具1において、器具本体2の凹部2aとフレーム20とで囲まれる空間領域S3(フレーム20の背面側の領域)が狭くなってしまう。つまり、b/a≧(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たすようにフレーム20を構成することで、フレーム20が変形しないようにすることができる一方で、空間領域S3(図3参照)が狭くなってしまう。空間領域S3が狭くなると、空間領域S3に機能部品又は電線等の各種部品を配置することが難しくなる。 However, increasing the length of the side plate portion 24 increases the height of the frame 20, making it impossible to make the frame 20 thinner. As a result, in the LED lighting device 1, the spatial region S3 (the region on the back side of the frame 20) surrounded by the recess 2a of the device body 2 and the frame 20 becomes narrower. In other words, by configuring the frame 20 to satisfy the relational expression b/a≧(3/8)×L, it is possible to prevent the frame 20 from deforming, but the spatial region S3 (see Figure 3) becomes narrower. When the spatial region S3 becomes narrower, it becomes difficult to arrange various components such as functional parts or electric wires in the spatial region S3.
 そこで、本発明者らは、さらに、フレーム20が変形しにくい凹部20aの深さの寸法と側板部24の長さの寸法とをさらに検討した。その結果、L=4フィートの場合は、b/a≧0.5とすることで、フレーム20が変形しにくくなることが分かった。また、L=8フィートの場合は、b/a≧2.0とすることで、フレーム20が変形しにくくなることが分かった。図17には、L=4フィートの場合とL=8フィートの場合とにおいてフレーム20が変形しにくくなる2点がプロットされている。具体的には、(L、b/a)=(4、0.5)、(8、2)の2点がプロットされている。図17に示される直線F2は、この2点を通る直線であり、b/a=(3/8)×L-1の一次関数になっている。したがって、フレーム20が変形しないようにするとともに空間領域S3が狭くならないようにするには、直線F1と直線F2との間の領域に含まれるb/aを満たすa及びbを選択すればよい。つまり、(3/8)×L-1≦b/a≦(3/8)×Lの関係式(Lは、フィートである)を満たすように、a、b、Lを選択することで、フレーム20が変形することを抑制できるとともに空間領域S3を広く確保することができる。これにより、空間領域S3を広く確保するために側板部24を短くしてフレーム20を薄型化したとしても、必要とされるフレーム20の強度を確保してフレーム20が変形することを抑制できる。つまり、フレーム20の背面のスペースを確保しながら、フレーム20の強度の確保とフレーム20の薄型化との両立を図ることができる。 Therefore, the inventors further studied the depth dimension of the recess 20a and the length dimension of the side plate portion 24 that prevent the frame 20 from deforming. As a result, it was found that when L = 4 feet, the frame 20 becomes less likely to deform when b/a ≧ 0.5. Also, when L = 8 feet, it was found that the frame 20 becomes less likely to deform when b/a ≧ 2.0. In FIG. 17, two points at which the frame 20 becomes less likely to deform are plotted when L = 4 feet and when L = 8 feet. Specifically, two points (L, b/a) = (4, 0.5) and (8, 2) are plotted. The straight line F2 shown in FIG. 17 is a straight line that passes through these two points and is a linear function of b/a = (3/8) × L-1. Therefore, in order to prevent the frame 20 from deforming and to prevent the spatial region S3 from narrowing, it is sufficient to select a and b that satisfy b/a included in the region between the straight lines F1 and F2. In other words, by selecting a, b, and L so as to satisfy the relational expression (3/8) x L-1 ≦ b/a ≦ (3/8) x L (where L is feet), deformation of the frame 20 can be suppressed and a wide spatial region S3 can be secured. As a result, even if the side plate portion 24 is shortened to thin the frame 20 in order to secure a wide spatial region S3, the necessary strength of the frame 20 can be secured and deformation of the frame 20 can be suppressed. In other words, it is possible to secure the space behind the frame 20 while simultaneously securing the strength of the frame 20 and thinning the frame 20.
 なお、図16では、フレーム20のみの断面2次モーメントでフレーム20が変形しないことを確認したが、実際には、フレーム20にカバー部材30が組み合わされた強度になるので、フレーム20とカバー部材30とを合わせた断面2次モーメントで確認したところ、8フィートの場合はb/a=2で、4フィートの場合はb/a=0.5であれば、強度的に十分であることが分かった。また、フレーム20とカバー部材30とが組み合わされて一体となったものとしての強度(合成強度)は、フレーム20単体の場合よりも単純に強くなる。したがって、図17に示す直線F2以上であれば、十分な強度を得ることができる。 In addition, in Figure 16, it was confirmed that the frame 20 does not deform due to the moment of area of the frame 20 alone, but in reality, the strength is the strength of the frame 20 combined with the cover member 30, so when checking the moment of area of the frame 20 and the cover member 30 together, it was found that the strength is sufficient if b/a = 2 for 8 feet and b/a = 0.5 for 4 feet. Also, the strength (composite strength) of the combined frame 20 and cover member 30 is simply stronger than that of the frame 20 alone. Therefore, sufficient strength can be obtained if it is equal to or greater than the straight line F2 shown in Figure 17.
 以上のように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1では、フレーム20は、基板11が配置される凹部20aと、フレーム20の短手方向において凹部20aの両側に位置し且つフレーム20の長手方向に沿って延在する一対の横板部23と、一対の横板部23から天井側に延出する延出部である側板部24とを有しており、側板部24の先端は、フレーム20の凹部20aの底部よりも天井側に位置している。 As described above, in the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to this embodiment, the frame 20 has a recess 20a in which the substrate 11 is disposed, a pair of horizontal plate portions 23 located on both sides of the recess 20a in the short direction of the frame 20 and extending along the longitudinal direction of the frame 20, and side plate portions 24 which are extensions extending from the pair of horizontal plate portions 23 toward the ceiling, with the tip of the side plate portion 24 being located closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a of the frame 20.
 このように、本実施の形態では、フレーム20に凹部20aが形成されているので、凹部20aの側方には横板部23を有する突出部20bが形成される。これにより、フレーム20の強度を高くすることができる。しかも、本実施の形態では、横板部23から天井側に延出する側板部24の先端を凹部20aの底部よりも天井側に位置するように延出させている。これにより、フレーム20の強度をさらに高くすることができる。 In this manner, in this embodiment, a recess 20a is formed in the frame 20, and a protrusion 20b having a horizontal plate portion 23 is formed on the side of the recess 20a. This increases the strength of the frame 20. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the tip of the side plate portion 24 extending from the horizontal plate portion 23 toward the ceiling extends so that it is positioned closer to the ceiling than the bottom of the recess 20a. This further increases the strength of the frame 20.
 したがって、フレームの側板部24の長さを短くしてフレーム20を薄型化しても、必要とされるフレーム20の強度を容易に確保することができる。つまり、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くすることで低下した分のフレーム20の強度を、床側に突出する突出部20bを形成することで補うことができる。これにより、板状のフレーム20であっても、フレーム20の強度を確保しながらフレーム20を薄型化することができる。つまり、フレーム20の強度の確保とフレーム20の薄型化との両立を図ることができる。 Therefore, even if the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame is shortened to make the frame 20 thinner, the required strength of the frame 20 can be easily ensured. In other words, the strength of the frame 20 reduced by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be compensated for by forming a protruding portion 20b that protrudes toward the floor. This makes it possible to make the frame 20 thinner while ensuring the strength of the frame 20, even in the case of a plate-shaped frame 20. In other words, it is possible to achieve both ensuring the strength of the frame 20 and making it thinner.
 また、実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1において、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さをa[mm]とし、一対の側板部24(延出部)の一方の長さをb[mm]とし、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さをL[ft]とすると、b/a≧(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たしているとよい。 Furthermore, in the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to the embodiment, if the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm], the length of one of the pair of side plate portions 24 (extension portions) is b [mm], and the length of the LED lighting device 3 in the longitudinal direction is L [ft], it is preferable that the relationship b/a ≧ (3/8) × L is satisfied.
 この構成により、LED照明装置3の長さにかかわらず、フレーム20の強度を確保しながらフレーム20を薄型化することができる。 This configuration allows the frame 20 to be made thinner while still maintaining its strength, regardless of the length of the LED lighting device 3.
 また、b/a≦(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たす場合であっても、フレーム20が変形することを抑制できる、この場合、さらに、(3/8)×L-1≦b/aの関係式を満たしているとよい。 Even if the relational expression b/a≦(3/8)×L is satisfied, deformation of the frame 20 can be suppressed. In this case, it is also preferable that the relational expression (3/8)×L-1≦b/a is satisfied.
 この構成により、フレーム20を薄型化してもフレーム20が変形することを抑制できるとともに、フレーム20を薄型化によってフレーム20と器具本体2の凹部2aとで囲まれる空間領域S3(フレーム20の背面のスペース)を広くすることができる。つまり、任意の長さのLED照明装置3について、フレーム20の背面のスペースを確保しながら、フレーム20の強度の確保とフレーム20の薄型化との両立を図ることができる。 This configuration makes it possible to suppress deformation of the frame 20 even when the frame 20 is thinned, and by thinning the frame 20, it is possible to widen the spatial region S3 (the space behind the frame 20) surrounded by the frame 20 and the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In other words, for an LED lighting device 3 of any length, it is possible to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while also thinning the frame 20, while still ensuring the space behind the frame 20.
 このように、空間領域S3(フレーム20の背面のスペース)を広くすることで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に設置する際の施工性を向上させることができる。特に、本実施の形態では、LED照明装置3を回転させて器具本体2の凹部2aに設置するので、空間領域S3が広くなることで、LED照明装置3を容易に回転させることができる。 In this way, by widening the spatial region S3 (the space behind the frame 20), it is possible to improve the ease of installation when installing the LED lighting device 3 in the fixture body 2. In particular, in this embodiment, the LED lighting device 3 is rotated and installed in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and therefore, by widening the spatial region S3, the LED lighting device 3 can be easily rotated.
 また、空間領域S3が広くなることで、空間領域S3を有効活用することもできる。具体的には、機能部品、工事用電線や器具内電線等の電線、金具、又は、電源装置4等の各種部品を空間領域S3に容易に配置することができる。また、空間領域S3を広くすることで、これらの部品を空間領域S3に取り付ける際の取付作業を容易に行うことができる。なお、この空間領域S3には、例えば、図4に示すように、工事用電線としてVVFケーブル61及び信号線62が配置される。この場合、図4に示すように、カバー部材30の取付部33の先端と器具本体2の凹部2aの底面との間の長さをH1とし、器具本体2の凹部2aの深さをH2とすると、H1/H2≧1/2であるとよい。これにより、空間領域S3に工事用電線を容易に配置することができる。特に、H1/H2≧1/2とすることで、VVFケーブル61がたわんでも空間領域S3からはみ出すことなく空間領域S3に収めることができる。また、H1/H2≧1/2とすることで、電源装置4の露出が増えるので、電源装置4で発生する熱の放熱効果が向上する。 In addition, by widening the spatial area S3, the spatial area S3 can be effectively utilized. Specifically, various parts such as functional parts, electric wires such as construction electric wires and electric wires inside the device, metal fittings, or power supply unit 4 can be easily arranged in the spatial area S3. In addition, by widening the spatial area S3, the installation work when installing these parts in the spatial area S3 can be easily performed. In addition, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, a VVF cable 61 and a signal line 62 are arranged in this spatial area S3 as construction electric wires. In this case, as shown in FIG. 4, if the length between the tip of the mounting part 33 of the cover member 30 and the bottom surface of the recess 2a of the device body 2 is H1 and the depth of the recess 2a of the device body 2 is H2, it is preferable that H1/H2≧1/2. This makes it easy to arrange the construction electric wires in the spatial area S3. In particular, by making H1/H2≧1/2, even if the VVF cable 61 bends, it can be accommodated in the spatial area S3 without protruding from the spatial area S3. Furthermore, by making H1/H2 ≥ 1/2, the power supply device 4 is more exposed, improving the dissipation effect of heat generated by the power supply device 4.
 本実施の形態では、フレーム20の側板部24が比較的に短くなっているので、電源装置4の大半(半分以上)がフレーム20の側板部24から露出している。これにより、電源装置4で発生する熱がフレーム20と凹部2aとの間の空間領域S3で滞留してこもることを抑制できる。特に、図4に示すように、電源装置4の回路基板4aがフレーム20の側板部24から露出している。つまり、回路基板4aは、フレーム20の側板部24の先端よりも天井側に位置している。これにより、フレーム20と凹部2aとの間の空間領域S3に電源装置4の熱がこもらなくなる。 In this embodiment, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is relatively short, so that the majority (more than half) of the power supply device 4 is exposed from the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. This makes it possible to prevent heat generated by the power supply device 4 from accumulating and building up in the space region S3 between the frame 20 and the recess 2a. In particular, as shown in FIG. 4, the circuit board 4a of the power supply device 4 is exposed from the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. In other words, the circuit board 4a is located closer to the ceiling than the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. This prevents heat from the power supply device 4 from building up in the space region S3 between the frame 20 and the recess 2a.
 なお、図4において、空間領域S3に配置されたVVFケーブル61は、器具本体2の凹部2aの底面付近に配置したが、これに限らない。例えば、図18に示されるように、空間領域S3に配置されたVVFケーブル61は、フレーム20に接するように配置してもよい。また、本実施の形態における空間領域S3は広いスペースになっているので、図19に示されるように、重ねた2本のVVFケーブル61を空間領域S3に配置することもできる。また、重ねた2本のVVFケーブル61を横向きに配置するのではなく、図20に示されるように、重ねた2本のVVFケーブル61を縦置きに配置することもできる。なお、図19及び図20において、2本のVVFケーブル61のうちの1本は、複数のLED照明器具1を設置したときに、隣りのLED照明器具1に交流電力を供給するための送り電線とすることができる。 In FIG. 4, the VVF cable 61 arranged in the space region S3 is arranged near the bottom surface of the recess 2a of the device main body 2, but this is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 18, the VVF cable 61 arranged in the space region S3 may be arranged so as to be in contact with the frame 20. In addition, since the space region S3 in this embodiment is a large space, as shown in FIG. 19, two overlapping VVF cables 61 can be arranged in the space region S3. In addition, instead of arranging the two overlapping VVF cables 61 horizontally, as shown in FIG. 20, the two overlapping VVF cables 61 can be arranged vertically. In FIG. 19 and FIG. 20, one of the two VVF cables 61 can be used as a power transmission line for supplying AC power to the adjacent LED lighting device 1 when multiple LED lighting devices 1 are installed.
 また、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さLに応じて、(3/8)×L-1≦b/a≦(3/8)×Lの関係式を満たすようにaとbを選択することで、フレーム20の強度確保とフレーム20の薄型化との両立を図ることができる最適寸法のフレーム20を設計することができる。 In addition, by selecting a and b so as to satisfy the relational expression (3/8) x L-1 ≦ b/a ≦ (3/8) x L according to the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3, it is possible to design a frame 20 with optimal dimensions that can ensure both the strength of the frame 20 and a thin structure of the frame 20.
 例えば、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さLが2フィートの場合と4フィートの場合と8フィートの場合とで、フレーム20の断面形状を分けることができる。具体的には、L=8フィートの場合に比べてL=2フィート、4フィートの場合のフレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くすることができる。これにより、L=8フィートの場合に比べてL=2フィート、4フィートの場合にフレーム20の強度を過度に大きくする必要が無くなるので、フレーム20の材料費を削減することができる。また、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くすることで、フレーム20を軽量化することができる。これにより、LED照明装置3の施工性を向上させることができる。 For example, the cross-sectional shape of the frame 20 can be different depending on whether the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3 is 2 feet, 4 feet, or 8 feet. Specifically, the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be shorter when L=2 feet or 4 feet than when L=8 feet. This eliminates the need to make the strength of the frame 20 excessively large when L=2 feet or 4 feet compared to when L=8 feet, and therefore reduces the material cost of the frame 20. Also, by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, the frame 20 can be made lighter. This improves the ease of installation of the LED lighting device 3.
 また、フレーム20の薄型化によりフレーム20の側板部24が短くなることで、フレーム20がたわみやすくなる。これにより、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に設置する際に弾性保持部材6(キックバネやトーションバネ)でLED照明装置3を引き上げることで、フレーム20に反りやねじれがあっても器具本体2になじみやすくなる。つまり、フレーム20及びカバー部材30等の部品にバラツキ(部品バラツキ)があったりLED照明器具1を施工するときにバラツキ(施工時バラツキ)があったりしても、LED照明装置3が器具本体2になじみやすくなるので、器具本体2とLED照明装置3との間に隙間が生じにくくなる。さらに、フレーム20の側板部24が短くなることで、フレーム20の側板部24とカバー部材30の取付部33との接触面積が減るので、フレーム20とカバー部材30との接触による異音の発生を抑制することができる。 In addition, the frame 20 becomes thinner, and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 becomes shorter, so that the frame 20 becomes more flexible. As a result, when the LED lighting device 3 is installed on the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 is pulled up by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring or torsion spring), so that the frame 20 fits easily to the fixture body 2 even if the frame 20 is warped or twisted. In other words, even if there is variation (part variation) in the parts such as the frame 20 and the cover member 30, or variation (variation during installation) when the LED lighting fixture 1 is installed, the LED lighting device 3 fits easily to the fixture body 2, so that a gap is less likely to occur between the fixture body 2 and the LED lighting device 3. Furthermore, by shortening the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, the contact area between the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is reduced, so that the generation of abnormal noise due to contact between the frame 20 and the cover member 30 can be suppressed.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1において、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さをa[mm]とし、フレーム20の幅(全幅)をw3[mm]とすると、w3≦20×aの関係式を満たしているとよい。つまり、凹部20aの深さとフレーム20の全幅との比が1:20以下であるとよい。これにより、縦横比が大きい扁平で薄型のフレーム20を実現することができる。 Furthermore, in the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 according to this embodiment, if the depth of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is a [mm] and the width (total width) of the frame 20 is w3 [mm], it is preferable that the relational expression w3≦20×a is satisfied. In other words, it is preferable that the ratio of the depth of the recess 20a to the total width of the frame 20 is 1:20 or less. This makes it possible to realize a flat, thin frame 20 with a large aspect ratio.
 しかも、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くすることで、フレーム20の軽量化及び低コスト化を図ることができる。さらに、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くすることで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に着脱する際の施工性を改善することもできる。具体的には、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くしてフレーム20の全高が低くなることで、LED照明装置3を回転させやすくなってLED照明装置3を器具本体2の凹部2aに容易に挿入することができたり、指が入りやすくなって工事用電線をコネクタに着脱しやすくなったり、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付ける際に内部を覗き込みやすくなって電線が線噛みしにくくなったり、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付ける際の施工時に弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)をつまみやすくなったりする。 Moreover, by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, the weight and cost of the frame 20 can be reduced. Furthermore, by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, the ease of installation when attaching and detaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 can be improved. Specifically, by shortening the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and reducing the overall height of the frame 20, the LED lighting device 3 can be easily rotated and inserted into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, fingers can be easily inserted and the construction wire can be easily attached and detached to the connector, it is easy to look inside when attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2, making it less likely that the wire will get caught, and it is easy to pinch the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) during installation when attaching the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、カバー部材30の延設部32における内延設部32bとフレーム20の横板部23とが当接しうる構成になっている。具体的には、フレーム20の横板部23における平行板部23a及び傾斜板部23bと、カバー部材30の延設部32における第1板部32b1及び第2板部32b2とが、点ではなく面で当接しうる構成になっている。 Also, in the LED lighting device 3 according to this embodiment, the inner extension portion 32b in the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 are configured to be able to abut against each other. Specifically, the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b in the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 and the first plate portion 32b1 and the second plate portion 32b2 in the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 are configured to be able to abut against each other at a surface rather than at a point.
 この構成により、フレーム20とカバー部材30とが強固に固定されるので、フレーム20の側板部24の長さを短くしてフレーム20を薄型化しても、高い強度を有するLED照明装置3を得ることができる。 This configuration firmly fixes the frame 20 and the cover member 30, so even if the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is shortened to make the frame 20 thinner, an LED lighting device 3 with high strength can be obtained.
 このように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3では、フレーム20の強度が確保されているので、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けたり器具本体2から取り外したりする際の施工時にLED照明装置3が変形したり、施工後にLED照明装置3の自重や電線等で押されてLED照明装置3がたわんだりすることを抑制できる。この結果、LED照明装置3と器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1との間に隙間が生じることを抑制できる。これにより、LED照明装置3と器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1との間から工事用電線又は器具内電線がはみ出すことを抑制できるとともに、LED照明装置3と器具本体2との間に工事用電線又は器具内電線が挟まって線噛みが生じることを抑制できる。また、LED照明装置3と器具本体2との間に隙間が生じてLED照明器具1の意匠性が低下することを抑制することもできる。 In this way, in the LED lighting device 3 according to the present embodiment, the strength of the frame 20 is ensured, so that the LED lighting device 3 can be prevented from being deformed during installation when the LED lighting device 3 is attached to or removed from the fixture body 2, and from being pushed by its own weight or electric wires after installation, and from being bent. As a result, it is possible to prevent a gap from being formed between the LED lighting device 3 and the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. This prevents the construction wire or the electric wire inside the fixture from protruding from between the LED lighting device 3 and the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and prevents the construction wire or the electric wire inside the fixture from being pinched between the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2. It is also possible to prevent a gap from being formed between the LED lighting device 3 and the fixture body 2, which reduces the design of the LED lighting fixture 1.
 次に、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1及びLED照明装置3において、フレーム20及びカバー部材30等の各構成部材の高さ方向(Z軸方向)の位置関係とその効果について、図21を用いて説明する。図21は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1の拡大図である。 Next, the positional relationship in the height direction (Z-axis direction) of each component such as the frame 20 and the cover member 30 in the LED lighting fixture 1 and LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment and the effect thereof will be described with reference to FIG. 21. FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of the LED lighting fixture 1 according to the embodiment.
 図21に示されるラインL1~L5は、Z軸方向における高さ位置を示している。ラインL1は、フレーム20の側板部24の先端の高さ位置を示している。ラインL2は、フレーム20の主板部21の高さ位置を示している。ラインL3は、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1の高さ位置を示している。ラインL4は、フレーム20の突出部20bの最頂部(図21では最下点)の高さ位置(本実施の形態では、平行板部23aの高さ位置)を示している。ラインL5は、カバー部材30の内延設部32bの最頂部(図21では最下点)の高さ位置(本実施の形態では、第1板部32b1の平行板部の高さ位置)を示している。 Lines L1 to L5 shown in FIG. 21 indicate height positions in the Z-axis direction. Line L1 indicates the height position of the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. Line L2 indicates the height position of the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Line L3 indicates the height position of the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the device body 2. Line L4 indicates the height position of the top (lowest point in FIG. 21) of the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 (height position of the parallel plate portion 23a in this embodiment). Line L5 indicates the height position of the top (lowest point in FIG. 21) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 (height position of the parallel plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 in this embodiment).
 本実施の形態において、ラインL1~L5は、天井(造営材)から床側に向かって、ラインL1、ラインL2、ラインL3、ラインL4、ラインL5の順になっている。 In this embodiment, lines L1 to L5 are arranged in the following order from the ceiling (construction material) toward the floor: line L1, line L2, line L3, line L4, line L5.
 したがって、フレーム20の主板部21(ラインL2)は、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)よりも天井側に位置している。これにより、フレーム20の主板部21に配置された光源部10とカバー部材30の主部31とを遠ざけることができるので、離間して配置された複数のLED12の光による輝度むら(粒々感)を抑制することができる。また、光源部10とカバー部材30の主部31とを遠ざけることで、光源部10で発生する熱がフレーム20とカバー部材30との間の空間領域でこもることを抑制できる。これにより、自己発熱によりLED12の光出力が低下することを抑制できるので、LED照明装置3の光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。また、フレーム20の主板部21が器具本体2の開口端縁2a1よりも天井側に位置することで、LED照明装置3から出射する光のうち意図しない天井側への光束(余計な上方光束)を床側に向けて配光制御することができる。また、LED照明装置3から出射する光を床側に向けて効率良く集光させることができるので、床側に向けての光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。したがって、複数のLED照明器具1を天井に設置する場合、LED照明器具1の設置台数を削減することができる。 Therefore, the main plate portion 21 (line L2) of the frame 20 is located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2. This allows the light source unit 10 arranged on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 to be spaced apart from the main portion 31 of the cover member 30, thereby suppressing uneven brightness (graininess) caused by the light of the multiple LEDs 12 arranged at a distance. In addition, by keeping the light source unit 10 and the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 apart, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the light source unit 10 from being trapped in the spatial region between the frame 20 and the cover member 30. This prevents the light output of the LEDs 12 from decreasing due to self-heating, thereby increasing the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3. In addition, by having the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20 located closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, it is possible to control the light distribution of the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side, with the light flux (excessive upward light flux) toward the ceiling side that is not intended. In addition, the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 can be efficiently concentrated toward the floor side, so the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side can be increased. Therefore, when multiple LED lighting fixtures 1 are installed on the ceiling, the number of LED lighting fixtures 1 installed can be reduced.
 また、フレーム20の突出部20bの最頂部(ラインL4)は、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)よりも床側に位置している。このように、フレーム20に突出部20bを設けることでフレーム20の強度を確保することができるとともに、フレーム20の突出部20bの最頂部が器具本体2の開口端縁2a1よりも床側に位置することで、LED照明装置3から出射する光を床側に向けて効率良く集光させることができ、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。したがって、複数のLED照明器具1を天井に設置する場合、LED照明器具1の設置台数を削減することができる。 Furthermore, the top (line L4) of the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 is located closer to the floor than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2. In this way, by providing the protrusion 20b on the frame 20, the strength of the frame 20 can be ensured, and by having the top of the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 located closer to the floor than the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 can be efficiently concentrated toward the floor, and the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor can be increased. Therefore, when multiple LED lighting devices 1 are installed on a ceiling, the number of installed LED lighting devices 1 can be reduced.
 このように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明装置3及びLED照明器具1によれば、フレーム20の主板部21、器具本体2の凹部2aの開口端縁2a1、及び、フレーム20の突出部20bが、天井(造営材)から離れるにしたがってこの順で設けられている。具体的には、ラインL2、ラインL3、ラインL4の位置が、天井から離れるにしたがってこの順になっている。 In this way, according to the LED lighting device 3 and LED lighting fixture 1 of this embodiment, the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2, and the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are arranged in this order as they move away from the ceiling (construction material). Specifically, the positions of line L2, line L3, and line L4 are in this order as they move away from the ceiling.
 この構成により、フレーム20の強度を確保しつつ、所定の方向である床側への光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 This configuration ensures the strength of the frame 20 while increasing the efficiency of light extraction toward the floor, which is the specified direction.
 また、上記のように、フレーム20の側板部24の先端(ラインL1)は、フレーム20の主板部21(ラインL2)よりも天井側に位置している。つまり、フレーム20の側板部24の先端は、主板部21よりも天井側に突出している。 Also, as described above, the tip (line L1) of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21 (line L2) of the frame 20. In other words, the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 protrudes closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21.
 この構成により、上記のように、フレーム20の強度を確保することができる。また、この構成により、フレーム20の一対の側板部24の間に工事用電線(VVFケーブル61、信号線62等)及び器具内電線を配置することができるので、工事用電線及び器具内電線がはみ出すことを抑制できる。 This configuration ensures the strength of the frame 20, as described above. This configuration also allows the construction wires (VVF cable 61, signal wire 62, etc.) and the internal wires of the fixture to be placed between the pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20, preventing the construction wires and the internal wires of the fixture from protruding.
 なお、本実施の形態では、フレーム20の側板部24の先端が主板部21よりも天井側に突出しているが、その突出量は比較的に小さくなっている。つまり、側板部24の長さは比較的に短くなっており、本実施の形態では、側板部24の長さをそれほど長くすることなく、フレーム20の強度を確保している。このように、側板部24の長さが短いことで、器具本体2とフレーム20の背面側との間のスペースを広く確保することができたり、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に施工する際の施工性を改善することができたり(LED照明装置3を回転させて器具本体2に収納させやすくなる)、フレーム20の背面側に配置された電源装置4の熱をこもりにくくさせたりすることができる。 In this embodiment, the tip of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 protrudes further toward the ceiling than the main plate portion 21, but the amount of protrusion is relatively small. In other words, the length of the side plate portion 24 is relatively short, and in this embodiment, the strength of the frame 20 is ensured without making the length of the side plate portion 24 too long. In this way, the short length of the side plate portion 24 makes it possible to ensure a large space between the fixture body 2 and the rear side of the frame 20, improves the ease of installation when installing the LED lighting device 3 in the fixture body 2 (making it easier to rotate the LED lighting device 3 and store it in the fixture body 2), and makes it less likely for heat to build up in the power supply device 4 arranged on the rear side of the frame 20.
 また、上記のように、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1(本実施の形態では、側板部24と傾斜板部23bとの接続部分)は、主板部21(ラインL2)と器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)との間に位置しているとよい。 As described above, the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 (in this embodiment, the connection portion between the side plate portion 24 and the inclined plate portion 23b) is preferably located between the main plate portion 21 (line L2) and the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the device body 2.
 これにより、LED12から出射した光が、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで回り込みやすくなる。この場合、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1は、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)と同じ位置であるか、あるいは、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)よりも僅かに天井側に位置しているとよい。これにより、カバー部材30の外観に影が生じることを抑制できる。 This makes it easier for the light emitted from the LEDs 12 to reach the spatial area formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30. In this case, the connection portion P1 between the side plate portion 24 and the horizontal plate portion 23 should be located at the same position as the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2, or slightly toward the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2. This makes it possible to prevent shadows from appearing on the exterior of the cover member 30.
 なお、図21に示すように、カバー部材30における延設部32と取付部33との接続部分P2(分岐点)についても、側板部24と横板部23との接続部分P1と同様に、主板部21(ラインL2)と器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)との間に位置しているとよい。これにより、LED12から出射した光が、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで回り込みやすくなる。この場合、延設部32と取付部33との接続部分P2は、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)と同じ位置であるか、あるいは、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)よりも僅かに天井側に位置しているとよい。これにより、カバー部材30の外観に影が生じることを抑制できる。 As shown in FIG. 21, the connection part P2 (branch point) between the extension part 32 and the attachment part 33 in the cover member 30 is preferably located between the main plate part 21 (line L2) and the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2, similar to the connection part P1 between the side plate part 24 and the horizontal plate part 23. This makes it easier for the light emitted from the LED 12 to reach the spatial area formed near the outer end part 31a of the cover member 30. In this case, the connection part P2 between the extension part 32 and the attachment part 33 is preferably located at the same position as the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2, or slightly toward the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the fixture body 2. This can prevent shadows from appearing on the appearance of the cover member 30.
 また、フレーム20の側板部24と器具本体2の凹部2aの内側部(側壁)とは、ほぼ平行であるとよい。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the inner portion (side wall) of the recess 2a of the device body 2 are approximately parallel.
 この構成により、フレーム20の強度を確保しつつ、器具本体2とフレーム20の背面側との間のスペースを広く確保することができる。これにより、器具本体2とフレーム20の背面側との間のスペースに工事用電線及び器具内電線を容易に収納することができる。なお、フレーム20の側板部24と器具本体2の凹部2aの内側部(側壁)とは、平行ではなくてもよく、一対の側板部24が器具本体2の凹部2aの内側部に対して傾斜していてもよい。例えば、一対の側板部24は、先端が内側に倒れるように傾斜していてもよい。これにより、LED照明装置3を回転させて器具本体2に容易に収納することができる。 This configuration ensures the strength of the frame 20 while ensuring a large space between the fixture body 2 and the rear side of the frame 20. This makes it easy to store construction wires and internal fixture wires in the space between the fixture body 2 and the rear side of the frame 20. Note that the side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 and the inner portion (side wall) of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 do not have to be parallel, and the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined relative to the inner portion of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. For example, the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined so that their tips lean inward. This makes it easy to rotate the LED lighting device 3 and store it in the fixture body 2.
 また、カバー部材30の内延設部32bの最頂部(図21では最下点)の高さ位置(ラインL5)は、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)よりも床側に位置しているとよい。 In addition, it is preferable that the height position (line L5) of the top (lowest point in FIG. 21) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 is located closer to the floor than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the device body 2.
 これにより、LED照明装置3から出射する光のうち意図しない天井側への光束(余計な上方光束)を床側に向けて配光制御することができる。さらに、LED照明装置3から出射する光を床側に向けて効率良く集光させることができるので、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 This allows the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 to be controlled so that the light flux unintentionally directed toward the ceiling (excessive upward light flux) is directed toward the floor. Furthermore, since the light emitted from the LED lighting device 3 can be efficiently concentrated toward the floor, the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor can be increased.
 また、上記のように、内延設部32bは、カバー部材30の短手方向の内側部分の傾斜がカバー部材30の短手方向の傾斜よりも緩やかになっている。つまり、光源部10側の部分の傾斜が取付部33側の部分の傾斜よりも緩やかになっている。 As described above, the inclination of the inner portion of the inner extension 32b in the short side direction of the cover member 30 is gentler than the inclination of the short side direction of the cover member 30. In other words, the inclination of the portion on the light source unit 10 side is gentler than the inclination of the portion on the mounting unit 33 side.
 この構成により、内延設部32bの内側部分(傾斜が緩やかな部分)の表面に入射した光源部10の光が臨界角を超えて全反射しやすくなるので、LED照明装置3の床側への光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。また、内延設部32bの外側部分(傾斜が急な部分)によって、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部まで光らせることができる。つまり、内延設部32bで反射した光源部10の光を、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで容易に回り込ませることができる。この結果、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの暗がりを一層低減することができるとともに、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率を一層向上させることができる。また、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部まで光らせることで、意匠性(外観性能)を向上させることができる。 With this configuration, the light of the light source unit 10 incident on the surface of the inner part (part with a gentle slope) of the inner extension 32b is more likely to be totally reflected beyond the critical angle, so that the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side can be increased. In addition, the outer part (part with a steep slope) of the inner extension 32b can be illuminated to the end of the width direction of the cover member 30. In other words, the light of the light source unit 10 reflected by the inner extension 32b can be easily guided to the spatial area formed near the outer end 31a of the cover member 30. As a result, the darkness of the outer end 31a of the cover member 30 can be further reduced, and the light extraction efficiency toward the floor side of the LED lighting device 3 can be further improved. In addition, by illuminating the end of the width direction of the cover member 30, the design (appearance performance) can be improved.
 さらに、カバー部材30の延設部32と主部31とが接続される箇所(カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された袋小路の空間領域)の近傍において、内延設部32bと主部31とが対向する部分では、入口側の間隔と奥側の間隔とが同じになっているか、入口側の間隔が奥側の間隔よりも広くなっているとよい。具体的には、内延設部32bの第1板部32b1(傾斜板部)とこれに対向する部分の主部31において、入口側の間隔と奥側の間隔とが同じになっているか、入口側の間隔が奥側の間隔よりも広くなっているとよい。 Furthermore, in the vicinity of the location where the extension portion 32 and main portion 31 of the cover member 30 are connected (the spatial area of the dead end formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30), in the portion where the inner extension portion 32b and main portion 31 face each other, it is preferable that the spacing on the entrance side and the spacing on the rear side are the same, or that the spacing on the entrance side is wider than the spacing on the rear side. Specifically, in the first plate portion 32b1 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b and the main portion 31 facing it, it is preferable that the spacing on the entrance side and the spacing on the rear side are the same, or that the spacing on the entrance side is wider than the spacing on the rear side.
 この構成により、主部31の内面及び内延設部32bで反射した光源部10の光を、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの近傍に形成された空間領域にまで容易に回り込ませることができる。これにより、カバー部材30の外側端部31aの暗がりをさらに低減することができるとともに、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率をさらに向上させることができる。 This configuration allows the light from the light source unit 10 reflected by the inner surface of the main portion 31 and the inner extension portion 32b to easily flow around to the spatial area formed near the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30. This further reduces the darkness at the outer end portion 31a of the cover member 30, and further improves the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor side.
 この場合、フレーム20の横板部23の傾斜板部23bとカバー部材30の内延設部32bの第1板部32b1(傾斜板部)とは、隙間をあけつつ、ほぼ平行になっているとよい。つまり、横板部23の傾斜板部23bの傾斜角と内延設部32bの第1板部32b1の傾斜角とは、ほぼ同じであるとよい。 In this case, it is preferable that the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 and the first plate portion 32b1 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 are approximately parallel with a gap therebetween. In other words, it is preferable that the inclination angle of the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 and the inclination angle of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b are approximately the same.
 この構成により、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部まで光らせることができるので、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなることをさらに抑制することができる。 This configuration allows the cover member 30 to be illuminated all the way to the widthwise ends, further preventing the widthwise ends of the cover member 30 from becoming dark.
 なお、図21において、ラインL3とラインL5との間隔をAとし、ラインL2とラインL3との間隔をBとすると、0<A/B≦2であるとよく、A/B≒1(A:B=1:1程度)であるとさらによい。このようにすることで、フレーム20の強度を高くしつつ、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部までを容易に光らせることができる。 In FIG. 21, if the distance between lines L3 and L5 is A and the distance between lines L2 and L3 is B, then it is preferable that 0<A/B≦2, and it is even better that A/B≈1 (A:B=approximately 1:1). In this way, it is possible to easily illuminate the entire width direction of the cover member 30 while increasing the strength of the frame 20.
 また、フレーム20の側板部24とカバー部材30の取付部33とは、ほぼ平行に延在しているとよい。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 extend substantially parallel to each other.
 この構成により、フレーム20の強度を高くしつつ、フレーム20からカバー部材30が外れることを抑制することができる。また、カバー部材30とフレーム20とで囲まれる空間領域S2に虫が入りにくくすることができる。 This configuration makes it possible to increase the strength of the frame 20 while preventing the cover member 30 from coming off the frame 20. It also makes it difficult for insects to enter the spatial region S2 enclosed by the cover member 30 and the frame 20.
 また、上記のように、カバー部材30における延設部32の外延設部32aは、凹部2aの開口端縁2a1に対向しており、開口端縁2a1と重なっている。したがって、外延設部32aは、凹部2aの内側面と取付部33との間の隙間GXを跨るように形成されている。つまり、Z軸方向において延設部32の外延設部32aは隙間GXを覆うように隙間GXと重なっている。 As described above, the outer extension 32a of the extension 32 in the cover member 30 faces the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a and overlaps with the opening edge 2a1. Therefore, the outer extension 32a is formed to span the gap GX between the inner surface of the recess 2a and the mounting portion 33. In other words, in the Z-axis direction, the outer extension 32a of the extension 32 overlaps with the gap GX so as to cover the gap GX.
 この構成により、カバー部材30の主部31の外側端部31aの近傍まで十分に光らせることができるので、幅方向の全体にわたってカバー部材30の主部31を光らせることができる。したがって、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部が暗くなることを一層抑制することができる。この場合、図21に示すように、外延設部32aと凹部2aの開口端縁2a1とが重なっている部分の幅w4(外延設部32aの掛かり代)は、隙間GXよりも大きくなっているとよい。 This configuration allows the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 to be illuminated sufficiently up to the vicinity of the outer end 31a, so that the main portion 31 of the cover member 30 can be illuminated throughout the entire width direction. This further prevents the ends of the cover member 30 in the width direction from becoming dark. In this case, as shown in FIG. 21, the width w4 (the overlapping space of the outer extension portion 32a) of the portion where the outer extension portion 32a and the opening edge 2a1 of the recess 2a overlap should preferably be larger than the gap GX.
 また、光源部10のLED12は、フレーム20の突出部20bの最頂部(ラインL4)よりも天井側(造営材側)に位置しているとよい。 In addition, it is preferable that the LED 12 of the light source unit 10 is located closer to the ceiling (construction material side) than the top (line L4) of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20.
 これにより、光源部10から出射する光のうち意図しない天井側への光束(余計な上方光束)を床側に向けて配光制御することができる。また、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 This allows the light emitted from the light source unit 10 to be controlled so that the light flux unintentionally directed toward the ceiling (excessive upward light flux) is directed toward the floor. It also increases the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor.
 この場合、LED12は、凹部2aの開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)よりも天井側に位置しているとよい。 In this case, it is preferable that the LED 12 is positioned closer to the ceiling than the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the recess 2a.
 これにより、光源部10から出射する光のうち天井側へ向かう光を床側に向けて効果的に配光制御することができる。また、LED照明装置3の床側に向けての光取り出し効率をさらに高くすることができる。 This allows the light emitted from the light source unit 10 toward the ceiling to be effectively controlled so that it is directed toward the floor. In addition, the light extraction efficiency of the LED lighting device 3 toward the floor can be further improved.
 ここで、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1における各構成部材の高さ方向の位置関係の特徴について、図22を用いて比較例1~4のLED照明器具と比較して説明する。図22は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1と比較例1~4のLED照明器具とを比較する図である。 Here, the characteristics of the positional relationship in the height direction of each component of the LED lighting device 1 according to the embodiment will be explained in comparison with the LED lighting devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 using Figure 22. Figure 22 is a diagram comparing the LED lighting device 1 according to the embodiment with the LED lighting devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 4.
 図22において、(a)は、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1の断面構造を示しており、(b)は、比較例1のLED照明器具1wの断面構造を示しており、(c)は、比較例2のLED照明器具1xの断面構造を示しており、(d)は、比較例3のLED照明器具1yの断面構造を示しており、(e)は、比較例4のLED照明器具1zの断面構造を示している。なお、図22では、(a)~(e)における器具本体2~2zの凹部の開口端縁2a1(ラインL3)の位置を共通にして図示している。 In FIG. 22, (a) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1 according to an embodiment, (b) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1w of Comparative Example 1, (c) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1x of Comparative Example 2, (d) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1y of Comparative Example 3, and (e) shows the cross-sectional structure of an LED lighting device 1z of Comparative Example 4. Note that in FIG. 22, the position of the opening edge 2a1 (line L3) of the recess of the device main body 2 to 2z is shown in common in (a) to (e).
 まず、図22の(a)に示すように、本実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1では、(i)フレーム20の側板部24(脚部)、(ii)フレーム20の主板部21(=内延設部32bの先端)、(iii)カバー部材30の内延設部32bの第1板部32b1(傾斜板部)の端部(図21の接続部分P2)、(iv)器具本体2の開口端縁2a1、(v)カバー部材30の外延設部32a、(vi)フレーム20の突出部20b、及び、(vii)カバー部材30の内延設部32bが、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((i)→(ii)→(iii)→(iv)→(v)→(vi)→(vii)の順)で存在している。 First, as shown in FIG. 22(a), in the LED lighting device 1 according to this embodiment, (i) the side plate portion 24 (leg portion) of the frame 20, (ii) the main plate portion 21 (= the tip of the inner extension portion 32b) of the frame 20, (iii) the end portion (connection portion P2 in FIG. 21) of the first plate portion 32b1 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the device body 2, (v) the outer extension portion 32a of the cover member 30, (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, and (vii) the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 are arranged in the following order ((i) → (ii) → (iii) → (iv) → (v) → (vi) → (vii)) as they move away from the ceiling.
 一方、図22の(b)に示すように、比較例1のLED照明器具1w及びLED照明装置3wでは、フレーム20wに側板部(脚部)が設けられていない。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 22(b), in the LED lighting fixture 1w and LED lighting device 3w of Comparative Example 1, the frame 20w does not have side panels (legs).
 そして、比較例1のLED照明器具1wでは、(v)カバー部材30wの外延設部32a、(iv)器具本体2wの開口端縁2a1、(ii)フレーム20wの主板部21、(vi)フレーム20wの突出部20b、及び、(vii)カバー部材30wの内延設部32bが、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((v)→(iv)→(ii)→(vi)→(vii))で存在している。 In the LED lighting device 1w of Comparative Example 1, (v) the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30w, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the device body 2w, (ii) the main plate 21 of the frame 20w, (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20w, and (vii) the inner extension 32b of the cover member 30w are arranged in this order ((v) → (iv) → (ii) → (vi) → (vii)) as they move away from the ceiling.
 比較例1のLED照明器具1w及びLED照明装置3wの構造では、カバー部材30wの幅方向の端部に影ができやすい。 In the structure of the LED lighting fixture 1w and LED lighting device 3w in Comparative Example 1, shadows tend to form at the ends of the cover member 30w in the width direction.
 また、図22の(c)に示すように、比較例2のLED照明器具1x及びLED照明装置3xでは、フレーム20xに側板部(脚部)が設けられておらず、また、カバー部材30xに外延設部が設けられておらず、また、カバー部材30xの内延設部32bがアーチ状になっておらず直線状に傾斜している。 Also, as shown in (c) of FIG. 22, in the LED lighting fixture 1x and LED lighting device 3x of Comparative Example 2, the frame 20x does not have side plate portions (leg portions), the cover member 30x does not have an outer extension portion, and the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30x is not arched but is inclined linearly.
 そして、比較例2のLED照明器具1xでは、(ii)フレーム20xの主板部21、(vi)フレーム20xの突出部20b、(iv)器具本体2xの開口端縁2a1、及び、(iii)カバー部材30xの内延設部32bが、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((ii)→(vi)→(iv)→(iii))で存在している。 In the LED lighting device 1x of Comparative Example 2, (ii) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20x, (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20x, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the device body 2x, and (iii) the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30x are arranged in this order ((ii) → (vi) → (iv) → (iii)) as they move away from the ceiling.
 比較例2のLED照明器具1x及びLED照明装置3xの構造では、カバー部材30xの幅方向の端部に影ができやすく、また、器具本体2xの凹部に収納されるLED照明装置3xの高さが大きくなるため、フレーム20xと器具本体2xとの間のスペースが狭い。つまり、電源装置及び各種電線を収納するスペースが狭い。 In the structure of the LED lighting fixture 1x and LED lighting device 3x of Comparative Example 2, shadows are likely to form at the ends of the cover member 30x in the width direction, and the height of the LED lighting device 3x stored in the recess of the fixture body 2x is large, so the space between the frame 20x and the fixture body 2x is narrow. In other words, the space for storing the power supply device and various electric wires is narrow.
 また、図22の(d)に示すように、比較例3のLED照明器具1y及びLED照明装置3yでは、フレーム20yに突出部が設けられていない。 Also, as shown in (d) of FIG. 22, in the LED lighting fixture 1y and the LED lighting device 3y of Comparative Example 3, no protrusion is provided on the frame 20y.
 そして、比較例3のLED照明器具1yでは、(i)フレーム20yの側板部(脚部)、(v)カバー部材30yの外延設部32a、(iv)器具本体2yの開口端縁2a1(=(ii)フレーム20yの主板部21)、及び、(vii)カバー部材30yの内延設部32bが、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((i)、(v)、(iv)=(ii)、(vii))で存在している。 In the LED lighting fixture 1y of Comparative Example 3, (i) the side plate portion (leg portion) of the frame 20y, (v) the outer extension portion 32a of the cover member 30y, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2y (= (ii) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20y), and (vii) the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30y are arranged in this order ((i), (v), (iv) = (ii), (vii)) as they move away from the ceiling.
 比較例3のLED照明器具1y及びLED照明装置3yの構造では、カバー部材30xの幅方向の端部に影ができやすく、しかも、フレーム20yに突出部が設けられていないのでフレーム20yの強度が弱い。 In the structure of the LED lighting fixture 1y and LED lighting device 3y in Comparative Example 3, shadows are likely to form at the ends of the cover member 30x in the width direction, and the frame 20y has a low strength because it does not have a protrusion.
 また、図22の(e)に示すように、比較例4のLED照明器具1z及びLED照明装置3zでは、カバー部材30zの内延設部32bがアーチ状になっておらず、光源部10の基板11と平行となるように直線状に存在している。 Also, as shown in FIG. 22(e), in the LED lighting fixture 1z and LED lighting device 3z of Comparative Example 4, the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30z is not arched, but exists in a straight line parallel to the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10.
 そして、比較例4のLED照明器具1zでは、(i)フレーム20zの側板部(脚部)、(ii)フレーム20zの主板部21、(vi)フレーム20zの突出部20b(=(iv)器具本体2zの開口端縁2a1=(v)カバー部材30zの外延設部32a)、及び、(iii)カバー部材30zの内延設部32bは、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((i)→(ii)→(vi)=(iv)=(v)→(iii))で存在している。 In the LED lighting fixture 1z of Comparative Example 4, (i) the side plate portion (leg portion) of the frame 20z, (ii) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20z, (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20z (= (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2z = (v) the outer extension portion 32a of the cover member 30z), and (iii) the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30z are arranged in this order ((i) → (ii) → (vi) = (iv) = (v) → (iii)) as they move away from the ceiling.
 比較例4のLED照明器具1z及びLED照明装置3zの構造では、フレーム20zの強度が弱く、LED照明装置3z全体としての強度も弱い。 In the structure of the LED lighting fixture 1z and LED lighting device 3z in Comparative Example 4, the strength of the frame 20z is weak, and the strength of the LED lighting device 3z as a whole is also weak.
 これに対して、本実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1では、少なくとも、(i)フレーム20の主板部21、(iv)器具本体2の開口端縁2a1、及び、(vi)フレーム20の突出部20bが、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((i)→(iv)→(vi))で存在しており、この点で、比較例1~4のLED照明器具1w~1zと相違している。 In contrast, in the LED lighting fixture 1 of this embodiment, at least (i) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, and (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are arranged in this order ((i) → (iv) → (vi)) as they move away from the ceiling, and in this respect it differs from the LED lighting fixtures 1w to 1z of comparative examples 1 to 4.
 本実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1のように、(i)フレーム20の主板部21、(iv)器具本体2の開口端縁2a1、及び、(vi)フレーム20の突出部20bをこの順で設けることによって、フレーム20の強度を確保しつつ、床側への光取り出し効率を高くすることができる。 As in the LED lighting fixture 1 of this embodiment, by arranging (i) the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2, and (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 in this order, it is possible to increase the efficiency of light extraction to the floor side while ensuring the strength of the frame 20.
 また、本実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1では、上記のように、(i)フレーム20の側板部24(脚部)、(ii)フレーム20の主板部21(=内延設部32bの先端)、(iii)カバー部材30の内延設部32bの第1板部32b1(傾斜板部)の端部(図21の接続部分P2)、(iv)器具本体2の開口端縁2a1、(v)カバー部材30の外延設部32a、(vi)フレーム20の突出部20b、及び、(vii)カバー部材30の内延設部32bが、天井から離れるにしたがって、この順((i)→(ii)→(iii)→(iv)→(v)→(vi)→(vii))で存在している。 In addition, in the LED lighting device 1 according to this embodiment, as described above, (i) the side plate portion 24 (leg portion) of the frame 20, (ii) the main plate portion 21 (= the tip of the inner extension portion 32b) of the frame 20, (iii) the end portion (connection portion P2 in FIG. 21) of the first plate portion 32b1 (inclined plate portion) of the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30, (iv) the opening edge 2a1 of the device body 2, (v) the outer extension portion 32a of the cover member 30, (vi) the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, and (vii) the inner extension portion 32b of the cover member 30 are arranged in this order ((i) → (ii) → (iii) → (iv) → (v) → (vi) → (vii)) as they move away from the ceiling.
 この構成により、フレーム20の強度を容易に確保しつつ、床側への光取り出し効率をさらに高くすることができる。 This configuration makes it easy to ensure the strength of the frame 20 while further increasing the efficiency of light extraction to the floor side.
 次に、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1及びLED照明装置3において、フレーム20の形状のバリエーションについて説明する。 Next, we will explain the variations in the shape of the frame 20 in the LED lighting fixture 1 and LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment.
 上記のように、本実施の形態におけるLED照明装置3では、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さLに応じて、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さaとフレーム20の側板部24の長さbとを最適な寸法に設計することができる。この場合、図16では、L=2フィート、4フィート、8フィートの場合に、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さaを一定とし、フレーム20の側板部24の長さbを変化させてaとbの比率を変更したが、これに限らない。 As described above, in the LED lighting device 3 of this embodiment, the depth a of the recess 20a of the frame 20 and the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can be designed to optimal dimensions according to the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3. In this case, in FIG. 16, when L = 2 feet, 4 feet, and 8 feet, the depth a of the recess 20a of the frame 20 is kept constant, and the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is changed to change the ratio of a to b, but this is not limited to the above.
 例えば、図23に示すように、L=2フィート、4フィート、8フィートの場合において、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さaとフレーム20の側板部24の長さbとの両方を変化させてaとbの比率を変更してもよい。図23は、LED照明装置3の長さ違いによるフレーム20の第1のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。 For example, as shown in FIG. 23, when L=2 feet, 4 feet, and 8 feet, the ratio of a to b may be changed by varying both the depth a of the recess 20a of the frame 20 and the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the cross-sectional shape of a first variation of the frame 20 due to different lengths of the LED lighting device 3.
 図23のようにaとbの比率を変更させることで、図16の場合と比べて、フレーム20の強度を大きくすることができる。ただし、図23の場合は、図16の場合と比べて、LED照明装置3の外観特性(配光、光束、輝度ムラ、カバー部材30の外形寸法等)が長さLの違いで変わってしまったり、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3においてエンドキャップ40を共有することができなかったり、長さLが異なる2種類のLED照明装置3を連結して使用する時に2種類のLED照明装置3で光り方が異なったりするおそれがある。 By changing the ratio of a and b as shown in Figure 23, the strength of the frame 20 can be increased compared to the case of Figure 16. However, in the case of Figure 23, compared to the case of Figure 16, there is a risk that the appearance characteristics of the LED lighting device 3 (light distribution, luminous flux, uneven brightness, external dimensions of the cover member 30, etc.) may change depending on the length L, that the end cap 40 may not be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L, and that the two types of LED lighting devices 3 may light up differently when two types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L are connected and used.
 一方、図16の場合は、LED照明装置3の長さLの違いでLED照明装置3の外観特性(配光、光束、輝度ムラ)が変わることがなかったり、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3においてエンドキャップ40を共有することができたりする。したがって、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3のラインナップを揃える場合は、図16のように、フレーム20の凹部20aの深さaを一定とし、フレーム20の側板部24の長さbを変化させて複数種のLED照明装置3を作製するとよい。 On the other hand, in the case of FIG. 16, differences in the length L of the LED lighting device 3 do not change the appearance characteristics (light distribution, luminous flux, brightness unevenness) of the LED lighting device 3, and the end cap 40 can be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L. Therefore, when creating a lineup of multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L, it is advisable to make multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 by keeping the depth a of the recess 20a of the frame 20 constant and varying the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, as shown in FIG. 16.
 なお、図4では、L=4フィートの場合を例示しているが、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3に応じてフレーム20の側板部24の長さが異なっていても、器具本体2の凹部2aとフレーム20とで囲まれる空間領域S3には、工事用電線及び器具内配線の配線スペースを十分確保することができる。特に、本実施の形態では、電源装置4がフレーム20の幅方向に偏って配置されているので、空間領域S3の配線スペースをより十分に確保することができる。特に、L=2フィートの場合は、LED照明器具1及びLED照明装置3の全長が短いために、内部部品(電源装置4、引っ掛け金具5、弾性保持部材6、調光用端子台9等)の占有比率が大きいため、側板部24を短くすることによるフレーム20の薄型化の効果が高い。また、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、最も長さLが短いLED照明装置3のフレーム20の側板部24の長さと最も長さLが長いLED照明装置3のフレーム20の側板部24の長さとの比が1:3以上となっても、空間領域S3の配線スペースを十分確保することができる。 Note that, although FIG. 4 illustrates an example in which L=4 feet, even if the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 differs according to the types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L, the spatial region S3 surrounded by the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 and the frame 20 can provide sufficient wiring space for the construction wires and wiring inside the fixture. In particular, in this embodiment, the power supply device 4 is arranged offset in the width direction of the frame 20, so that the wiring space in the spatial region S3 can be more sufficiently provided. In particular, in the case of L=2 feet, the overall length of the LED lighting fixture 1 and the LED lighting device 3 is short, so that the occupancy ratio of the internal parts (power supply device 4, hook fitting 5, elastic holding member 6, dimming terminal block 9, etc.) is large, and therefore the effect of making the frame 20 thinner by shortening the side plate portion 24 is high. Furthermore, in multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L, even if the ratio between the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 of the LED lighting device 3 with the shortest length L and the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 of the LED lighting device 3 with the longest length L is 1:3 or more, sufficient wiring space can be secured in the spatial region S3.
 また、図16に示すように、本実施の形態におけるLED照明装置3では、LED照明装置3の長手方向の長さLが異なった場合でも、フレーム20の側板部24は、同じ方向に延在している。具体的には、L=2フィート、4フィート、8フィートのいずれの場合においても、フレーム20の側板部24は、Z軸方向に延在している。つまり、フレーム20における凹部20aの底面(基板取付面)よりも天井側部分である側板部24が真っすぐに延在している。 Also, as shown in FIG. 16, in the LED lighting device 3 of this embodiment, even if the longitudinal length L of the LED lighting device 3 is different, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 extends in the same direction. Specifically, in all cases where L = 2 feet, 4 feet, or 8 feet, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 extends in the Z-axis direction. In other words, the side plate portion 24, which is the portion closer to the ceiling than the bottom surface (board mounting surface) of the recess 20a in the frame 20, extends straight.
 これにより、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、フレーム20の一対の側板部24の間に収納する部品(電源装置4、取付金具等)を共通化することができる。なお、LED照明装置3の長さLが異なっていても、フレーム20における凹部20aの底面(基板取付面)より床側部分である突出部20bの形状は同じになっている。これにより、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、外観特性(配光、光束、輝度ムラ、カバー部材30の外形寸法等)を同じにすることができるとともに、エンドキャップ40を共用することができる。 This allows the components (power supply unit 4, mounting brackets, etc.) stored between the pair of side plate portions 24 of the frame 20 to be standardized among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L. Note that even if the lengths L of the LED lighting devices 3 are different, the shape of the protruding portion 20b, which is the portion on the floor side from the bottom surface (board mounting surface) of the recess 20a in the frame 20, is the same. This allows multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L to have the same appearance characteristics (light distribution, luminous flux, brightness unevenness, external dimensions of the cover member 30, etc.) and can share the end cap 40.
 なお、図16では、LED照明装置3の長さLが異なっていてもフレーム20の側板部24を同じ方向に延在させたが、これに限らない。例えば、図24に示すように、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、フレーム20の側板部24を傾斜させることで、フレーム20の側板部24の長さbを変化させてaとbの比率を変更してもよい。つまり、側板部24の傾斜量(傾斜角度)を変化させてフレーム20の側板部24の長さを変更してもよい。図24は、LED照明装置3の長さ違いによるフレームの第2のバリエーションの断面形状を示す図である。 In FIG. 16, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 extends in the same direction even if the length L of the LED lighting device 3 is different, but this is not limited to the above. For example, as shown in FIG. 24, in multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may be inclined to change the length b of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and change the ratio of a to b. In other words, the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may be changed by changing the amount of inclination (inclination angle) of the side plate portion 24. FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the cross-sectional shape of a second variation of the frame due to different lengths of the LED lighting devices 3.
 図24の(a)、(b)及び(c)は、傾斜させた側板部24の始点(根元)が主板部21よりも床側に位置する場合を示している。この場合、図24の(a)、(b)及び(c)の場合で、エンドキャップ40を共通化することが難しいため、外観特性(配光、光束、輝度ムラ、カバー部材30の外形寸法等)が多少変わるおそれがある。例えば、傾斜した側板部24の始点から天井側に向けて光が漏れるおそれがある。なお、図24の(a)、(b)及び(c)において、フレーム20の突出部20bの横板部23の位置は互いに同じである。 (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 24 show cases where the starting point (base) of the inclined side panel 24 is located closer to the floor than the main panel 21. In this case, it is difficult to standardize the end cap 40 for the cases of (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 24, so there is a risk that the appearance characteristics (light distribution, luminous flux, uneven brightness, external dimensions of the cover member 30, etc.) will vary slightly. For example, there is a risk that light will leak from the starting point of the inclined side panel 24 toward the ceiling. Note that the positions of the horizontal panel 23 of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are the same in each of (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 24.
 また、図24の(d)、(e)及び(f)に示すように、傾斜させた側板部24の始点(根元)を主板部21よりも天井側に位置するようにしてもよい。これにより、図24の(d)、(e)及び(f)の場合で、エンドキャップ40を共通化することができるので、外観特性(配光、光束、輝度ムラ、カバー部材30の外形寸法等)を同じにすることができる。なお、図24の(d)、(e)及び(f)において、フレーム20の突出部20bの横板部23の位置は異なっている。具体的には、図24の(d)、(e)及び(f)の順で、突出部20bの高さが高くなっている。この場合、図24の(f)のフレーム20において、傾斜させた側板部24の始点(根元)を、図24の(c)のように、主板部21よりも床側に位置するようにしてもよい。 Also, as shown in (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24, the starting point (root) of the inclined side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21. This allows the end cap 40 to be common in the cases of (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24, so that the appearance characteristics (light distribution, luminous flux, brightness unevenness, external dimensions of the cover member 30, etc.) can be made the same. Note that the positions of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20 are different in (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24. Specifically, the height of the protruding portion 20b increases in the order of (d), (e), and (f) of FIG. 24. In this case, in the frame 20 of (f) of FIG. 24, the starting point (root) of the inclined side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the floor than the main plate portion 21, as shown in (c) of FIG. 24.
 また、フレーム20の側板部24を傾斜させる場合、図24に示すように、側板部24は、内側に倒れるように傾斜させるとよい。これにより、LED照明装置3を回転させて器具本体2の凹部2aに容易に収納させることができる。つまり、LED照明器具1の施工性を向上させることができる。また、図24に示すように、側板部24の傾斜量は、側板部24の長さが長くなるほど大きくしてもよい。また、一対の側板部24の両方を傾斜させてもよいが、一対の側板部24のうちの一方のみを傾斜させてもよい。この場合、図25に示すように、一対の側板部24のうち弾性保持部材6側に位置する側板部24を傾斜させるとよい。なお、図25に示すように、器具本体2の開口寸法をmとし、LED照明装置3の対角寸法をnとすると、m≧nであるとよい。このことは、側板部24を傾斜させない場合も同様である。 When the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is inclined, as shown in FIG. 24, it is preferable that the side plate portion 24 is inclined so as to fall inward. This allows the LED lighting device 3 to be rotated and easily stored in the recess 2a of the fixture body 2. In other words, the ease of installation of the LED lighting fixture 1 can be improved. As shown in FIG. 24, the inclination amount of the side plate portion 24 may be increased as the length of the side plate portion 24 increases. Both of the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined, or only one of the pair of side plate portions 24 may be inclined. In this case, as shown in FIG. 25, it is preferable to incline the side plate portion 24 located on the elastic retaining member 6 side of the pair of side plate portions 24. As shown in FIG. 25, it is preferable that m is the opening dimension of the fixture body 2 and n is the diagonal dimension of the LED lighting device 3, and m≧n. This also applies to the case where the side plate portion 24 is not inclined.
 また、LED照明装置3の長さLに応じてフレーム20の側板部24の長さを長くする場合、側板部24の長さに応じてカバー部材30の取付部33の長さも長くするとよいが、これに限らない。例えば、図26に示すように、LED照明装置3の長さLに応じてフレーム20の側板部24の長さを変更しても、カバー部材30の取付部33の長さを変更しなくてもよい。これにより、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、カバー部材30を共用することができる。 Furthermore, when the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is increased according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3, the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may also be increased according to the length of the side plate portion 24, but this is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, even if the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is changed according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3, the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 does not need to be changed. This allows the cover member 30 to be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L.
 また、図27に示すように、LED照明装置3の長さLに応じてフレーム20の側板部24の長さを長くする場合、側板部24に段差を設けて側板部24を折れ曲がるように形成してもよい。この場合、側板部24の長さ及び形状に応じてカバー部材30の取付部33の長さ及び形状を変更してもよいが、図27に示すように、フレーム20の側板部24の長さ及び形状を変更しても、カバー部材30の取付部33の長さ及び形状を変更しなくてもよい。これにより、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、カバー部材30を共用することができる。 Also, as shown in FIG. 27, when the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is increased according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3, the side plate portion 24 may be formed so as to be bent by providing a step in the side plate portion 24. In this case, the length and shape of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be changed according to the length and shape of the side plate portion 24, but as shown in FIG. 27, even if the length and shape of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is changed, the length and shape of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 do not need to be changed. This allows the cover member 30 to be shared among multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L.
 なお、LED照明装置3の長さLに応じてフレーム20の側板部24の長さを変更するのではなく、図28の(a)~(c)に示すように、フレーム20の形状を変えずに、LED照明装置3の長さLに応じてカバー部材30の取付部33の長さを変更してもよいし、図29の(a)~(c)に示すように、フレーム20の側板部24の長さもカバー部材30の取付部33の長さも変えずに、脚部71を有するL字状又はコの字状の金具70を別途設けて、LED照明装置3の長さLに応じて金具70の脚部71の長さを変更してもよい。これにより、長さLが異なる複数種のLED照明装置3において、フレーム20を共用することができる。なお、金具70は、ネジ80を用いてフレーム20及びカバー部材30の取付部33に固定される。 In addition, instead of changing the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3, as shown in (a) to (c) of FIG. 28, the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be changed according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3 without changing the shape of the frame 20, or as shown in (a) to (c) of FIG. 29, an L-shaped or U-shaped metal fitting 70 having legs 71 may be provided separately and the length of the legs 71 of the metal fitting 70 may be changed according to the length L of the LED lighting device 3 without changing the length of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 or the length of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30. In this way, the frame 20 can be shared by multiple types of LED lighting devices 3 with different lengths L. In addition, the metal fitting 70 is fixed to the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 using screws 80.
 次に、実施の形態に係るLED照明器具1及びLED照明装置3の各種変形例について、以下説明する。 Next, various modified examples of the LED lighting fixture 1 and LED lighting device 3 according to the embodiment will be described below.
 上記実施の形態において、フレーム20の横板部23は、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとを含んでいたが、これに限らない。例えば、図30に示されるLED照明器具1A及びLED照明装置3Aのように、フレーム20Aの横板部23Aは、平行板部23aを有さず、傾斜板部23bのみで構成されていてもよい。この場合、カバー部材30Aの延設部32Aにおける内延設部32bの第1板部32b1(横板部23Aと対向する部分)も、傾斜板部のみで構成されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 includes a parallel plate portion 23a and an inclined plate portion 23b, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1A and LED lighting device 3A shown in FIG. 30, the horizontal plate portion 23A of the frame 20A may not have the parallel plate portion 23a and may be composed of only the inclined plate portion 23b. In this case, the first plate portion 32b1 (the portion facing the horizontal plate portion 23A) of the inner extension portion 32b in the extension portion 32A of the cover member 30A may also be composed of only the inclined plate portion.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の延設部32の内延設部32bは、フレーム20の突出部20bを超えるように延在していたが、これに限らない。例えば、図31に示されるLED照明装置3Bのように、カバー部材30Bの延設部32Bの内延設部32bは、フレーム20の突出部20bを超えないように延在していてもよい。なお、図31では、延設部32Bの内延設部32bは、フレーム20の横板部23の途中まで延在している。これにより、カバー部材30Bの材料費を削減することができる。また、フレーム20を白色(高反射)の材料で形成することで、光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。 In the above embodiment, the inner extension 32b of the extension 32 of the cover member 30 extends beyond the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, but this is not limited thereto. For example, as in the LED lighting device 3B shown in FIG. 31, the inner extension 32b of the extension 32B of the cover member 30B may extend so as not to exceed the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20. In FIG. 31, the inner extension 32b of the extension 32B extends halfway to the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20. This makes it possible to reduce the material cost of the cover member 30B. Also, by forming the frame 20 from a white (highly reflective) material, the light extraction efficiency can be improved.
 また、図31において、フレーム20の横板部23は、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとを含んでいたが、これに限るものではない。例えば、図32に示されるLED照明装置3Cのように、図30におけるフレーム20Aを用いたものであってもよい。図32に示されるLED照明装置3Cは、図30におけるフレーム20Aと図31におけるカバー部材30Bとを組み合わせた構成になっている。フレーム20Aの横板部23Aは、平行板部23aを有さず、傾斜板部23bのみで構成されており、カバー部材30Bの延設部32Bの内延設部32bは、フレーム20Aの突出部20bを超えないように延在している。 In addition, in FIG. 31, the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20 includes the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b, but this is not limited to this. For example, the frame 20A in FIG. 30 may be used, as in the LED lighting device 3C shown in FIG. 32. The LED lighting device 3C shown in FIG. 32 is configured by combining the frame 20A in FIG. 30 with the cover member 30B in FIG. 31. The horizontal plate portion 23A of the frame 20A does not have the parallel plate portion 23a, but is composed only of the inclined plate portion 23b, and the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32B of the cover member 30B extends so as not to exceed the protrusion 20b of the frame 20A.
 また、上記実施の形態において、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起34は、カバー部材30に設けられていたが、これに限らない。例えば、図33の(a)に示されるLED照明器具1D及びLED照明装置3Dのように、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起25は、フレーム20Dに設けられていてもよい。本変形例におけるカバー部材30Dは、上記実施の形態におけるカバー部材30とは異なり、突起34が設けられていない。図33の(b)は、図33の(a)の破線で囲まれる領域Bの拡大図である。図33の(b)に示すように、本変形例において、突起25は、フレーム20Dの突出部20bにおける横板部23に設けられている。具体的には、突起25は、横板部23の傾斜板部23bに設けられている。傾斜板部23bに設けられた突起25は、カバー部材30Dの延設部32に向かって突出している。本変形例において、突起25は、ダボであり、フレーム20Dを構成する金属板の一部を突き上げることで形成することができる。一例として、突起25は、横板部23の傾斜板部23bの傾斜面に沿って延在している。また、突起25は、突起25の先端がカバー部材30Dに接触しないような設計になっている。具体的には、突起25の先端がカバー部材30Dの延設部32に接触しないような設計になっている。 In the above embodiment, the protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1 is provided on the cover member 30, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1D and LED lighting device 3D shown in FIG. 33(a), the protrusion 25 located in the first gap G1 may be provided on the frame 20D. Unlike the cover member 30 in the above embodiment, the cover member 30D in this modified example does not have the protrusion 34. FIG. 33(b) is an enlarged view of the area B surrounded by the dashed line in FIG. 33(a). As shown in FIG. 33(b), in this modified example, the protrusion 25 is provided on the horizontal plate portion 23 in the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20D. Specifically, the protrusion 25 is provided on the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23. The protrusion 25 provided on the inclined plate portion 23b protrudes toward the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30D. In this modified example, the protrusion 25 is a dowel, and can be formed by pushing up a part of the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20D. As an example, the protrusion 25 extends along the inclined surface of the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23. The protrusion 25 is also designed so that the tip of the protrusion 25 does not come into contact with the cover member 30D. Specifically, the protrusion 25 is designed so that the tip of the protrusion 25 does not come into contact with the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30D.
 この構成により、カバー部材30Dとフレーム20Dに上記(a)~(d)のバラツキ等が生じたとしても、突起25の先端がカバー部材30Dの延設部32に当たることになるので、突起25が設けられていない部分では、延設部32と突出部20bとの間の隙間(第1の隙間G1)を維持することができる。これにより、延設部32と突出部20bとが面接触して異音が生じることを抑制することができる。 With this configuration, even if the above variations (a) to (d) occur in the cover member 30D and the frame 20D, the tip of the protrusion 25 will come into contact with the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30D, so in the area where the protrusion 25 is not provided, the gap (first gap G1) between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b can be maintained. This makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the extension portion 32 and the protruding portion 20b and to prevent abnormal noise.
 なお、フレーム20Dに設けられた突起25は、フレーム20Dを構成する金属板の一部を変形させたものでなくてもよい。例えば、突起25は、フレーム20Dの表面にテープ等の厚みのあるものを貼り付けたものであってもよい。この場合、突起25は、複合粘着テープ等のように不織布などを含んだある程度厚みのあるものであるとよい。 The protrusions 25 on the frame 20D do not have to be formed by deforming a portion of the metal plate that constitutes the frame 20D. For example, the protrusions 25 may be formed by attaching a thick material such as tape to the surface of the frame 20D. In this case, the protrusions 25 should be a material with a certain degree of thickness that includes a nonwoven fabric, such as a composite adhesive tape.
 このように、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起は、図33に示すように、フレーム20Dに設けられていてもよいし、図3に示される上記実施の形態のように、カバー部材30の延設部32に設けられていてもよい。つまり、カバー部材30の延設部32及びフレーム20Dの少なくとも一方に、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起34又は25が設けられていればよい。具体的には、図34の(a)に示すように、カバー部材30の延設部32及びフレーム20のうち延設部32のみに突起34が設けられていてもよいし、図34の(b)に示すように、カバー部材30Dの延設部32及びフレーム20Dのうちフレーム20Dのみに突起25が設けられていてもよいし、図34の(c)に示すように、カバー部材30の延設部32及びフレーム20Dの両方に突起34及び25が設けられていてもよい。また、カバー部材30の延設部32及びフレーム20Dの両方に突起34及び25を設ける場合、図34の(c)に示すように、カバー部材30の突起34とフレーム20Dの突起25とを対向させてもよい。また、フレーム20Dの突出部20bとカバー部材30の延設部32との間には第1の隙間G1が存在するので、図34の(d)に示すように、カバー部材30の突起34とフレーム20Dの突起25とをずらして設けてもよい。但し、突起34と突起25とをずらすと、第1の隙間G1が狭くなったときに突起34と突起25とが同時接触するおそれがある。なお、フレーム20Dに形成された突起25がダボであると、突起25とカバー部材30Dとが接触したとしても突起25とカバー部材30Dとは点接触にはなるが、突起25を複数形成した場合には、カバー部材30Dが反ったり撓んだりしたときに、フレーム20Dとカバー部材30Dとが点接触する部分の数が増えることになる。そこで、フレーム20Dの突起25及びカバー部材30Dの突起34の一方をダボとし、他方をリブにするとよい。例えば、図34の(e)に示すように、フレーム20Dに設けられた突起25を長ダボとし、カバー部材30の突起34をリブとすることができる。これにより、突起25と突起34の位置がずれたとしても、長ダボである突起25とリブである突起34とが点接触することになるので、フレーム20Dとカバー部材30とが点接触する部分の数が増えることを防止できる。 In this way, the protrusion located in the first gap G1 may be provided on the frame 20D as shown in FIG. 33, or may be provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 as in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 3. In other words, it is sufficient that the protrusion 34 or 25 located in the first gap G1 is provided on at least one of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20D. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(a), the protrusion 34 may be provided only on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20, as shown in FIG. 34(b), the protrusion 25 may be provided only on the frame 20D, as shown in FIG. 34(c), or the protrusions 34 and 25 may be provided on both the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20D. Furthermore, when the projections 34 and 25 are provided on both the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 and the frame 20D, the projection 34 of the cover member 30 and the projection 25 of the frame 20D may be opposed to each other as shown in Fig. 34(c). Since a first gap G1 exists between the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20D and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30, the projection 34 of the cover member 30 and the projection 25 of the frame 20D may be offset from each other as shown in Fig. 34(d). However, if the projection 34 and the projection 25 are offset from each other, there is a risk that the projection 34 and the projection 25 may come into contact with each other simultaneously when the first gap G1 becomes narrow. In addition, if the protrusion 25 formed on the frame 20D is a dowel, even if the protrusion 25 and the cover member 30D come into contact, the protrusion 25 and the cover member 30D will be in point contact. However, if multiple protrusions 25 are formed, the number of points of contact between the frame 20D and the cover member 30D will increase when the cover member 30D warps or bends. Therefore, it is preferable to make one of the protrusions 25 of the frame 20D and the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30D a dowel, and the other a rib. For example, as shown in (e) of FIG. 34, the protrusion 25 provided on the frame 20D can be a long dowel, and the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 can be a rib. As a result, even if the positions of the protrusion 25 and the protrusion 34 are misaligned, the protrusion 25, which is a long dowel, and the protrusion 34, which is a rib, will be in point contact, so that the number of points of contact between the frame 20D and the cover member 30 can be prevented from increasing.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の突起34は、延設部32の内延設部32bにおける第1板部32b1の傾斜板部に設けられていたが、これに限らない。例えば、図35に示されるLED照明器具1E及びLED照明装置3Eのように、カバー部材30Eの突起34は、延設部32Eの内延設部32bにおける第1板部32b1の平行板部に設けられていてもよい。この場合、突起34は、フレーム20の横板部23の平行板部23aに向かって突出している。 In the above embodiment, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 is provided on the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1E and LED lighting device 3E shown in FIG. 35, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30E may be provided on the parallel plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32E. In this case, the protrusion 34 protrudes toward the parallel plate portion 23a of the horizontal plate portion 23 of the frame 20.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の突起34は、延設部32の内延設部32bにおける第1板部32b1の傾斜板部のみに設けられていたが、これに限らない。例えば、図36に示されるLED照明器具1F及びLED照明装置3Fのように、カバー部材30Fの突起34は、延設部32Fの内延設部32bにおける第1板部32b1の傾斜板部及び平行板部の各々に設けられていてもよい。なお、カバー部材30Fの延設部32Fに設けられる突起34は、2つに限るものではなく、3つ以上であってもよい。つまり、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起34は、複数であってもよい。 In the above embodiment, the protrusions 34 of the cover member 30 are provided only on the inclined plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32, but this is not limited to the above. For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1F and LED lighting device 3F shown in FIG. 36, the protrusions 34 of the cover member 30F may be provided on each of the inclined plate portion and the parallel plate portion of the first plate portion 32b1 of the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32F. The number of protrusions 34 provided on the extension portion 32F of the cover member 30F is not limited to two, and may be three or more. In other words, there may be more than one protrusion 34 located in the first gap G1.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の突起34は、第1の隙間G1のみに位置するように設けられていたが、これに限らない。 In addition, in the above embodiment, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30 is arranged to be located only in the first gap G1, but this is not limited to this.
 例えば、図37に示されるLED照明器具1G及びLED照明装置3Gのように、カバー部材30Gの突起34は、第2の隙間G2に位置するように設けられていてもよい。この場合、突起34は、フレーム20の側板部24に向かって突出するように、カバー部材30Gの取付部33Gに設けられる。具体的には、突起34は、取付部33Gの内面に設けられる。また、第2の隙間G2に設けられた突起34は、フレーム20とカバー部材30Gとが所定の基準位置(設計上の位置)に存在する場合、当該突起34の先端が側板部24に接触しないように設けられている。 For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1G and LED lighting device 3G shown in FIG. 37, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30G may be provided to be located in the second gap G2. In this case, the protrusion 34 is provided on the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G so as to protrude toward the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. Specifically, the protrusion 34 is provided on the inner surface of the mounting portion 33G. Furthermore, the protrusion 34 provided in the second gap G2 is provided such that the tip of the protrusion 34 does not come into contact with the side plate portion 24 when the frame 20 and the cover member 30G are in a predetermined reference position (design position).
 この構成により、カバー部材30Gとフレーム20に上記(a)~(d)のバラツキ等が生じてカバー部材30Gの取付部33Gとフレーム20の側板部24とが近づいたとしても、取付部33Gに設けられた突起34の先端がフレーム20の側板部24に当たることになるので、突起34が設けられていない部分では、取付部33Gと側板部24との間の隙間(第2の隙間G2)が維持されることになる。これにより、取付部33Gと側板部24とが面接触することで異音が生じることを抑制できる。また、カバー部材30Gの取付部33Gとフレーム20の側板部24とが近づいて取付部33Gの突起34がフレーム20の側板部24に接触したとしても線接触であるので、取付部33Gと側板部24とが面接触する場合と比べて異音を低減できる。 With this configuration, even if the above-mentioned variations (a) to (d) occur between the cover member 30G and the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 come close to each other, the tip of the protrusion 34 provided on the mounting portion 33G will come into contact with the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, so in the portion where the protrusion 34 is not provided, the gap (second gap G2) between the mounting portion 33G and the side plate portion 24 is maintained. This makes it possible to suppress the generation of abnormal noise caused by surface contact between the mounting portion 33G and the side plate portion 24. Also, even if the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 come close to each other and the protrusion 34 of the mounting portion 33G comes into contact with the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, it is line contact, so abnormal noise can be reduced compared to when the mounting portion 33G and the side plate portion 24 come into surface contact.
 また、本変形例において、第2の隙間G2に設けられた突起34は、一対の取付部33Gの各々に設けられている。つまり、カバー部材30Gは、第2の隙間G2に一対の突起34を有している。この場合、フレーム20及びカバー部材30Gの少なくとも一方がフレーム20の幅方向にずれてフレーム20及びカバー部材30Gが片寄の状態になった場合、第2の隙間G2に設けられた一対の突起34の一方は、一対の側板部24の一方に接触するかもしれないが、一対の突起34の他方については、一対の側板部24の他方に接触しないようになっている。 In addition, in this modified example, the protrusions 34 provided in the second gap G2 are provided on each of the pair of mounting portions 33G. In other words, the cover member 30G has a pair of protrusions 34 in the second gap G2. In this case, if at least one of the frame 20 and the cover member 30G shifts in the width direction of the frame 20 and the frame 20 and the cover member 30G become biased, one of the pair of protrusions 34 provided in the second gap G2 may come into contact with one of the pair of side plate portions 24, but the other of the pair of protrusions 34 is not made to come into contact with the other of the pair of side plate portions 24.
 なお、本変形例において、突起34は、片側の取付部33Gに2つ設けられているが、これに限るものではない。例えば、片側の取付部33Gに設けられる突起34は、1つのみであってもよいし、3つ以上の複数であってもよい。 In this modified example, two protrusions 34 are provided on one side of the mounting portion 33G, but this is not limited to this. For example, the number of protrusions 34 provided on one side of the mounting portion 33G may be only one, or three or more.
 また、図示しないが、第2の隙間G2に位置する突起は、カバー部材30Gではなく、フレーム20の側板部24に設けられていてもよい。側板部24に設けられた突起は、カバー部材30Gの取付部33Gに向かって突出している。この場合、側板部24に設けられた突起は、先端がカバー部材30Gの取付部33Gに接触しないような設計になっている。なお、第2の隙間G2に突起を設ける場合、カバー部材30Gの取付部33Gとフレーム20の側板部24の両方に設けてもよいが、カバー部材30Gの取付部33Gとフレーム20の側板部24とのいずれか一方のみに設けてもよい。つまり、フレーム20の側板部24及びカバー部材30Gの取付部33Gの少なくとも一方に、第2の隙間G2に位置する突起が設けられていればよい。但し、この場合、第2の隙間G2に設けられた突起は、当該突起の先端が取付部33G及び側板部24に接触しないように設けられているとよい。 In addition, although not shown, the protrusion located in the second gap G2 may be provided on the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, rather than on the cover member 30G. The protrusion provided on the side plate portion 24 protrudes toward the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G. In this case, the protrusion provided on the side plate portion 24 is designed so that the tip does not come into contact with the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G. When providing a protrusion in the second gap G2, it may be provided on both the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20, but it may also be provided on only one of the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20. In other words, it is sufficient that the protrusion located in the second gap G2 is provided on at least one of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33G of the cover member 30G. However, in this case, the protrusion provided in the second gap G2 should be provided so that the tip of the protrusion does not come into contact with the mounting portion 33G and the side plate portion 24.
 また、図37では、突起34は、第2の隙間G2のみに位置するように取付部33Gのみに設けられており、延設部32には設けられていなかったが、これに限らない。具体的には、図38に示されるLED照明器具1H及びLED照明装置3Hのように、突起34は、カバー部材30Hの取付部33Hと延設部32の各々に設けられていてもよい。つまり、カバー部材30Hの突起34は、第1の隙間G1と第2の隙間G2の両方に位置するように設けられていてもよい。 In addition, in FIG. 37, the protrusion 34 is provided only on the mounting portion 33G so as to be located only in the second gap G2, and is not provided on the extension portion 32, but this is not limited to the above. Specifically, as in the LED lighting fixture 1H and LED lighting device 3H shown in FIG. 38, the protrusion 34 may be provided on both the mounting portion 33H and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30H. In other words, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30H may be provided so as to be located in both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2.
 また、図39に示されるLED照明器具1I及びLED照明装置3Iのように、カバー部材30Iの突起34は、第1の隙間G1に位置するだけではなく、隙間GX(取付部33Iと器具本体2の凹部2aの内壁面との間の隙間)にも位置するように設けられていてもよい。具体的には、取付部33Iの外側の側面にも突起34が設けられている。これにより、取付部33Iと器具本体2とが面接触して異音が生じることを抑制することができる。 Also, as in the LED lighting fixture 1I and LED lighting device 3I shown in FIG. 39, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I may be provided so as to be located not only in the first gap G1 but also in the gap GX (the gap between the mounting portion 33I and the inner wall surface of the recess 2a of the fixture body 2). Specifically, the protrusion 34 is also provided on the outer side surface of the mounting portion 33I. This makes it possible to prevent surface contact between the mounting portion 33I and the fixture body 2 and the generation of abnormal noise.
 なお、隙間GXに位置する突起は、カバー部材30Iではなく、器具本体2に設けられていてもよい。つまり、カバー部材30Iの取付部33I及び器具本体2の少なくとも一方に、隙間GXに位置する突起が設けられていればよい。具体的には、図40の(a)に示すように、カバー部材30Iの取付部33I及び器具本体2のうち取付部33Iのみに突起34が設けられていてもよいし、図40の(b)に示すように、カバー部材30の取付部33及び器具本体2Iのうち器具本体2Iのみに突起2iが設けられていてもよいし、図40の(c)に示すように、カバー部材30Iの取付部33I及び器具本体2Iの両方に突起34及び2iが設けられていてもよい。また、カバー部材30Iの取付部33I及び器具本体2Iの両方に突起34及び2iを設ける場合、図40の(c)に示すように、カバー部材30Iの突起34と器具本体2Iの突起2iとを対向させてもよいし、図40の(d)に示すように、カバー部材30Iの突起34と器具本体2Iの突起2iとをずらして設けてもよい。また、図40の(e)に示すように、器具本体2Iに設けられた突起2iを長ダボとし、カバー部材30Iの突起34をリブとしてもよい。これにより、突起2iと突起34の位置がずれたとしても、長ダボの突起2iとリブである突起34とが点接触することになる。 The protrusion located in the gap GX may be provided on the instrument body 2, not on the cover member 30I. That is, it is sufficient that the protrusion located in the gap GX is provided on at least one of the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40(a), the protrusion 34 may be provided only on the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2, as shown in FIG. 40(b), the protrusion 2i may be provided only on the instrument body 2I of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the instrument body 2I, as shown in FIG. 40(c), or the protrusions 34 and 2i may be provided on both the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2I. In addition, when the protrusions 34 and 2i are provided on both the mounting portion 33I of the cover member 30I and the instrument body 2I, the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I and the protrusion 2i of the instrument body 2I may be opposed to each other as shown in FIG. 40(c), or the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I and the protrusion 2i of the instrument body 2I may be offset from each other as shown in FIG. 40(d). Also, as shown in FIG. 40(e), the protrusion 2i provided on the instrument body 2I may be a long dowel, and the protrusion 34 of the cover member 30I may be a rib. In this way, even if the positions of the protrusions 2i and 34 are offset, the protrusion 2i of the long dowel and the protrusion 34 of the rib will be in point contact.
 また、上記実施の形態では、カバー部材30とフレーム20との間の隙間である第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2を維持するために、第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2に位置するようにカバー部材30及びフレーム20の少なくとも一方に突起を設けたが、これに限らない。例えば、図41に示されるLED照明器具1J及びLED照明装置3Jのように、第1の隙間G1にも第2の隙間G2にも突起が設けられていなくてもよい。つまり、図41に示されるカバー部材30Jのように、第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2の位置に突起34が設けられていなくてもよいし、図41に示されるフレーム20のように、第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2の位置に突起25が設けられていなくてもよい。具体的には、カバー部材30Jの延設部32J及び取付部33に突起34が設けられていない。また、フレーム20にも突起25が設けられていない。なお、本変形例においても、フレーム20の突出部20bとカバー部材30Jの延設部32Jとの間には第1の隙間G1が存在しており、突出部20bと延設部32Jとは接触していない。同様に、フレーム20の側板部24とカバー部材30Jの取付部33との間には第2の隙間G2が存在しており、側板部24と取付部33とは接触していない。 In the above embodiment, in order to maintain the first gap G1 and the second gap G2 between the cover member 30 and the frame 20, protrusions are provided on at least one of the cover member 30 and the frame 20 so as to be located in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, but this is not limited to the above. For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1J and the LED lighting device 3J shown in FIG. 41, protrusions may not be provided in either the first gap G1 or the second gap G2. That is, as in the cover member 30J shown in FIG. 41, protrusions 34 may not be provided at the positions of the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and as in the frame 20 shown in FIG. 41, protrusions 25 may not be provided at the positions of the first gap G1 and the second gap G2. Specifically, protrusions 34 are not provided on the extension portion 32J and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J. Furthermore, protrusions 25 are not provided on the frame 20. In this modified example, a first gap G1 exists between the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension 32J of the cover member 30J, and the protrusion 20b and the extension 32J are not in contact. Similarly, a second gap G2 exists between the side plate 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J, and the side plate 24 and the mounting portion 33 are not in contact.
 このように、第1の隙間G1に突起が設けられていないLED照明装置3Jであっても、カバー部材30Jの延設部32Jとフレーム20との間に、空間となる第1の隙間G1が存在していることで、カバー部材30Jの延設部32Jとフレーム20の突出部20bとが面接触して異音が生じることを防止することができる。また、第2の隙間G2に突起が設けられていないLED照明装置3Jであっても、カバー部材30Jの取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24との間に、空間となる第2の隙間G2が存在していることで、カバー部材30Jの取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24とが面接触して異音が生じることを防止することができる。 In this way, even in an LED lighting device 3J that does not have a protrusion in the first gap G1, the presence of the first gap G1 that forms a space between the extension portion 32J of the cover member 30J and the frame 20 can prevent surface contact between the extension portion 32J of the cover member 30J and the protrusion portion 20b of the frame 20 and the generation of abnormal noise. Also, even in an LED lighting device 3J that does not have a protrusion in the second gap G2, the presence of the second gap G2 that forms a space between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 can prevent surface contact between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30J and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the generation of abnormal noise.
 なお、本変形例のLED照明器具1Jにおいて、カバー部材30Jとフレーム20に上記(a)~(d)のバラツキ等が生じたり、上記の図13のように、カバー部材30Jとフレーム20とが片寄の状態になったりした場合には、カバー部材30Jとフレーム20とにおいて、一対の取付部33及び一対の側板部24うちの片側のみの取付部33と側板部24とが接触する場合と、片側のみの取付部33と側板部24とが接触するとともに延設部32Jと突出部20b(横板部23)とが接触する場合とがある。これらの場合、取付部33と側板部24とが面接触する可能性はあるが、上記のように、取付部33と側板部24とが面接触したときの接触圧は、幅方向の接触圧であって、上下方向においてカバー部材30の一部とフレーム20の一部とが面接触したときの接触圧よりも小さいため、異音発生の影響は小さい。また、上下方向(Z軸方向)には、突出部20bと延設部32Jとの間には第1の隙間G1が存在するので、上下方向においてはカバー部材30Jとフレーム20とはきつく固定されることはないので、異音も生じにくい。さらに、LED照明装置3Jを器具本体2に設置する際に弾性保持部材6(キックバネ)でフレーム20を上方に引き上げているので、フレーム20の突出部20bとカバー部材30の延設部32Jとの間の上下方向の隙間(第1の隙間G1)が開きやすくなるので、異音の発生を効果的に低減できる。 In the LED lighting device 1J of this modified example, if the cover member 30J and the frame 20 have the above-mentioned variations (a) to (d) or if the cover member 30J and the frame 20 are offset as shown in FIG. 13, the cover member 30J and the frame 20 may have contact between the pair of mounting portions 33 and the pair of side plate portions 24 on only one side of the pair, or contact between the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 on only one side and contact between the extension portion 32J and the protruding portion 20b (horizontal plate portion 23). In these cases, there is a possibility that the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 may come into surface contact, but as described above, the contact pressure when the mounting portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 come into surface contact is a contact pressure in the width direction, which is smaller than the contact pressure when a part of the cover member 30 and a part of the frame 20 come into surface contact in the vertical direction, and therefore the effect of noise generation is small. In addition, since a first gap G1 exists between the protrusion 20b and the extension 32J in the vertical direction (Z-axis direction), the cover member 30J and the frame 20 are not tightly fixed in the vertical direction, and abnormal noise is unlikely to occur. Furthermore, since the frame 20 is pulled upward by the elastic holding member 6 (kick spring) when the LED lighting device 3J is installed on the fixture body 2, the vertical gap (first gap G1) between the protrusion 20b of the frame 20 and the extension 32J of the cover member 30 is easily opened, so the occurrence of abnormal noise can be effectively reduced.
 また、第1の隙間G1に位置する突起をフレーム20の突出部20bに設けた場合、図33に示されるLED照明装置3Dでは、横板部23のうち傾斜板部23bのみに突起25を設けたが、これに限らない。例えば、図42の(a)及び(b)に示されるLED照明器具1K及びLED照明装置3Kのように、フレーム20Kの突出部20bにおける横板部23の平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとにまたがるように突起25Kを設けてもよい。突起25Kは、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとに連続して形成された長ダボである。なお、図42の(b)は、図42の(a)の破線で囲まれる領域Bの拡大図である。 In addition, when the protrusion located in the first gap G1 is provided on the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20, the LED lighting device 3D shown in FIG. 33 provides the protrusion 25 only on the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting fixture 1K and LED lighting device 3K shown in FIG. 42(a) and (b), a protrusion 25K may be provided to straddle the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23 on the protruding portion 20b of the frame 20K. The protrusion 25K is a long dowel formed continuously on the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b. Note that FIG. 42(b) is an enlarged view of the area B surrounded by the dashed line in FIG. 42(a).
 また、横板部23の平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとに突起を設ける場合、図43の(a)、(b)及び(c)に示されるLED照明器具1L及びLED照明装置3Lにおけるフレーム20Lのように、横板部23の平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとの各々に突起25Lを設けてもよい。つまり、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとに突起25Lを分割して設けてもよい。この場合、図43の(c)に示すように、Y軸方向に沿って平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとに交互に突起25Lを設けるとよい。これにより、図42のように、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとにまたがるように突起25Kを設けた場合と同様の効果が得られる。なお、図43の(b)は、図43の(a)の破線で囲まれる領域Bの拡大図であり、図43の(c)は、本変形例の要部を示す拡大斜視図である。 In addition, when protrusions are provided on the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, protrusions 25L may be provided on each of the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b of the horizontal plate portion 23, as in the frame 20L of the LED lighting fixture 1L and the LED lighting device 3L shown in (a), (b), and (c) of Figure 43. In other words, the protrusions 25L may be provided separately on the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b. In this case, as shown in (c) of Figure 43, it is preferable to provide the protrusions 25L alternately on the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b along the Y-axis direction. This provides the same effect as when the protrusions 25K are provided so as to straddle the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b as shown in Figure 42. Note that (b) of Figure 43 is an enlarged view of the area B surrounded by the dashed line in (a) of Figure 43, and (c) of Figure 43 is an enlarged perspective view showing the main parts of this modified example.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の延設部32に設けられた突起34は、図44の(a)に示されるように、断面形状が三角形のリブであったが、これに限らない。例えば、突起34の断面形状は、図44の(b)に示されるように、半円状等の外形線が円弧状を有する形状であってもよいし、図44の(c)に示されるように、五角形等の多角形であってもよい。なお、図44の(a)~(c)のように、突起34の頂点の形状は、突起34がフレーム20に接触したとしても突起34とフレーム20とが線接触するような形状であるとよい。また、突起34の高さは、低い方がよい。 In the above embodiment, the protrusion 34 provided on the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 is a rib with a triangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 44(a), but this is not limited to this. For example, the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 34 may be a shape with an arc-shaped outline such as a semicircle as shown in FIG. 44(b), or may be a polygon such as a pentagon as shown in FIG. 44(c). As shown in FIGS. 44(a) to (c), the shape of the apex of the protrusion 34 is preferably such that even if the protrusion 34 comes into contact with the frame 20, the protrusion 34 and the frame 20 are in line contact. Also, it is preferable that the height of the protrusion 34 is low.
 また、上記実施の形態において、フレーム20に設けられた突起25は、ダボであったが、これに限らない。具体的には、フレーム20に設けられた突起25は、リブであってもよい。この場合、突起25は、図45の(a)に示されるように、断面形状が三角形のリブであってもよいし、図45の(b)に示されるように、断面形状が円弧状のリブであってもよい。 In the above embodiment, the protrusions 25 on the frame 20 are dowels, but this is not limiting. Specifically, the protrusions 25 on the frame 20 may be ribs. In this case, the protrusions 25 may be ribs with a triangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 45(a), or may be ribs with an arc-shaped cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 45(b).
 また、フレーム20に設けられた突起25がダボである場合、突起25の断面形状は、任意の形状を採用することができる。例えば、突起25は、図46の(a)に示されるように、断面形状が三角形の点ダボであってもよいし、図46の(b)に示されるように、断面形状が台形状の長ダボ又は大きめのダボであってもよいし、図46の(c)に示されるように、断面形状が円弧状の点ダボであってもよいし、図46の(d)に示されるように、断面形状が矩形の角部を円弧状にした長ダボ又は大きめのダボであってもよいし、図46の(e)に示されるように、断面形状が矩形状の点ダボであってもよいし、図46の(f)に示されるように、断面形状が矩形の長ダボ又は大きめのダボであってもよい。 In addition, when the protrusion 25 provided on the frame 20 is a dowel, the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 25 can be any shape. For example, the protrusion 25 may be a point dowel with a triangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(a), a long dowel or a large dowel with a trapezoidal cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(b), a point dowel with an arc cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(c), a long dowel or a large dowel with a rectangular cross-sectional shape with arc corners as shown in FIG. 46(d), a point dowel with a rectangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(e), or a long dowel or a large dowel with a rectangular cross-sectional shape as shown in FIG. 46(f).
 また、図47に示されるLED照明器具1M及びLED照明装置3Mのように、カバー部材30Mとフレーム20との当接部分、及び、カバー部材30Mと器具本体2との当接部分に、中間部材35が設けられていてもよい。カバー部材30Mとフレーム20との間の中間部材35は、カバー部材30Mとフレーム20とに接触する接触部材であり、カバー部材30Mと器具本体2との間の中間部材35は、カバー部材30Mと器具本体2とに接触する接触部材である。本変形例において、中間部材35は、カバー部材30Mに設けられている。具体的には、中間部材35は、延設部32の内延設部32bにおける第3板部32b3の先端面(延設部32とフレーム20の主板部21との当接部分)と、取付部33の当接部33a(取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24との当接部分)と、延設部32の外延設部32aの外面(延設部32と器具本体2の開口端縁2a1との当接部分)に設けられている。中間部材35は、例えば、エラストマー等からなる弾性体であり、弾性変形する。中間部材35は、カバー部材30Mと一体に成型されていてもよいし、カバー部材30Mに後付けで取り付けられていてもよい。なお、中間部材35は、弾性体でなくてもよい。この場合、中間部材35は、摩擦係数が小さいものであるとよい。例えば、摩擦係数が小さい中間部材35としては、薄膜のテフロン(登録商標)シートを用いることができる。中間部材35として弾性体又は摩擦係数が小さいものを用いることで、第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2が設けられた部分以外において、カバー部材30Mとフレーム20とが接触する部分(取付部33の先端部と側板部24の先端部との接触部、延設部32の先端部と主板部21との接触部)及びカバー部材30Mと器具本体2とが接触する部分での異音を低減することができる。 Furthermore, as in the LED lighting fixture 1M and LED lighting device 3M shown in Figure 47, intermediate members 35 may be provided at the abutment portion between the cover member 30M and the frame 20 and at the abutment portion between the cover member 30M and the fixture body 2. The intermediate member 35 between the cover member 30M and the frame 20 is a contact member that contacts the cover member 30M and the frame 20, and the intermediate member 35 between the cover member 30M and the fixture body 2 is a contact member that contacts the cover member 30M and the fixture body 2. In this modified example, the intermediate member 35 is provided on the cover member 30M. Specifically, the intermediate member 35 is provided on the tip surface of the third plate portion 32b3 in the inner extension portion 32b of the extension portion 32 (the abutment portion between the extension portion 32 and the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20), the abutment portion 33a of the attachment portion 33 (the abutment portion between the attachment portion 33 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20), and the outer surface of the outer extension portion 32a of the extension portion 32 (the abutment portion between the extension portion 32 and the opening edge 2a1 of the instrument body 2). The intermediate member 35 is an elastic body made of, for example, an elastomer, and elastically deforms. The intermediate member 35 may be molded integrally with the cover member 30M, or may be attached to the cover member 30M afterwards. The intermediate member 35 does not have to be an elastic body. In this case, it is preferable that the intermediate member 35 has a small friction coefficient. For example, a thin Teflon (registered trademark) sheet can be used as the intermediate member 35 having a small friction coefficient. By using an elastic body or a material with a small coefficient of friction as the intermediate member 35, it is possible to reduce abnormal noise at the contact points between the cover member 30M and the frame 20 (contact points between the tip of the mounting portion 33 and the tip of the side plate portion 24, and contact points between the tip of the extension portion 32 and the main plate portion 21) and at the contact points between the cover member 30M and the device body 2, except for the areas where the first gap G1 and the second gap G2 are provided.
 なお、図48に示されるLED照明器具1N及びLED照明装置3Nのように、カバー部材30に弾性部材を設けるのではなく、フレーム20Nに弾性部材26を設けてもよい。この場合も、弾性部材26は、カバー部材30とフレーム20Nとの当接部分に設けられている。具体的には、弾性部材26は、主板部21(主板部21とカバー部材30の延設部32との当接部分)と、側板部24の折曲部24a(側板部24とカバー部材30の取付部33との当接部分)とに設けられている。弾性部材26は、エラストマーであってもよいし、パッキンであってもよい。弾性部材26は、例えばフレーム20Nに貼り付けられている。 In addition, as in the LED lighting fixture 1N and LED lighting device 3N shown in FIG. 48, the elastic member 26 may be provided on the frame 20N instead of providing the elastic member on the cover member 30. In this case, the elastic member 26 is also provided on the contact portion between the cover member 30 and the frame 20N. Specifically, the elastic member 26 is provided on the main plate portion 21 (contact portion between the main plate portion 21 and the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30) and the bent portion 24a of the side plate portion 24 (contact portion between the side plate portion 24 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30). The elastic member 26 may be an elastomer or a packing. The elastic member 26 is, for example, attached to the frame 20N.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aは、傾斜するように折り曲げられた形状であったが、これに限らない。例えば、図49の(a)に示されるように、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aは、円弧状に湾曲するように形成されていてもよい。この場合、図49の(b)に示されるように、当接部33aにおける側板部24との当接部分に突起が設けられていてもよい。また、図49の(c)に示されるように、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aは、傾斜させることなく折り曲げられた形状であってもよい。つまり、当接部33aの断面形状は、L字状であってもよい。なお、この場合も、図49の(c)に示されるように、当接部33aにおける側板部24との当接部分に突起が設けられていてもよいが、図49の(d)に示されるように、当接部33aにおける側板部24との当接部分に突起が設けられていなくてもよい。また、図49の(e)に示されるように、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aは、2回折り曲げた形状であってもよい。つまり、当接部33aの断面形状は、V字状であってもよい。また、図49の(f)に示されるように、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aは、傾斜部と平行部とを有する形状であってもよい。また、図49の(g)に示されるように、カバー部材30の取付部33の当接部33aを平行部のみとし、フレーム20の側板部24の折曲部24aを外側に倒れるように傾斜させてもよい。なお、カバー部材30の取付部33とフレーム20の側板部24とによって(つまり脚部同士で)第2の隙間G2を維持するようにするには、図49の(a)、(b)、(e)及び(g)の形状を採用するとよい。 In the above embodiment, the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 is bent so as to be inclined, but this is not limited thereto. For example, as shown in FIG. 49(a), the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be formed so as to be curved in an arc. In this case, as shown in FIG. 49(b), a protrusion may be provided at the abutment portion 33a with the side plate portion 24. Also, as shown in FIG. 49(c), the abutment portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be bent without being inclined. In other words, the cross-sectional shape of the abutment portion 33a may be L-shaped. Note that in this case, as shown in FIG. 49(c), a protrusion may be provided at the abutment portion 33a with the side plate portion 24, but as shown in FIG. 49(d), a protrusion may not be provided at the abutment portion 33a with the side plate portion 24. Also, as shown in FIG. 49(e), the abutting portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be bent twice. That is, the cross-sectional shape of the abutting portion 33a may be V-shaped. Also, as shown in FIG. 49(f), the abutting portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be a shape having an inclined portion and a parallel portion. Also, as shown in FIG. 49(g), the abutting portion 33a of the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 may be only a parallel portion, and the bent portion 24a of the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may be inclined so as to fall outward. In order to maintain the second gap G2 between the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 (i.e., between the legs), it is preferable to adopt the shapes of FIG. 49(a), (b), (e), and (g).
 また、第2の隙間G2を維持するとの観点では、図50に示されるLED照明器具1O及びLED照明装置3Oのように、フレーム20の側板部24とカバー部材30の取付部33との間にスペーサ90を設けてもよい。これにより、第2の隙間G2を容易に維持することができるので、フレーム20の側板部24とカバー部材30の取付部33とが面接触して異音が生じることを効果的に抑制できる。スペーサ90としては、エラストマー等の弾性部材を用いるとよいが、これに限るものではない。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of maintaining the second gap G2, a spacer 90 may be provided between the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30, as in the LED lighting fixture 1O and LED lighting device 3O shown in FIG. 50. This makes it easy to maintain the second gap G2, and effectively prevents surface contact between the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 and the mounting portion 33 of the cover member 30, resulting in the generation of abnormal noise. The spacer 90 may be made of an elastic material such as an elastomer, but is not limited to this.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の延設部32におけるフレーム20の主板部21との当接部分である当接部32c(第3板部32b3)の先端部の端面形状は、平面であったが、これに限らない。例えば、延設部32の当接部32cの先端部の端面の断面形状は、図51の(a)に示されるように、半円状等の外形線が円弧を有する形状であってもよいし、図51の(b)に示されるように、二等辺三角形であってもよいし、図51の(c)に示されるように、直角三角形であってもよい。これにより、延設部32の当接部32cとフレーム20の主板部21とを線接触させることができるので、異音の発生をさらに抑制できる。 In the above embodiment, the end face shape of the tip of the abutment portion 32c (third plate portion 32b3), which is the abutment portion of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, is flat, but this is not limited to this. For example, the cross-sectional shape of the end face of the tip of the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 may be a shape with an arc in its outline, such as a semicircle, as shown in FIG. 51(a), or may be an isosceles triangle as shown in FIG. 51(b), or may be a right triangle as shown in FIG. 51(c). This allows the abutment portion 32c of the extension portion 32 to be in line contact with the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, thereby further suppressing the generation of abnormal noise.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端部は、フレーム20の主板部21のみに当接していたが、これに限らない。例えば、図52に示されるLED照明装置3Pのように、カバー部材30Pの延設部32Pの先端部は、フレーム20と光源部10の両方に当接していてもよい。図52では、カバー部材30Pの延設部32Pを第3板部32b3からさらに延在させて延設部32Pに延在部32pを設けている。なお、図52において、カバー部材30Pの延在部32pは、光源部10の基板11に面接触しているが、これに限らない。 In the above embodiment, the tip of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 abuts only against the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting device 3P shown in FIG. 52, the tip of the extension portion 32P of the cover member 30P may abut against both the frame 20 and the light source unit 10. In FIG. 52, the extension portion 32P of the cover member 30P is further extended from the third plate portion 32b3 to provide an extension portion 32p on the extension portion 32P. Note that in FIG. 52, the extension portion 32p of the cover member 30P is in surface contact with the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10, but this is not limited to this.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30の延設部32は、主部31から延出していたが、これに限らない。例えば、延設部32又は内延設部32bは、図53の(a)に示されるカバー部材30の点A1~点A5の位置から光源部10に向かって延出していてもよい。なお、点A1は、主部31に位置する点であり、点A2は、主部31と外延設部32aとが結合する部分の点であり、点A3は、外延設部32aに位置する点であり、点A4は、取付部33と外延設部32aとが結合する部分の点であり、点A5は、取付部33に位置する点である。また、延設部32又は内延設部32bは、図53の(b)に示されるカバー部材30aの点B1~点B3の位置から光源部10に向かって延出していてもよい。カバー部材30aは、主部31と取付部33とで構成されており、外延設部32aを有していない。点B1は、主部31に位置する点であり、点B2は、主部31と取付部33とが結合する部分の点であり、点B3は、取付部33に位置する点である。 In the above embodiment, the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 extends from the main portion 31, but this is not limited to the above. For example, the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b may extend toward the light source unit 10 from the positions of points A1 to A5 of the cover member 30 shown in FIG. 53(a). Note that point A1 is a point located on the main portion 31, point A2 is a point at the portion where the main portion 31 and the outer extension portion 32a are joined, point A3 is a point located on the outer extension portion 32a, point A4 is a point at the portion where the mounting portion 33 and the outer extension portion 32a are joined, and point A5 is a point located on the mounting portion 33. The extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b may extend toward the light source unit 10 from the positions of points B1 to B3 of the cover member 30a shown in FIG. 53(b). The cover member 30a is composed of a main portion 31 and an attachment portion 33, and does not have an external extension portion 32a. Point B1 is a point located on the main portion 31, point B2 is a point where the main portion 31 and the attachment portion 33 are joined, and point B3 is a point located on the attachment portion 33.
 例えば、図53の(a)に示す形状のカバー部材30を用いた場合、図54の(a)に示すように、内延設部32bは、外延設部32aではなく主部31から延出していてもよいし、図54の(b)に示すように、内延設部32bは、外延設部32aの途中から延出していてもよいし、図54の(c)に示すように、主部31が延設部32の途中に連結されていてもよいし、図54の(d)に示すように、外延設部32aは、取付部33の途中に連結されていてもよい。また、図53の(b)に示す形状のカバー部材30aを用いた場合、図55の(a)に示すように、延設部32は、主部31から傾斜するように延出していてもよいし、図55の(b)に示すように、主部31からアーチ状に延出していてもよい。 For example, when a cover member 30 having a shape shown in FIG. 53(a) is used, the inner extension 32b may extend from the main portion 31 instead of the outer extension 32a as shown in FIG. 54(a), or the inner extension 32b may extend from the middle of the outer extension 32a as shown in FIG. 54(b), or the main portion 31 may be connected to the middle of the extension 32 as shown in FIG. 54(c), or the outer extension 32a may be connected to the middle of the attachment portion 33 as shown in FIG. 54(d). When a cover member 30a having a shape shown in FIG. 53(b) is used, the extension 32 may extend at an angle from the main portion 31 as shown in FIG. 55(a), or may extend in an arch shape from the main portion 31 as shown in FIG. 55(b).
 なお、図54及び図55において、延設部32又は内延設部32bが直結している部分は、延設部32又は内延設部32bを変形させた時の影響を受けやすく、延設部32又は内延設部32bが直結していない部分(例えば別の部位を介している場合)は、延設部32又は内延設部32bを変形させた時の影響を受けにくい。 In addition, in Figures 54 and 55, the portion to which the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is directly connected is easily affected when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is deformed, while the portion to which the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is not directly connected (for example, when it is connected via another part) is not easily affected when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is deformed.
 このため、図54の(a)、(c)、(d)及び図55の(a)、(b)は、延設部32又は内延設部32bを変形させた時の主部31への影響度が大きくなる。一方、図54の(b)は、延設部32又は内延設部32bを変形させた時の主部31への影響度が小さい。 For this reason, in (a), (c), and (d) of FIG. 54 and (a) and (b) of FIG. 55, the degree of influence on the main part 31 is large when the extension part 32 or the inner extension part 32b is deformed. On the other hand, in (b) of FIG. 54, the degree of influence on the main part 31 is small when the extension part 32 or the inner extension part 32b is deformed.
 また、図54の(d)及び図55の(a)、(b)は、延設部32又は内延設部32bを変形させた時の取付部33への影響度が大きくなる。一方、図54の(a)~(c)は、延設部32又は内延設部32bを変形させた時の取付部33への影響度が小さい。 In addition, in FIG. 54(d) and FIG. 55(a) and (b), the degree of influence on the mounting portion 33 is large when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is deformed. On the other hand, in FIG. 54(a) to (c), the degree of influence on the mounting portion 33 is small when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b is deformed.
 このため、図54の(b)の構造については、延設部32又は内延設部32bがたわんだときに主部31及び取付部33に与える影響がいずれも小さくなる。 For this reason, in the structure of FIG. 54(b), when the extension portion 32 or the inner extension portion 32b bends, the effect on both the main portion 31 and the mounting portion 33 is small.
 また、上記実施の形態において、フレーム20の主板部21に凸部及び/又は凹部を形成してもよい。具体的には、図56に示されるLED照明装置3Qのように、フレーム20Qの主板部21に床側に突出する凸部21cを形成してもよい。凸部21cは、凸状の突起であり、例えば主板部21にプレス加工等を施すことで形成することができる。凸部21cは、例えばビードであるが、これに限らない。具体的には、凸部21cは、半月ダボ等のダボであってもよいし、ブリッジであってもよい。また、凸部21cは、Y軸方向の全長にわたって形成された突条部であってもよいし、Y軸方向に沿って断続的に複数形成されていてもよい。なお、プレス加工により形成された凸部21cの断面形状は、例えば、矩形であるが、これに限るものではない。例えば、凸部21cの断面形状は、円弧形状であってもよいし、台形であってもよいし、三角形であってもよいし、U字状等であってもよい。また、図56において、凸部21cは、空間領域S1に形成されている。したがって、延設部32の第3板部32b3は、光源部10の基板11と凸部21cとの間に位置している。このように、主板部21に凸部21cを形成することで、フレーム20Qの強度を向上させることができる。しかも、主板部21に凸部21cを形成することで、延設部32が外れることを抑制できるとともに、延設部32が変形することを抑制することができる。さらに、空間領域S1に凸部21cを形成することで迷路構造にすることができるので、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することをさらに抑制できる。 In addition, in the above embodiment, a convex portion and/or a concave portion may be formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20. Specifically, as in the LED lighting device 3Q shown in FIG. 56, a convex portion 21c protruding toward the floor side may be formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20Q. The convex portion 21c is a convex protrusion, and can be formed, for example, by applying press processing to the main plate portion 21. The convex portion 21c is, for example, a bead, but is not limited to this. Specifically, the convex portion 21c may be a dowel such as a half-moon dowel, or may be a bridge. The convex portion 21c may also be a protruding portion formed over the entire length in the Y-axis direction, or may be formed intermittently in multiple portions along the Y-axis direction. The cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 21c formed by press processing is, for example, a rectangle, but is not limited to this. For example, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 21c may be an arc shape, a trapezoid, a triangle, a U-shape, etc. Also, in FIG. 56, the convex portion 21c is formed in the spatial region S1. Therefore, the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32 is located between the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 and the convex portion 21c. In this way, by forming the convex portion 21c on the main plate portion 21, the strength of the frame 20Q can be improved. Moreover, by forming the convex portion 21c on the main plate portion 21, it is possible to prevent the extension portion 32 from coming off and to prevent the extension portion 32 from deforming. Furthermore, by forming the convex portion 21c in the spatial region S1, a maze structure can be formed, which further prevents insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 なお、図56において、凸部21cは、空間領域S1に形成されていたが、これに限らない。例えば、図57に示されるLED照明装置3Rのように、フレーム20Rの主板部21に形成される凸部21cは、光源部10の基板11と延設部32の第3板部32b3との間に形成されていてもよい。これにより、フレーム20Rの強度を向上させることができる。 In FIG. 56, the convex portion 21c is formed in the spatial region S1, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting device 3R shown in FIG. 57, the convex portion 21c formed on the main plate portion 21 of the frame 20R may be formed between the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 and the third plate portion 32b3 of the extension portion 32. This can improve the strength of the frame 20R.
 また、図56及び図57において、凸部21cは、主板部21に1つのみ形成したが、これに限らない。例えば、図58に示されるLED照明装置3Sのように、フレーム20Sの主板部21に2つの凸部21cを形成してもよい。この場合、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3は、2つの凸部21cの間に挿入されるとよい。つまり、延設部32の先端部は、2つの凸部21cに挟まれるように配置されるとよい。このように、主板部21に2つの凸部21cを形成することで、フレーム20Sの強度をさらに向上させることができる。しかも、2つの凸部21cの間に延設部32の先端部を挿入することで、延設部32が外れることを抑制できるとともに、延設部32が変形することを抑制することができる。また、2つの凸部21cの一方を空間領域S1に形成し、2つの凸部21cの他方を空間領域S1の外部に形成することで、さらに複雑な迷路構造にすることができるので、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することをさらに抑制できる。 In addition, in Figures 56 and 57, only one protrusion 21c is formed on the main plate 21, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the LED lighting device 3S shown in Figure 58, two protrusions 21c may be formed on the main plate 21 of the frame 20S. In this case, the third plate 32b3, which is the tip of the extension 32, may be inserted between the two protrusions 21c. In other words, the tip of the extension 32 may be positioned so as to be sandwiched between the two protrusions 21c. In this way, by forming two protrusions 21c on the main plate 21, the strength of the frame 20S can be further improved. Moreover, by inserting the tip of the extension 32 between the two protrusions 21c, it is possible to prevent the extension 32 from coming off and to prevent the extension 32 from deforming. Furthermore, by forming one of the two protrusions 21c in the spatial region S1 and the other of the two protrusions 21c outside the spatial region S1, a more complex maze structure can be created, which further prevents insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 また、図56~図58では、主板部21に凸部21cを形成したが、これに限らない。例えば、図59に示されるLED照明装置3Tのように、フレーム20Tの主板部21には、天井側に窪む凹部21dを形成してもよい。凹部21dは、例えば凸部21cと同様に、例えば主板部21にプレス加工等を施すことで形成することができる。凹部21dは、天井側に凸となる凸部でもあり、例えばビード等であるが、これに限らない。また、凹部21dは、Y軸方向の全長にわたって形成された溝であってもよいし、Y軸方向に沿って断続的に複数形成されていてもよい。なお、プレス加工により形成された凹部21dの断面形状は、例えば、矩形であるが、これに限るものではない。例えば、凹部21dの断面形状は、円弧形状であってもよいし、台形であってもよいし、三角形であってもよいし、U字状等であってもよい。また、図59において、凹部21dには、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3が挿入されている。このように、主板部21に凹部21dを形成することで、フレーム20Tの強度を向上させることができる。しかも、凹部21dに延設部32の先端部を挿入することで、延設部32が外れることを抑制できるとともに、延設部32が変形することを抑制することができる。 56 to 58, the main plate 21 has a convex portion 21c, but this is not limited thereto. For example, as in the LED lighting device 3T shown in FIG. 59, the main plate 21 of the frame 20T may have a concave portion 21d recessed toward the ceiling. The concave portion 21d can be formed, for example, by applying press processing to the main plate 21, similar to the convex portion 21c. The concave portion 21d may also be a convex portion that convex toward the ceiling, such as a bead, but is not limited thereto. The concave portion 21d may also be a groove formed over the entire length in the Y-axis direction, or may be formed intermittently in a plurality of portions along the Y-axis direction. The cross-sectional shape of the concave portion 21d formed by press processing is, for example, a rectangle, but is not limited thereto. For example, the cross-sectional shape of the concave portion 21d may be an arc shape, a trapezoid, a triangle, a U-shape, or the like. In FIG. 59, the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, is inserted into the concave portion 21d. In this way, by forming the recess 21d in the main plate 21, the strength of the frame 20T can be improved. Furthermore, by inserting the tip of the extension 32 into the recess 21d, the extension 32 can be prevented from coming off and from being deformed.
 なお、図60に示されるLED照明装置3Uのように、フレーム20Uの主板部21には、凸部21cと凹部21dとを近接して形成してもよい。このように、主板部21に凸部21cと凹部21dとを形成することで、フレーム20Uの強度をさらに向上させることができる。この場合、延設部32の先端部である第3板部32b3は、凹部21dに挿入されるとよい。これにより、延設部32が外れることを抑制できるとともに、延設部32が変形することを抑制することができる。また、凸部21cを空間領域S1に形成することで迷路構造にすることができる。これにより、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することを抑制できる。 Note that, as in the LED lighting device 3U shown in FIG. 60, the main plate 21 of the frame 20U may have a protruding portion 21c and a recessed portion 21d formed close to each other. By forming the protruding portion 21c and the recessed portion 21d in this way on the main plate 21, the strength of the frame 20U can be further improved. In this case, the third plate portion 32b3, which is the tip of the extension portion 32, may be inserted into the recessed portion 21d. This can prevent the extension portion 32 from coming off and can also prevent the extension portion 32 from deforming. In addition, by forming the protruding portion 21c in the spatial region S1, a maze structure can be created. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 また、図61に示されるLED照明装置3Vのように、主板部21に2つの凸部21cが形成されたフレーム20S(図58のもの)を用いる場合、カバー部材30Vの延設部32Vに第3板部32b3だけではなく第4板部32b4を形成し、基板11と凸部21cとの間に第3板部32b3を挿入し、2つの凸部21cの間に第4板部32b4を挿入してもよい。この構成により、フレーム20Sの強度を向上させることができるとともに、延設部32Vが外れることを抑制し、かつ、延設部32Vが変形することを抑制することができる。さらに、2つの凸部21cの一方を空間領域S1に形成することで迷路構造にすることができる。これにより、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することを抑制できる。 Also, when using a frame 20S (as shown in FIG. 58) in which two protrusions 21c are formed on the main plate 21, as in the LED lighting device 3V shown in FIG. 61, not only the third plate 32b3 but also the fourth plate 32b4 may be formed on the extension 32V of the cover member 30V, and the third plate 32b3 may be inserted between the substrate 11 and the protrusion 21c, and the fourth plate 32b4 may be inserted between the two protrusions 21c. This configuration can improve the strength of the frame 20S, and can prevent the extension 32V from coming off and from deforming. Furthermore, a maze structure can be created by forming one of the two protrusions 21c in the spatial region S1. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 また、図62に示されるLED照明装置3Wのように、主板部21に2つの凸部21cが形成されたフレーム20Sを用いる場合、カバー部材30Wの延設部32Wを第3板部32b3からさらに延在させて延設部32Wに延在部32dを形成し、第3板部32b3を2つの凸部21cの間に挿入してもよい。この構成により、フレーム20Sの強度を向上させることができるとともに、延設部32Wが外れることを抑制し、かつ、延設部32Wが変形することを抑制することができる。さらに、2つの凸部21cの一方を空間領域S1に形成することで迷路構造にすることができる。これにより、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することを抑制できる。 Also, when using a frame 20S in which two protrusions 21c are formed on the main plate 21, as in the LED lighting device 3W shown in FIG. 62, the extension 32W of the cover member 30W may be extended further from the third plate 32b3 to form an extension 32d on the extension 32W, and the third plate 32b3 may be inserted between the two protrusions 21c. This configuration can improve the strength of the frame 20S, prevent the extension 32W from coming off, and prevent the extension 32W from deforming. Furthermore, a maze structure can be created by forming one of the two protrusions 21c in the spatial region S1. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 なお、図63に示されるLED照明装置3Xのように、主板部21に3つの凸部21cが形成されたフレーム20Xを用いてもよい。この場合、カバー部材30Xの延設部32Xを第3板部32b3からさらに延在させて延設部32Xに延在部32dを形成するとともに、延設部32Xに第4板部32b4を形成し、第3板部32b3及び第4板部32b4のそれぞれを隣り合う2つの凸部21cの間に挿入してもよい。この構成により、フレーム20Xの強度をさらに向上させることができるとともに、延設部32Xがフレーム20Xから外れることを抑制し、かつ、延設部32Xが変形することを抑制することができる。さらに、3つの凸部21cのうちの2つを空間領域S1に形成することでさらに複雑な迷路構造にすることができる。これにより、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することを抑制できる。 It is also possible to use a frame 20X in which three protrusions 21c are formed on the main plate 21, as in the LED lighting device 3X shown in FIG. 63. In this case, the extension 32X of the cover member 30X may be further extended from the third plate 32b3 to form an extension 32d on the extension 32X, and a fourth plate 32b4 may be formed on the extension 32X, and each of the third plate 32b3 and the fourth plate 32b4 may be inserted between two adjacent protrusions 21c. This configuration can further improve the strength of the frame 20X, and can prevent the extension 32X from coming off the frame 20X and from deforming. Furthermore, by forming two of the three protrusions 21c in the spatial region S1, a more complex maze structure can be formed. This can prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2.
 また、図64に示されるLED照明装置3Yのように、主板部21に凸部21cが形成されたフレーム20Q(図56のもの)を用いる場合、カバー部材30の延設部32の先端面を凸部21cの天面に接触させてもよい。 Also, when using a frame 20Q (as in FIG. 56) in which a convex portion 21c is formed on the main plate portion 21, as in the LED lighting device 3Y shown in FIG. 64, the tip surface of the extension portion 32 of the cover member 30 may be brought into contact with the top surface of the convex portion 21c.
 また、図65に示されるLED照明装置3Zのように、主板部21に凹部21dが形成されたフレーム20T(図59のもの)を用いる場合、カバー部材30Zの延設部32Zに第3板部32b3の途中から分岐する分岐部として延在部32dを形成し、この延在部32dを光源部10の基板11の端面に当接させるとともに第3板部32b3を凹部21dに挿入するとよい。この構成により、延設部32Zが外れることをさらに抑制できるとともに、延設部32Zが変形することをさらに抑制することができる。 Also, when using a frame 20T (as in FIG. 59) in which a recess 21d is formed in the main plate 21, as in the LED lighting device 3Z shown in FIG. 65, an extension 32d is formed in the extension 32Z of the cover member 30Z as a branching portion branching off from the middle of the third plate 32b3, and this extension 32d is abutted against the end face of the substrate 11 of the light source unit 10 while the third plate 32b3 is inserted into the recess 21d. This configuration can further prevent the extension 32Z from coming off and can further prevent the extension 32Z from deforming.
 なお、図56~図65のように、主板部21に凸部21c及び/又は凹部21dが形成されている場合、カバー部材の延設部は弾性変形しなくてもよい。つまり、延設部はたわまなくてもよい。この場合でも、空間領域S2に虫が侵入することを抑制できる。また、主板部21に設けられる凸部21cは、主板部21の一部ではなく、主板部21とは別の部材によって構成されていてもよい。 Note that, as shown in Figures 56 to 65, when the main board 21 has a convex portion 21c and/or a concave portion 21d, the extension of the cover member does not need to be elastically deformed. In other words, the extension does not need to bend. Even in this case, it is possible to prevent insects from entering the spatial region S2. Furthermore, the convex portion 21c provided on the main board 21 may not be part of the main board 21, but may be formed of a separate member from the main board 21.
 また、上記実施の形態において、フレーム20の横板部23と側板部24との接続部分P1は、凹部20aの底部をなす主板部21よりも床側に位置していたが、これに限らない。例えば、図66に示されるフレーム20AAのように、横板部23AAと側板部24との接続部分P1は、凹部20aの底部をなす主板部21よりも天井側に位置していてもよい。 In addition, in the above embodiment, the connection portion P1 between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 is located closer to the floor than the main plate portion 21 that forms the bottom of the recess 20a, but this is not limited to the above. For example, as in the frame 20AA shown in FIG. 66, the connection portion P1 between the horizontal plate portion 23AA and the side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21 that forms the bottom of the recess 20a.
 また、上記実施の形態における照明器具1では、図67の(a)に示すように、断面形状が逆富士型の器具本体2を用いていたが、これに限らない。例えば、図67の(b)に示すように、断面形状が矩形の器具本体2Aを用いてもよい。器具本体2Aは、I形状であり、傾斜面(反射面)を有する傾斜面部2bを有していない。なお、図67の(b)に示される器具本体2Aでは、凹部2aの開口端縁を形成する部分に、折曲部が形成されている。この折曲部は、90°曲げであってもよいし、鋭角曲げであってもよいし、ヘミング曲げであってもよい。また、器具本体2又は2Aに嵌め込まれるLED照明装置3は、LED照明装置3の一部が器具本体2又は2Aの凹部2aの内部に落ち込んでいてもよい。また、器具本体2の形状のバリエーションとしては、図67の(b)の形状に限るものではなく、器具本体2を天井に設置したときに床側に傾斜面部(反射部)を有する笠付形状であってもよい。 In the lighting fixture 1 in the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 67(a), the fixture body 2 has an inverted Fuji-shaped cross section, but this is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 67(b), a fixture body 2A having a rectangular cross section may be used. The fixture body 2A is I-shaped and does not have an inclined surface portion 2b having an inclined surface (reflective surface). In the fixture body 2A shown in FIG. 67(b), a bent portion is formed in the portion forming the opening edge of the recess 2a. This bent portion may be a 90° bend, an acute angle bend, or a hemming bend. In addition, the LED lighting device 3 fitted into the fixture body 2 or 2A may have a part of the LED lighting device 3 recessed inside the recess 2a of the fixture body 2 or 2A. In addition, the variation of the shape of the fixture body 2 is not limited to the shape shown in FIG. 67(b), and may be a capped shape having an inclined surface portion (reflective portion) on the floor side when the fixture body 2 is installed on the ceiling.
 また、上記実施の形態において、LED照明器具1は、器具本体2が天井面に直接設置された天井直付け型の照明器具であったが、これに限らない。例えば、LED照明器具1は、器具本体2が天井に埋め込まれた天井埋め込み型の照明器具であってもよい。この場合、図67の(c)に示されるように、器具本体2Bは、天井100に設けられた開口部に埋め込まれる。器具本体2Bに嵌め込まれるLED照明装置3については、天井100の天井面からLED照明装置3の一部が飛び出さないようにLED照明装置3の全部が器具本体2Bの凹部2aの内部に落ち込んでいてもよいが、LED照明装置3の一部が天井100の天井面から飛び出していてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling-mounted lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is directly installed on the ceiling surface, but this is not limited to the above. For example, the LED lighting fixture 1 may be a ceiling-embedded lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is embedded in the ceiling. In this case, as shown in FIG. 67(c), the fixture body 2B is embedded in an opening provided in the ceiling 100. The LED lighting device 3 fitted into the fixture body 2B may be entirely recessed inside the recess 2a of the fixture body 2B so that no part of the LED lighting device 3 protrudes from the ceiling surface of the ceiling 100, or a part of the LED lighting device 3 may protrude from the ceiling surface of the ceiling 100.
 また、上記実施の形態において、器具本体2の開口端縁2a1は、平板状であって、カバー部材30の延設部32の外延設部32aに対面していたが、これに限らない。例えば、図68の(a)に示される器具本体2Cのように、器具本体2Cにおけるカバー部材30の外延設部32aに対向する部分は、断面形状が三角形状となるように角張っていてもよい。この場合、器具本体2Cの傾斜面部2bは、図68の(a)に示すように、2段階に傾斜していてもよい。また、図68の(b)に示される器具本体2Dのように、器具本体2Dにおけるカバー部材30の外延設部32aに対向する部分である対向部2gの断面形状は、V字状であってもよい。この場合、図68の(b)に示すように、器具本体2Dの傾斜面部2fは、天井側に向けて傾斜しているのではなく、床側に向かって傾斜しているとよい。この構成により、カバー部材30の外延設部32aと器具本体2Dとの間に隙間を設けることができる。これにより、この隙間に指を入れてカバー部材30の端部に指が引っ掛かりやすくなるので、器具本体2DからLED照明装置3を容易に取り外すことができる。なお、図68の(b)において、傾斜面部2fは、LED照明装置3の側方を囲むように形成されている。また、図68の(c)に示される器具本体2Eのように、器具本体2Eにおけるカバー部材30の外延設部32aに対向する部分の断面形状は、鋭角な三角形ではなく、鈍角な三角形であってもよい。なお、図68の(c)においても、器具本体2Eの傾斜面部2fは、床側に向かって傾斜しているが、これに限らない。また、器具本体2Eの傾斜面部2fの内面は、カバー部材30の幅方向の端部に接触しているが、これに限らない。 In the above embodiment, the opening edge 2a1 of the fixture body 2 is flat and faces the outer extension 32a of the extension 32 of the cover member 30, but this is not limited to the above. For example, as in the fixture body 2C shown in FIG. 68(a), the portion of the fixture body 2C facing the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30 may be angular so that the cross-sectional shape is triangular. In this case, the inclined surface portion 2b of the fixture body 2C may be inclined in two stages as shown in FIG. 68(a). Also, as in the fixture body 2D shown in FIG. 68(b), the cross-sectional shape of the facing portion 2g, which is the portion of the fixture body 2D facing the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30, may be V-shaped. In this case, as shown in FIG. 68(b), the inclined surface portion 2f of the fixture body 2D may be inclined toward the floor side, not toward the ceiling side. With this configuration, a gap can be provided between the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30 and the fixture body 2D. This allows a finger to be inserted into the gap and easily hooked on the end of the cover member 30, making it easy to remove the LED lighting device 3 from the fixture body 2D. In FIG. 68(b), the inclined surface portion 2f is formed to surround the side of the LED lighting device 3. As shown in FIG. 68(c), the cross-sectional shape of the portion of the fixture body 2E facing the outer extension portion 32a of the cover member 30 may be an obtuse triangle, not an acute triangle. In FIG. 68(c), the inclined surface portion 2f of the fixture body 2E is inclined toward the floor, but this is not limited to this. The inner surface of the inclined surface portion 2f of the fixture body 2E is in contact with the end of the cover member 30 in the width direction, but this is not limited to this.
 (変形例)
 以上、本発明に係るLED照明器具及びLED照明装置について、実施の形態及び変形例に基づいて説明したが、本発明は、これらの実施の形態及び変形例に限定されるものではない。
(Modification)
While the LED lighting fixture and LED lighting device according to the present invention have been described above based on the embodiment and modifications, the present invention is not limited to these embodiment and modifications.
 例えば、上記実施の形態では、LED照明装置3に用いられるフレームとしては種々の形状のものを例示したが、以下に説明する形状のフレームを用いてもよい。なお、以下に説明するフレームの中には、既に上述した形状を有するものも含まれる。また、以下に説明するフレームについては、形状は異なるものの、便宜上、上記実施の形態と同じ符号を用いている。また、以下に説明するフレームの特徴は、互いに適用しあってもよいし、上記実施の形態及び変形例に適用してもよい。 For example, in the above embodiment, various shapes of frames are exemplified as frames used in the LED lighting device 3, but frames of the shapes described below may also be used. Note that some of the frames described below have the shapes already described above. For convenience, the frames described below use the same reference numerals as in the above embodiment, even though they have different shapes. The frame features described below may be mutually applicable, or may be applied to the above embodiment and modified examples.
 まず、上記実施の形態では、横板部23は、平行板部23aと傾斜板部23bとによって構成されていたが、これに限らない。例えば、図69に示されるフレーム201のように、横板部23は、平行板部のみによって構成されていてもよいし、図70に示されるフレーム202のように、横板部23は、傾斜板部のみによって構成されていてもよい。この場合、図70に示されるフレーム202のように、横板部23は、外側に向かって傾斜する傾斜板部のみによって構成されていてもよいし、図71に示されるフレーム203のように、横板部23は、内側に向かって傾斜する傾斜板部のみによって構成されていてもよい。 First, in the above embodiment, the horizontal plate portion 23 is composed of the parallel plate portion 23a and the inclined plate portion 23b, but this is not limited to this. For example, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of parallel plate portions, as in the frame 201 shown in FIG. 69, or the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of inclined plate portions, as in the frame 202 shown in FIG. 70. In this case, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of inclined plate portions inclined outward, as in the frame 202 shown in FIG. 70, or the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of inclined plate portions inclined inward, as in the frame 203 shown in FIG. 71.
 また、上記実施の形態では、フレーム20の立板部22は、主板部21と垂直に立設していたが、これに限らない。例えば、図72に示されるフレーム204のように、立板部22は、主板部21に対して傾斜するように設けられた傾斜板部であってもよい。この場合、図72に示されるフレーム204では、横板部23は、外側に向かって傾斜する傾斜板部のみによって構成されている。また、図72では、横板部23と側板部24との接続部の位置は主板部21(凹部20aの底部)の位置と同じになっているが、これに限らない。具体的には、図73に示されるフレーム205のように、横板部23と側板部24との接続部の位置は、主板部21(凹部20aの底部)よりも床側に位置していてもよい。また、図示しないが、横板部23と側板部24との接続部の位置は、主板部21(凹部20aの底部)よりも天井側に位置していてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vertical plate portion 22 of the frame 20 is vertically erected with respect to the main plate portion 21, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the frame 204 shown in FIG. 72, the vertical plate portion 22 may be an inclined plate portion that is inclined with respect to the main plate portion 21. In this case, in the frame 204 shown in FIG. 72, the horizontal plate portion 23 is composed only of an inclined plate portion that is inclined toward the outside. Also, in FIG. 72, the position of the connection portion between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 is the same as the position of the main plate portion 21 (the bottom of the recess 20a), but this is not limited to this. Specifically, as in the frame 205 shown in FIG. 73, the position of the connection portion between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the floor than the main plate portion 21 (the bottom of the recess 20a). Also, although not shown, the position of the connection portion between the horizontal plate portion 23 and the side plate portion 24 may be located closer to the ceiling than the main plate portion 21 (the bottom of the recess 20a).
 また、図74に示されるフレーム206のように、横板部23は、湾曲板部で構成されていてもよい。また、図75に示されるフレーム207のように、立板部22が傾斜板部のみで構成され、横板部23が平行板部のみで構成されていてもよいし、図76に示されるフレーム208のように、立板部22が傾斜板部のみで構成され、横板部23が平行板部と傾斜板部とで構成されていてもよい。 Also, as in the frame 206 shown in FIG. 74, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed of a curved plate portion.Also, as in the frame 207 shown in FIG. 75, the standing plate portion 22 may be composed only of an inclined plate portion and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed only of a parallel plate portion, or as in the frame 208 shown in FIG. 76, the standing plate portion 22 may be composed only of an inclined plate portion and the horizontal plate portion 23 may be composed of a parallel plate portion and an inclined plate portion.
 また、図77に示されるフレーム209のように、横板部23は、段差状に形成されていてもよい。つまり、横板部23には段差が設けられていてもよい、この場合、図77に示されるフレーム209では、段差を有する横板部23は、主板部21とは高さの位置が異なる2つの平行板部によって構成されているが、これに限らない。例えば、図78に示されるフレーム210のように、段差を有する横板部23は、平行板部と、平行板部の内側に位置する傾斜板部とを有していてもよいし、図79に示されるフレーム211のように、段差を有する横板部23は、平行板部と、平行板部の外側に位置し且つ内側に傾斜する傾斜板部とを有していてもよいし、図80に示されるフレーム212のように、段差を有する横板部23は、外側に傾斜する傾斜板部と内側に傾斜する傾斜板部とを有していてもよい。また、図81に示されるフレーム213のように、横板部23が傾斜板部と平行板部とを有する段差状であり、かつ、立板部22が傾斜板部であってもよいし、図82に示されるフレーム214のように、横板部23が2つの平行板部を有する段差状であり、かつ、立板部22が傾斜板部であってもよい。 Furthermore, as in the frame 209 shown in FIG. 77, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be formed in a stepped shape. That is, the horizontal plate portion 23 may have a step. In this case, in the frame 209 shown in FIG. 77, the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step is composed of two parallel plate portions that are at different heights from the main plate portion 21, but this is not limited to this. For example, as in the frame 210 shown in FIG. 78, the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step may have a parallel plate portion and an inclined plate portion located inside the parallel plate portion, as in the frame 211 shown in FIG. 79, the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step may have a parallel plate portion and an inclined plate portion located outside the parallel plate portion and inclined inward, as in the frame 212 shown in FIG. 80, the horizontal plate portion 23 having a step may have an inclined plate portion inclined outward and an inclined plate portion inclined inward. Also, as in the frame 213 shown in FIG. 81, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be stepped with an inclined plate portion and a parallel plate portion, and the standing plate portion 22 may be an inclined plate portion, or as in the frame 214 shown in FIG. 82, the horizontal plate portion 23 may be stepped with two parallel plate portions, and the standing plate portion 22 may be an inclined plate portion.
 なお、図83に示されるフレーム215のように、主板部21における立板部22との境界部分に補強リブ21bを形成してもよい。これにより、側板部24の長さが短いフレームであっても、フレームの強度を確保することができる。補強リブ21bは、例えばプレス加工により形成することができる。 Note that, as in the frame 215 shown in FIG. 83, reinforcing ribs 21b may be formed at the boundary between the main plate portion 21 and the standing plate portion 22. This ensures the strength of the frame even if the side plate portion 24 is short. The reinforcing ribs 21b may be formed, for example, by pressing.
 また、上記実施の形態において、フレーム20における側板部24は、一対の横板部23の各々から延出していたが、これに限らない。例えば、フレーム20における側板部24は、一対の横板部23の一方のみから延出していてもよい。つまり、側板部24は、一対の横板部23の少なくとも一方から延出していればよい。 In addition, in the above embodiment, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 extends from each of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23, but this is not limited to the above. For example, the side plate portion 24 of the frame 20 may extend from only one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23. In other words, it is sufficient that the side plate portion 24 extends from at least one of the pair of horizontal plate portions 23.
 以上のように種々の形状のフレームについて説明したが、このような種々の形状のフレームについて、フレームとカバー部材との隙間(第1の隙間G1、第2の隙間G2)とフレーム又はカバー部材に設けられる突起(リブ・ダボ)の位置とのバリエーションを、図84を用いて説明する。 As described above, frames of various shapes have been described. For frames of various shapes, variations in the gap between the frame and the cover member (first gap G1, second gap G2) and the positions of the protrusions (ribs/dowels) provided on the frame or cover member will be described using Figure 84.
 まず、図84の(a)に示すように、フレームに突出部20bが設けられていない場合は、フレームとカバー部材との間に設けられる隙間としては、第1の隙間G1のみの場合と、第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2の両方の場合とが考えられ、フレーム又はカバー部材に設けられる突起の位置としては、第2の隙間G2が考えられる。 First, as shown in FIG. 84(a), when the frame does not have a protrusion 20b, the gap between the frame and the cover member may be either the first gap G1 alone or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and the position of the protrusion on the frame or the cover member may be the second gap G2.
 次に、図84の(b)及び(c)に示すように、フレームに突出部20bが設けられており且つ突出部20bの横板部23が平行板部23aのみで構成されている場合は、フレームとカバー部材との間に設けられる隙間としては、第1の隙間G1のみの場合と、第1の隙間G1及び第2の隙間G2の両方の場合とが考えられ、フレーム又はカバー部材に設けられる突起の位置としては、第1の隙間G1のみの場合と第2の隙間G2のみの場合と第1の隙間G1と第2の隙間G2の両方の場合とが考えられる。なお、(b)と(c)とは、延設部32の形状が異なる。具体的には、(c)の延設部32は、第1板部32b1、第2板部32b2及び第3板部32b3を有するが、(b)の延設部32は、それらのうち第1板部32b1と第3板部32b3とを有しており、第2板部32b2を有していない。つまり、(b)では、第3板部32b3は、フレームの突出部20bとの間に隙間を介して近接されている。 Next, as shown in (b) and (c) of FIG. 84, when the frame is provided with the protrusion 20b and the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protrusion 20b is composed of only the parallel plate portion 23a, the gap provided between the frame and the cover member may be only the first gap G1 or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and the position of the protrusion provided on the frame or the cover member may be only the first gap G1, only the second gap G2, or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2. Note that (b) and (c) have different shapes of the extension portion 32. Specifically, the extension portion 32 in (c) has the first plate portion 32b1, the second plate portion 32b2, and the third plate portion 32b3, but the extension portion 32 in (b) has the first plate portion 32b1 and the third plate portion 32b3, but does not have the second plate portion 32b2. That is, in (b), the third plate portion 32b3 is located close to the protruding portion 20b of the frame with a gap therebetween.
 次に、図84の(d)及び(e)に示すように、フレームに突出部20bが設けられており且つ突出部20bの横板部23が傾斜板部23bのみで構成されている場合は、フレームとカバー部材との間に設けられる隙間としては、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aのみの場合と、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aと第2の隙間G2の場合と、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1a及び第1の隙間G1における第2部位G1bの場合と、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aと第1の隙間G1における第2部位G1bと第2の隙間G2との場合とが考えられ、フレーム又はカバー部材に設けられる突起の位置としては、第1の隙間G1のみの場合と第2の隙間G2のみの場合と第1の隙間G1と第2の隙間G2の両方の場合とが考えられる。なお、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aは、突出部20bの角部に対向する隙間であり、第1の隙間G1における第2部位G1bは、突出部20bの横板部23が傾斜板部23bの傾斜面に対面する隙間である。また、(d)と(e)は、上記の(b)と(c)の関係と同様に、延設部32の形状が異なる。 Next, as shown in (d) and (e) of Figure 84, when a protrusion 20b is provided on the frame and the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protrusion 20b is composed only of an inclined plate portion 23b, the gap provided between the frame and the cover member may be only the first portion G1a in the first gap G1, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second portion G1b in the first gap G1, or the first portion G1a in the first gap G1, the second portion G1b in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, and the position of the protrusion provided on the frame or the cover member may be only the first gap G1, only the second gap G2, or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2. The first portion G1a of the first gap G1 is a gap facing the corner of the protruding portion 20b, and the second portion G1b of the first gap G1 is a gap where the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protruding portion 20b faces the inclined surface of the inclined plate portion 23b. Also, (d) and (e) have different shapes of the extension portion 32, similar to the relationship between (b) and (c) above.
 次に、図84の(f)及び(g)に示すように、フレームに突出部20bが設けられており且つ突出部20bの横板部23が平行板部23a及び傾斜板部23bで構成されている場合は、図62の(d)及び(e)の場合と同様である。具体的には、フレームとカバー部材との間に設けられる隙間としては、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aのみの場合と、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aと第2の隙間G2の場合と、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1a及び第1の隙間G1における第2部位G1bの場合と、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1aと第1の隙間G1における第2部位G1bと第2の隙間G2との場合とが考えられる。また、フレーム又はカバー部材に設けられる突起の位置としては、第1の隙間G1のみの場合と第2の隙間G2のみの場合と第1の隙間G1と第2の隙間G2の両方の場合とが考えられる。なお、第1の隙間G1における第1部位G1a及び第2部位G1bは、上記と同様であり、また、(f)と(g)は、上記の(d)と(e)の関係と同様である。 Next, as shown in (f) and (g) of FIG. 84, when the frame is provided with a protrusion 20b and the horizontal plate portion 23 of the protrusion 20b is composed of a parallel plate portion 23a and an inclined plate portion 23b, it is the same as the case of (d) and (e) of FIG. 62. Specifically, the gap provided between the frame and the cover member may be the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 only, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second gap G2, the first portion G1a in the first gap G1 and the second portion G1b in the first gap G1, or the first portion G1a in the first gap G1, the second portion G1b in the first gap G1, and the second gap G2. In addition, the position of the protrusion provided on the frame or the cover member may be the first gap G1 only, the second gap G2 only, or both the first gap G1 and the second gap G2. The first portion G1a and the second portion G1b in the first gap G1 are the same as described above, and (f) and (g) have the same relationship as (d) and (e) above.
 また、上記実施の形態において、カバー部材30における外延設部32aを主部31の一部としてもよい。この場合、カバー部材30において、延設部32は、例えば内延設部32bのみとなり、主部31の一部である外延設部32aからカバー部材30の内方に向かって延在することになる。 Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the outer extension 32a of the cover member 30 may be part of the main portion 31. In this case, the extension 32 of the cover member 30 will be, for example, only the inner extension 32b, and will extend from the outer extension 32a, which is part of the main portion 31, toward the inside of the cover member 30.
 また、上記実施の形態では、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付ける場合、LED照明装置3を回転させることで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けたが、これに限らない。つまり、LED照明装置3を回転させることなく、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けてもよい。具体的には、LED照明装置3に設けられた板バネ等を天井に設置された器具本体2に引っ掛けて、器具本体2に向かってLED照明装置3を平行移動させるように鉛直方向に移動させることで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けてもよい。この場合、LED照明装置3を器具本体2の凹部2aに鉛直方向に押し込んで嵌め込むことで、LED照明装置3を器具本体2に取り付けることができる。 In addition, in the above embodiment, when the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2, the LED lighting device 3 is attached to the fixture body 2 by rotating the LED lighting device 3, but this is not limited to the above. In other words, the LED lighting device 3 may be attached to the fixture body 2 without rotating the LED lighting device 3. Specifically, the LED lighting device 3 may be attached to the fixture body 2 by hooking a leaf spring or the like provided on the LED lighting device 3 to the fixture body 2 installed on the ceiling and moving the LED lighting device 3 vertically so as to move it in parallel toward the fixture body 2. In this case, the LED lighting device 3 can be attached to the fixture body 2 by pushing and fitting the LED lighting device 3 vertically into the recess 2a of the fixture body 2.
 また、上記実施の形態において、LED照明器具1は、器具本体2が天井面に直接設置された天井直付け型の照明器具であったが、これに限らない。例えば、LED照明器具1は、器具本体2が天井に埋め込まれた天井埋め込み型の照明器具であってもよい。 In the above embodiment, the LED lighting fixture 1 is a ceiling-mounted lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is directly installed on the ceiling surface, but this is not limited to this. For example, the LED lighting fixture 1 may be a ceiling-embedded lighting fixture in which the fixture body 2 is embedded in the ceiling.
 また、上記実施の形態では、LED12としてLEDチップがパッケージに実装されたSMDタイプのLED素子を用いており、基板11とLED12とからなる発光モジュールがSMDタイプのLEDモジュールであったが、これに限らない。例えば、基板11とLED12とからなる発光モジュールは、COB(Chip On Board)タイプのLEDモジュールであってもよい。この場合、LED12として、LEDチップ(ベアチップ)そのものを用いて、基板11に複数のLED12(LEDチップ)を直線状に配列し、封止部材(例えば蛍光体含有樹脂)によって複数のLED12を一括又は個別に封止すればよい。 In addition, in the above embodiment, an SMD type LED element in which an LED chip is mounted in a package is used as the LED 12, and the light emitting module consisting of the substrate 11 and the LED 12 is an SMD type LED module, but this is not limited to this. For example, the light emitting module consisting of the substrate 11 and the LED 12 may be a COB (chip on board) type LED module. In this case, the LED chip (bare chip) itself is used as the LED 12, multiple LEDs 12 (LED chips) are arranged in a line on the substrate 11, and the multiple LEDs 12 are collectively or individually sealed with a sealing material (e.g., phosphor-containing resin).
 また、上記実施の形態では、拡散性及び透光性を有するカバー部材30を用いたが、これに限らない。例えば、カバー部材30に代えて、拡散性及び透光性のうち透光性のみを有する透光カバーを用いてもよい。この場合、透光カバーとして、向こう側が透けて見えるくらいに透過率が高い透明カバーを用いてもよい。 In addition, in the above embodiment, a cover member 30 having both diffusive and translucent properties is used, but this is not limited to the above. For example, a translucent cover having only translucent properties out of the diffusive and translucent properties may be used instead of the cover member 30. In this case, a transparent cover with a high transmittance that allows the viewer to see through to the other side may be used as the translucent cover.
 その他、上記実施の形態に対して当業者が思い付く各種変形を施して得られる形態や、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で実施の形態における構成要素及び機能を任意に組み合わせることで実現される形態も本発明に含まれる。また、本願出願時の請求の範囲に記載された複数の請求項の中から技術的に矛盾しない範囲で2つ以上の請求項を任意に組み合わせたものも本発明に含まれる。例えば、本願出願時の請求の範囲に記載された引用形式請求項を、技術的に矛盾しない範囲で上位請求項の全てを引用するようにマルチクレーム又はマルチマルチクレームとしたときに、そのマルチクレーム又はマルチマルチクレームに含まれる全ての請求項の組み合わせも本発明に含まれる。 In addition, the present invention also includes forms obtained by applying various modifications to the above-mentioned embodiments that a person skilled in the art may conceive, and forms realized by arbitrarily combining the components and functions of the embodiments within the scope of the present invention. In addition, the present invention also includes any combination of two or more claims from among the multiple claims described in the claims at the time of filing this application, within the scope of technical compatibility. For example, when a cited-form claim described in the claims at the time of filing this application is made into a multiple claim or multiple-multi claim that cites all of the higher claims within the scope of technical compatibility, the combination of all claims included in that multiple claim or multiple-multi claim is also included in the present invention.
 1 LED照明器具
 2 器具本体
 2a 凹部
 2a1 開口端縁
 3 LED照明装置
 10 光源部
 20 フレーム
 20b 突出部
 21 主板部
 22 立板部
 23 横板部
 24 側板部
 30 カバー部材
 31 主部
 32 延設部
 32a 外延設部
 32b 内延設部
Reference Signs List 1 LED lighting fixture 2 Fixture body 2a Recess 2a1 Opening edge 3 LED lighting device 10 Light source section 20 Frame 20b Protruding section 21 Main plate section 22 Standing plate section 23 Horizontal plate section 24 Side plate section 30 Cover member 31 Main section 32 Extension section 32a Outer extension section 32b Inner extension section

Claims (17)

  1.  造営材に設置された器具本体の凹部に取り付けられるLED照明装置であって、
     光源部と、
     前記光源部が取り付けられた主板部を有する長尺状のフレームと、
     前記光源部を覆う主部を有する長尺状のカバー部材と、を備え、
     前記フレームは、前記光源部の光出射側に向かって突出する突出部を有し、
     前記主板部、前記凹部の開口端縁、及び、前記突出部は、前記造営材から離れるにしたがってこの順で設けられている、
     LED照明装置。
    An LED lighting device that is attached to a recess in a fixture body installed in a building material,
    A light source unit;
    a long frame having a main plate portion to which the light source unit is attached;
    a long-shaped cover member having a main portion that covers the light source portion,
    the frame has a protrusion protruding toward a light emission side of the light source unit,
    The main plate portion, the opening edge of the recess, and the protrusion are provided in this order as they move away from the construction material.
    LED lighting device.
  2.  前記光源部は、基板と、前記基板に配置されたLEDとを有し、
     前記LEDは、前記突出部の最頂部よりも前記造営材側に位置している、
     請求項1に記載のLED照明装置。
    The light source unit includes a substrate and an LED disposed on the substrate.
    The LED is located closer to the construction material than the top of the protrusion.
    2. The LED lighting device according to claim 1.
  3.  前記LEDは、前記開口端縁よりも前記造営材側に位置している、
     請求項2に記載のLED照明装置。
    The LED is located closer to the construction material than the opening edge.
    3. The LED lighting device according to claim 2.
  4.  前記フレームは、前記造営材に向かって延在する延出部を有し、
     前記突出部は、前記延出部に接続される傾斜板部を有する、
     請求項1に記載のLED照明装置。
    The frame has an extension portion extending toward the construction material,
    The protrusion has an inclined plate portion connected to the extension portion.
    2. The LED lighting device according to claim 1.
  5.  前記延出部と前記傾斜板部との接続部分は、前記開口端縁と略同じ高さに位置している、
     請求項4に記載のLED照明装置。
    A connection portion between the extension portion and the inclined plate portion is located at substantially the same height as the opening edge.
    5. The LED lighting device according to claim 4.
  6.  前記延出部の先端は、前記主板部よりも前記造営材側に位置している、
     請求項4又は5に記載のLED照明装置。
    The tip of the extension portion is located closer to the construction material than the main plate portion.
    6. The LED lighting device according to claim 4 or 5.
  7.  前記延出部は、前記凹部に収納されている、
     請求項4又は5に記載のLED照明装置。
    The extension portion is housed in the recess.
    6. The LED lighting device according to claim 4 or 5.
  8.  前記延出部は、前記凹部の側壁に沿って延在している、
     請求項7に記載のLED照明装置。
    The extension portion extends along a side wall of the recess.
    8. The LED lighting device according to claim 7.
  9.  前記カバー部材は、前記突出部の少なくとも一部を覆うようにして前記光源部側に向かって延在する延設部を有する、
     請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のLED照明装置。
    The cover member has an extension portion extending toward the light source unit so as to cover at least a portion of the protrusion.
    The LED lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  10.  前記延設部は、前記突出部よりも前記フレームの短手方向の外側に位置する外延設部を有する、
     請求項9に記載のLED照明装置。
    The extension portion has an outer extension portion located outside the protrusion portion in the short side direction of the frame.
    10. The LED lighting device according to claim 9.
  11.  前記外延設部は、前記開口端縁と重なっている、
     請求項10に記載のLED照明装置。
    The outer extension portion overlaps with the opening edge.
    11. The LED lighting device according to claim 10.
  12.  前記延設部は、前記外延設部から前記突出部の少なくとも一部を覆うようにして前記光源部側に向かって延在する内延設部を有する、
     請求項10に記載のLED照明装置。
    The extension portion has an inner extension portion extending from the outer extension portion toward the light source portion so as to cover at least a portion of the protrusion.
    11. The LED lighting device according to claim 10.
  13.  前記内延設部は、前記主部に向かって凸となるアーチ状である、
     請求項12に記載のLED照明装置。
    The inner extension portion has an arch shape that is convex toward the main portion.
    13. An LED lighting device according to claim 12.
  14.  前記内延設部は、前記カバー部材の短手方向の内側部分の傾斜が前記カバー部材の短手方向の外側部分の傾斜よりも緩やかである、
     請求項13に記載のLED照明装置。
    The inclination of the inner extension portion in the short side direction of the cover member is gentler than the inclination of the outer side portion in the short side direction of the cover member.
    14. An LED lighting device according to claim 13.
  15.  前記突出部は、傾斜板部を有し、
     前記内延設部は、前記傾斜板部に沿った形状を有する、
     請求項12に記載のLED照明装置。
    The protrusion has an inclined plate portion,
    The inner extension portion has a shape that conforms to the inclined plate portion.
    13. An LED lighting device according to claim 12.
  16.  前記内延設部の先端部は、前記主板部に接する、
     請求項12に記載のLED照明装置。
    The tip of the inner extension portion contacts the main plate portion.
    13. An LED lighting device according to claim 12.
  17.  請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のLED照明装置と、
     前記LED照明装置が取り付けられる凹部を有する器具本体と、を備える、
     LED照明器具。
    An LED lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 5;
    and a fixture body having a recess in which the LED lighting device is attached.
    LED lighting fixture.
PCT/JP2023/037936 2022-10-26 2023-10-19 Led illumination device and led illumination fitting WO2024090330A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022171236 2022-10-26
JP2022-171236 2022-10-26
JP2023-075239 2023-04-28
JP2023075239 2023-04-28
JP2023-075536 2023-05-01
JP2023075536 2023-05-01
JP2023156127A JP2024063747A (en) 2022-10-26 2023-09-21 LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2023-156127 2023-09-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024090330A1 true WO2024090330A1 (en) 2024-05-02

Family

ID=90830794

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/037936 WO2024090330A1 (en) 2022-10-26 2023-10-19 Led illumination device and led illumination fitting

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024090330A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016081780A (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-05-16 アイリスオーヤマ株式会社 Lighting device and light emitting unit for lighting device
JP2016134309A (en) * 2015-01-20 2016-07-25 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Light source unit and lighting fixture
JP2017224391A (en) * 2016-06-13 2017-12-21 三菱電機株式会社 Light source unit and lighting device
JP2019009094A (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-01-17 三菱電機株式会社 Light source unit, luminaire and assembly method of light source unit
JP2019008890A (en) * 2017-06-21 2019-01-17 三菱電機株式会社 Light source attachment member and lighting device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016081780A (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-05-16 アイリスオーヤマ株式会社 Lighting device and light emitting unit for lighting device
JP2016134309A (en) * 2015-01-20 2016-07-25 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Light source unit and lighting fixture
JP2017224391A (en) * 2016-06-13 2017-12-21 三菱電機株式会社 Light source unit and lighting device
JP2019008890A (en) * 2017-06-21 2019-01-17 三菱電機株式会社 Light source attachment member and lighting device
JP2019009094A (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-01-17 三菱電機株式会社 Light source unit, luminaire and assembly method of light source unit

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20160245465A1 (en) Led lighting apparatus with first and second cover portions
KR101235847B1 (en) Structure lighting of slim type led
JP7478472B2 (en) LED lighting equipment
US20180320885A1 (en) Light module having a heatsink crimped around a lens, and a method for crimping a heat sink around a lens of a light module
WO2024090330A1 (en) Led illumination device and led illumination fitting
JP2024063747A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP7320744B1 (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting equipment
JP2024063762A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP7266262B1 (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting equipment
JP7266263B1 (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting equipment
JP7281790B1 (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting equipment
JP7285458B1 (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting equipment
JP7285457B1 (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting equipment
JP2024094411A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024094410A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024094409A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024094412A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024094408A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024094414A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024094413A (en) LED lighting device and LED lighting fixture
JP2024087189A (en) Lighting equipment and fixtures
JP2024034466A (en) Led lighting device and led lighting instrument
JP2023100512A (en) Led lighting device and led lighting fixture
JP2024034444A (en) Led lighting device and led lighting instrument
JP2024034427A (en) Led lighting device and led lighting instrument

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23882535

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1